diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/htmldocs')
52 files changed, 4329 insertions, 8433 deletions
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/improved-browsing.html b/docs/htmldocs/Browsing.html index 831abe6d25..5f5f71ba69 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/improved-browsing.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/Browsing.html @@ -1,85 +1,36 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >Improved browsing in samba</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="Using samba 3.0 with ActiveDirectory support" -HREF="ads.html"><LINK -REL="NEXT" -TITLE="Samba performance issues" -HREF="speed.html"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="ARTICLE" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#840084" ALINK="#0000FF" ><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="ads.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="speed.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV +CLASS="ARTICLE" ><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="TITLEPAGE" ><H1 +CLASS="TITLE" ><A NAME="IMPROVED-BROWSING" -></A ->Chapter 16. Improved browsing in samba</H1 +>Improved browsing in samba</A +></H1 +><HR></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2659" -></A ->16.1. Overview of browsing</H1 +NAME="AEN3" +>Overview of browsing</A +></H1 ><P >SMB networking provides a mechanism by which clients can access a list of machines in a network, a so-called "browse list". This list @@ -98,12 +49,12 @@ that can NOT be provided by any other means of name resolution.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2663" -></A ->16.2. Browsing support in samba</H1 +NAME="AEN7" +>Browsing support in samba</A +></H1 ><P >Samba now fully supports browsing. The browsing is supported by nmbd and is also controlled by options in the smb.conf file (see smb.conf(5)).</P @@ -143,12 +94,12 @@ example. See "remote announce" in the smb.conf man page. </P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2672" -></A ->16.3. Problem resolution</H1 +NAME="AEN16" +>Problem resolution</A +></H1 ><P >If something doesn't work then hopefully the log.nmb file will help you track down the problem. Try a debug level of 2 or 3 for finding @@ -177,12 +128,12 @@ in smb.conf)</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2679" -></A ->16.4. Browsing across subnets</H1 +NAME="AEN23" +>Browsing across subnets</A +></H1 ><P >With the release of Samba 1.9.17(alpha1 and above) Samba has been updated to enable it to support the replication of browse lists @@ -208,12 +159,12 @@ of a WINS server given to them by a DHCP server, or by manual configuration settings) for Samba this is in the smb.conf file.</P ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2684" -></A ->16.4.1. How does cross subnet browsing work ?</H2 +NAME="AEN28" +>How does cross subnet browsing work ?</A +></H2 ><P >Cross subnet browsing is a complicated dance, containing multiple moving parts. It has taken Microsoft several years to get the code @@ -420,12 +371,12 @@ TYPE="1" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2719" -></A ->16.5. Setting up a WINS server</H1 +NAME="AEN63" +>Setting up a WINS server</A +></H1 ><P >Either a Samba machine or a Windows NT Server machine may be set up as a WINS server. To set a Samba machine to be a WINS server you must @@ -503,12 +454,12 @@ browsing on networks that contain NT Domains.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2738" -></A ->16.6. Setting up Browsing in a WORKGROUP</H1 +NAME="AEN82" +>Setting up Browsing in a WORKGROUP</A +></H1 ><P >To set up cross subnet browsing on a network containing machines in up to be in a WORKGROUP, not an NT Domain you need to set up one @@ -587,12 +538,12 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2756" -></A ->16.7. Setting up Browsing in a DOMAIN</H1 +NAME="AEN100" +>Setting up Browsing in a DOMAIN</A +></H1 ><P >If you are adding Samba servers to a Windows NT Domain then you must not set up a Samba server as a domain master browser. @@ -638,12 +589,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2766" -></A ->16.8. Forcing samba to be the master</H1 +NAME="AEN110" +>Forcing samba to be the master</A +></H1 ><P >Who becomes the "master browser" is determined by an election process using broadcasts. Each election packet contains a number of parameters @@ -686,12 +637,12 @@ the current domain master browser fail.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2775" -></A ->16.9. Making samba the domain master</H1 +NAME="AEN119" +>Making samba the domain master</A +></H1 ><P >The domain master is responsible for collating the browse lists of multiple subnets so that browsing can occur between subnets. You can @@ -759,12 +710,12 @@ TYPE="1" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2793" -></A ->16.10. Note about broadcast addresses</H1 +NAME="AEN137" +>Note about broadcast addresses</A +></H1 ><P >If your network uses a "0" based broadcast address (for example if it ends in a 0) then you will strike problems. Windows for Workgroups @@ -773,76 +724,18 @@ that browsing and name lookups won't work.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2796" -></A ->16.11. Multiple interfaces</H1 +NAME="AEN140" +>Multiple interfaces</A +></H1 ><P >Samba now supports machines with multiple network interfaces. If you have multiple interfaces then you will need to use the "interfaces" option in smb.conf to configure them. See smb.conf(5) for details.</P ></DIV ></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="ads.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="speed.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->Using samba 3.0 with ActiveDirectory support</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" ->Samba performance issues</TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ></BODY ></HTML >
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/bugreport.html b/docs/htmldocs/Bugs.html index 53f34c9f0a..0f7fb7bd60 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/bugreport.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/Bugs.html @@ -1,85 +1,36 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >Reporting Bugs</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="HOWTO Access Samba source code via CVS" -HREF="cvs-access.html"><LINK -REL="NEXT" -TITLE="Group mapping HOWTO" -HREF="groupmapping.html"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="ARTICLE" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#840084" ALINK="#0000FF" ><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="cvs-access.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="groupmapping.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV +CLASS="ARTICLE" ><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="TITLEPAGE" ><H1 +CLASS="TITLE" ><A NAME="BUGREPORT" -></A ->Chapter 20. Reporting Bugs</H1 +>Reporting Bugs</A +></H1 +><HR></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3111" -></A ->20.1. Introduction</H1 +NAME="AEN3" +>Introduction</A +></H1 ><P >The email address for bug reports is samba@samba.org</P ><P @@ -106,12 +57,12 @@ at http://samba.org/samba/ </P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3118" -></A ->20.2. General info</H1 +NAME="AEN10" +>General info</A +></H1 ><P >Before submitting a bug report check your config for silly errors. Look in your log files for obvious messages that tell you that @@ -131,12 +82,12 @@ time, and exactly what the results were.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3124" -></A ->20.3. Debug levels</H1 +NAME="AEN16" +>Debug levels</A +></H1 ><P >If the bug has anything to do with Samba behaving incorrectly as a server (like refusing to open a file) then the log files will probably @@ -201,12 +152,12 @@ large volume of log data.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3141" -></A ->20.4. Internal errors</H1 +NAME="AEN33" +>Internal errors</A +></H1 ><P >If you get a "INTERNAL ERROR" message in your log files it means that Samba got an unexpected signal while running. It is probably a @@ -245,12 +196,12 @@ useful. </P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3151" -></A ->20.5. Attaching to a running process</H1 +NAME="AEN43" +>Attaching to a running process</A +></H1 ><P >Unfortunately some unixes (in particular some recent linux kernels) refuse to dump a core file if the task has changed uid (which smbd @@ -262,12 +213,12 @@ where it occurred.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3154" -></A ->20.6. Patches</H1 +NAME="AEN46" +>Patches</A +></H1 ><P >The best sort of bug report is one that includes a fix! If you send us patches please use <B @@ -282,64 +233,6 @@ your do the diff against a clean version of the source and let me know exactly what version you used. </P ></DIV ></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="cvs-access.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="groupmapping.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->HOWTO Access Samba source code via CVS</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" ->Group mapping HOWTO</TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ></BODY ></HTML >
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/cvs-access.html b/docs/htmldocs/CVS-Access.html index 6cfe99f94b..1329433f1a 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/cvs-access.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/CVS-Access.html @@ -1,85 +1,36 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >HOWTO Access Samba source code via CVS</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="Samba and other CIFS clients" -HREF="other-clients.html"><LINK -REL="NEXT" -TITLE="Reporting Bugs" -HREF="bugreport.html"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="ARTICLE" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#840084" ALINK="#0000FF" ><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="other-clients.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="bugreport.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV +CLASS="ARTICLE" ><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="TITLEPAGE" ><H1 +CLASS="TITLE" ><A NAME="CVS-ACCESS" -></A ->Chapter 19. HOWTO Access Samba source code via CVS</H1 +>HOWTO Access Samba source code via CVS</A +></H1 +><HR></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3063" -></A ->19.1. Introduction</H1 +NAME="AEN3" +>Introduction</A +></H1 ><P >Samba is developed in an open environment. Developers use CVS (Concurrent Versioning System) to "checkin" (also known as @@ -96,12 +47,12 @@ TARGET="_top" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3068" -></A ->19.2. CVS Access to samba.org</H1 +NAME="AEN8" +>CVS Access to samba.org</A +></H1 ><P >The machine samba.org runs a publicly accessible CVS repository for access to the source code of several packages, @@ -109,12 +60,12 @@ including samba, rsync and jitterbug. There are two main ways of accessing the CVS server on this host.</P ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN3071" -></A ->19.2.1. Access via CVSweb</H2 +NAME="AEN11" +>Access via CVSweb</A +></H2 ><P >You can access the source code via your favourite WWW browser. This allows you to access the contents of @@ -130,12 +81,12 @@ TARGET="_top" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN3076" -></A ->19.2.2. Access via cvs</H2 +NAME="AEN16" +>Access via cvs</A +></H2 ><P >You can also access the source code via a normal cvs client. This gives you much more control over you can @@ -237,64 +188,6 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></DIV ></DIV ></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="other-clients.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="bugreport.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->Samba and other CIFS clients</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" ->Reporting Bugs</TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ></BODY ></HTML >
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/domain-security.html b/docs/htmldocs/DOMAIN_MEMBER.html index 9e311a03eb..b7ef4c9a61 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/domain-security.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/DOMAIN_MEMBER.html @@ -1,85 +1,36 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >security = domain in Samba 2.x</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="Security levels" -HREF="securitylevels.html"><LINK -REL="NEXT" -TITLE="Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind" -HREF="winbind.html"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="ARTICLE" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#840084" ALINK="#0000FF" ><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="securitylevels.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="winbind.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV +CLASS="ARTICLE" ><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="TITLEPAGE" ><H1 +CLASS="TITLE" ><A NAME="DOMAIN-SECURITY" -></A ->Chapter 10. security = domain in Samba 2.x</H1 +>security = domain in Samba 2.x</A +></H1 +><HR></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1275" -></A ->10.1. Joining an NT Domain with Samba 2.2</H1 +NAME="AEN3" +>Joining an NT Domain with Samba 2.2</A +></H1 ><P >Assume you have a Samba 2.x server with a NetBIOS name of <TT @@ -305,12 +256,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1339" -></A ->10.2. Samba and Windows 2000 Domains</H1 +NAME="AEN67" +>Samba and Windows 2000 Domains</A +></H1 ><P >Many people have asked regarding the state of Samba's ability to participate in a Windows 2000 Domain. Samba 2.2 is able to act as a member server of a Windows @@ -330,12 +281,12 @@ Computers" MMC (Microsoft Management Console) plugin.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1344" -></A ->10.3. Why is this better than security = server?</H1 +NAME="AEN72" +>Why is this better than security = server?</A +></H1 ><P >Currently, domain security in Samba doesn't free you from having to create local Unix users to represent the users attaching @@ -399,12 +350,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" user is authenticated, making a Samba server truly plug and play in an NT domain environment. Watch for this code soon.</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >NOTE:</I -></SPAN > Much of the text of this document was first published in the Web magazine <A HREF="http://www.linuxworld.com" @@ -419,64 +367,6 @@ TARGET="_top" >.</P ></DIV ></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="securitylevels.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="winbind.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->Security levels</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" ->Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ></BODY ></HTML >
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/diagnosis.html b/docs/htmldocs/Diagnosis.html index 9cab114e49..1944c37be9 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/diagnosis.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/Diagnosis.html @@ -1,85 +1,36 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >Diagnosing your samba server</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="How to Install and Test SAMBA" -HREF="install.html"><LINK -REL="NEXT" -TITLE="Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba" -HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="ARTICLE" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#840084" ALINK="#0000FF" ><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="install.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV +CLASS="ARTICLE" ><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="TITLEPAGE" ><H1 +CLASS="TITLE" ><A NAME="DIAGNOSIS" -></A ->Chapter 2. Diagnosing your samba server</H1 +>Diagnosing your samba server</A +></H1 +><HR></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN223" -></A ->2.1. Introduction</H1 +NAME="AEN3" +>Introduction</A +></H1 ><P >This file contains a list of tests you can perform to validate your Samba server. It also tells you what the likely cause of the problem @@ -96,12 +47,12 @@ ignore your email.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN228" -></A ->2.2. Assumptions</H1 +NAME="AEN8" +>Assumptions</A +></H1 ><P >In all of the tests I assume you have a Samba server called BIGSERVER and a PC called ACLIENT both in workgroup TESTGROUP. I also assume the @@ -137,20 +88,20 @@ best way to check this is with "testparm smb.conf"</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN238" -></A ->2.3. Tests</H1 +NAME="AEN18" +>Tests</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" ><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN240" -></A ->2.3.1. Test 1</H2 +NAME="AEN20" +>Test 1</A +></H2 ><P >In the directory in which you store your smb.conf file, run the command "testparm smb.conf". If it reports any errors then your smb.conf @@ -167,12 +118,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN246" -></A ->2.3.2. Test 2</H2 +NAME="AEN26" +>Test 2</A +></H2 ><P >Run the command "ping BIGSERVER" from the PC and "ping ACLIENT" from the unix box. If you don't get a valid response then your TCP/IP @@ -193,12 +144,12 @@ this is done via the ipfwadm program.)</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN252" -></A ->2.3.3. Test 3</H2 +NAME="AEN32" +>Test 3</A +></H2 ><P >Run the command "smbclient -L BIGSERVER" on the unix box. You should get a list of available shares back. </P @@ -264,12 +215,12 @@ correct and that Samba has correctly noted these in the log.nmb file.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN267" -></A ->2.3.4. Test 4</H2 +NAME="AEN47" +>Test 4</A +></H2 ><P >Run the command "nmblookup -B BIGSERVER __SAMBA__". You should get the IP address of your Samba server back.</P @@ -285,12 +236,12 @@ inetd.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN272" -></A ->2.3.5. Test 5</H2 +NAME="AEN52" +>Test 5</A +></H2 ><P >run the command <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -306,12 +257,12 @@ client in the above test.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN278" -></A ->2.3.6. Test 6</H2 +NAME="AEN58" +>Test 6</A +></H2 ><P >Run the command <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -340,12 +291,12 @@ not correct. (Refer to TEST 3 notes above).</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN286" -></A ->2.3.7. Test 7</H2 +NAME="AEN66" +>Test 7</A +></H2 ><P >Run the command <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -429,12 +380,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN312" -></A ->2.3.8. Test 8</H2 +NAME="AEN92" +>Test 8</A +></H2 ><P >On the PC type the command <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -489,12 +440,12 @@ the hosts.allow file for your client (or subnet, etc.)</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN329" -></A ->2.3.9. Test 9</H2 +NAME="AEN109" +>Test 9</A +></H2 ><P >Run the command <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -509,26 +460,16 @@ and other config lines in smb.conf are correct.</P connect you as. To see if this is the problem add the line "user = USERNAME" to the [tmp] section of smb.conf where "USERNAME" is the username corresponding to the password you typed. If you find this -fixes things you may need the username mapping option. </P -><P ->It might also be the case that your client only sends encrypted passwords -and you have <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->encrypt passwords = no</B -> in <TT -CLASS="FILENAME" ->smb.conf</TT ->. -Turn it back on to fix.</P +fixes things you may need the username mapping option.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN337" -></A ->2.3.10. Test 10</H2 +NAME="AEN114" +>Test 10</A +></H2 ><P >Run the command <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -549,12 +490,12 @@ an election is held at startup.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN343" -></A ->2.3.11. Test 11</H2 +NAME="AEN120" +>Test 11</A +></H2 ><P >From file manager try to browse the server. Your samba server should appear in the browse list of your local workgroup (or the one you @@ -577,12 +518,12 @@ for encrypted passwords (refer to the Makefile).</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN348" -></A ->2.4. Still having troubles?</H1 +NAME="AEN125" +>Still having troubles?</A +></H1 ><P >Try the mailing list or newsgroup, or use the ethereal utility to sniff the problem. The official samba mailing list can be reached at @@ -602,64 +543,6 @@ TARGET="_top" >Also look at the other docs in the Samba package!</P ></DIV ></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="install.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->How to Install and Test SAMBA</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" ->Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ></BODY ></HTML >
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/integrate-ms-networks.html b/docs/htmldocs/Integrating-with-Windows.html index a78d59196d..fd2bd7fdaf 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/integrate-ms-networks.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/Integrating-with-Windows.html @@ -1,86 +1,36 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="Diagnosing your samba server" -HREF="diagnosis.html"><LINK -REL="NEXT" -TITLE="Configuring PAM for distributed but centrally -managed authentication" -HREF="pam.html"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="ARTICLE" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#840084" ALINK="#0000FF" ><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="diagnosis.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="pam.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV +CLASS="ARTICLE" ><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="TITLEPAGE" ><H1 +CLASS="TITLE" ><A NAME="INTEGRATE-MS-NETWORKS" -></A ->Chapter 3. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</H1 +>Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</A +></H1 +><HR></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN365" -></A ->3.1. Agenda</H1 +NAME="AEN3" +>Agenda</A +></H1 ><P >To identify the key functional mechanisms of MS Windows networking to enable the deployment of Samba as a means of extending and/or @@ -142,12 +92,12 @@ TYPE="a" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN387" -></A ->3.2. Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</H1 +NAME="AEN25" +>Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</A +></H1 ><P >The key configuration files covered in this section are:</P ><P @@ -184,14 +134,14 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></UL ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN403" -></A ->3.2.1. <TT +NAME="AEN41" +><TT CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/hosts</TT +></A ></H2 ><P >Contains a static list of IP Addresses and names. @@ -265,14 +215,14 @@ becomes available.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN419" -></A ->3.2.2. <TT +NAME="AEN57" +><TT CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/resolv.conf</TT +></A ></H2 ><P >This file tells the name resolution libraries:</P @@ -303,14 +253,14 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN430" -></A ->3.2.3. <TT +NAME="AEN68" +><TT CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/host.conf</TT +></A ></H2 ><P ><TT @@ -332,14 +282,14 @@ man page for host.conf for further details.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN438" -></A ->3.2.4. <TT +NAME="AEN76" +><TT CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/nsswitch.conf</TT +></A ></H2 ><P >This file controls the actual name resolution targets. The @@ -401,12 +351,12 @@ which both the samba machine and the MS Windows machine belong.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN450" -></A ->3.3. Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</H1 +NAME="AEN88" +>Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</A +></H1 ><P >MS Windows networking is predicated about the name each machine is given. This name is known variously (and inconsistently) as @@ -486,12 +436,12 @@ Since we are primarily concerned with TCP/IP this demonstration is limited to this area.</P ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN462" -></A ->3.3.1. The NetBIOS Name Cache</H2 +NAME="AEN100" +>The NetBIOS Name Cache</A +></H2 ><P >All MS Windows machines employ an in memory buffer in which is stored the NetBIOS names and IP addresses for all external @@ -513,12 +463,12 @@ is called "nmblookup".</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN467" -></A ->3.3.2. The LMHOSTS file</H2 +NAME="AEN105" +>The LMHOSTS file</A +></H2 ><P >This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or 2000 in <TT @@ -616,12 +566,12 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN475" -></A ->3.3.3. HOSTS file</H2 +NAME="AEN113" +>HOSTS file</A +></H2 ><P >This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or 2000 in <TT @@ -638,12 +588,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN480" -></A ->3.3.4. DNS Lookup</H2 +NAME="AEN118" +>DNS Lookup</A +></H2 ><P >This capability is configured in the TCP/IP setup area in the network configuration facility. If enabled an elaborate name resolution sequence @@ -658,12 +608,12 @@ lookup is used.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN483" -></A ->3.3.5. WINS Lookup</H2 +NAME="AEN121" +>WINS Lookup</A +></H2 ><P >A WINS (Windows Internet Name Server) service is the equivaent of the rfc1001/1002 specified NBNS (NetBIOS Name Server). A WINS server stores @@ -701,13 +651,13 @@ of the WINS server.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN495" -></A ->3.4. How browsing functions and how to deploy stable and -dependable browsing using Samba</H1 +NAME="AEN133" +>How browsing functions and how to deploy stable and +dependable browsing using Samba</A +></H1 ><P >As stated above, MS Windows machines register their NetBIOS names (i.e.: the machine name for each service type in operation) on start @@ -768,13 +718,13 @@ and so on.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN505" -></A ->3.5. MS Windows security options and how to configure -Samba for seemless integration</H1 +NAME="AEN143" +>MS Windows security options and how to configure +Samba for seemless integration</A +></H1 ><P >MS Windows clients may use encrypted passwords as part of a challenege/response authentication model (a.k.a. NTLMv1) or @@ -881,12 +831,9 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >password level</I ></TT > must be set to the maximum -number of upper case letter which <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +number of upper case letter which <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >could</I -></SPAN > appear is a password. Note that is the server OS uses the traditional DES version of crypt(), then a <TT @@ -905,12 +852,12 @@ where ever Samba is used. There are three configuration possibilities for support of encrypted passwords:</P ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN533" -></A ->3.5.1. Use MS Windows NT as an authentication server</H2 +NAME="AEN171" +>Use MS Windows NT as an authentication server</A +></H2 ><P >This method involves the additions of the following parameters in the smb.conf file:</P @@ -941,12 +888,12 @@ to prevent logons by other than MS Windows clients.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN541" -></A ->3.5.2. Make Samba a member of an MS Windows NT security domain</H2 +NAME="AEN179" +>Make Samba a member of an MS Windows NT security domain</A +></H2 ><P >This method involves additon of the following paramters in the smb.conf file:</P ><P @@ -1004,12 +951,12 @@ this HOWTO collection.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN558" -></A ->3.5.3. Configure Samba as an authentication server</H2 +NAME="AEN196" +>Configure Samba as an authentication server</A +></H2 ><P >This mode of authentication demands that there be on the Unix/Linux system both a Unix style account as well as an @@ -1041,12 +988,12 @@ to be created for each user, as well as for each MS Windows NT/2000 machine. The following structure is required.</P ><DIV CLASS="SECT3" -><H3 +><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN565" -></A ->3.5.3.1. Users</H3 +NAME="AEN203" +>Users</A +></H3 ><P >A user account that may provide a home directory should be created. The following Linux system commands are typical of @@ -1064,12 +1011,12 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT3" -><H3 +><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN570" -></A ->3.5.3.2. MS Windows NT Machine Accounts</H3 +NAME="AEN208" +>MS Windows NT Machine Accounts</A +></H3 ><P >These are required only when Samba is used as a domain controller. Refer to the Samba-PDC-HOWTO for more details.</P @@ -1085,12 +1032,12 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN575" -></A ->3.6. Conclusions</H1 +NAME="AEN213" +>Conclusions</A +></H1 ><P >Samba provides a flexible means to operate as...</P ><P @@ -1120,65 +1067,6 @@ NAME="AEN575" ></UL ></DIV ></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="diagnosis.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="pam.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->Diagnosing your samba server</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" ->Configuring PAM for distributed but centrally -managed authentication</TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ></BODY ></HTML >
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/OS2-Client-HOWTO.html b/docs/htmldocs/OS2-Client-HOWTO.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..90f62306e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/htmldocs/OS2-Client-HOWTO.html @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +<HTML +><HEAD +><TITLE +>OS2 Client HOWTO</TITLE +><META +NAME="GENERATOR" +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD +><BODY +CLASS="ARTICLE" +BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" +TEXT="#000000" +LINK="#0000FF" +VLINK="#840084" +ALINK="#0000FF" +><DIV +CLASS="ARTICLE" +><DIV +CLASS="TITLEPAGE" +><H1 +CLASS="TITLE" +><A +NAME="OS2" +>OS2 Client HOWTO</A +></H1 +><HR></DIV +><DIV +CLASS="SECT1" +><H1 +CLASS="SECT1" +><A +NAME="AEN3" +>FAQs</A +></H1 +><DIV +CLASS="SECT2" +><H2 +CLASS="SECT2" +><A +NAME="AEN5" +>How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or + OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</A +></H2 +><P +>A more complete answer to this question can be + found on <A +HREF="http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/warp.html" +TARGET="_top" +> http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/warp.html</A +>.</P +><P +>Basically, you need three components:</P +><P +></P +><UL +><LI +><P +>The File and Print Client ('IBM Peer') + </P +></LI +><LI +><P +>TCP/IP ('Internet support') + </P +></LI +><LI +><P +>The "NetBIOS over TCP/IP" driver ('TCPBEUI') + </P +></LI +></UL +><P +>Installing the first two together with the base operating + system on a blank system is explained in the Warp manual. If Warp + has already been installed, but you now want to install the + networking support, use the "Selective Install for Networking" + object in the "System Setup" folder.</P +><P +>Adding the "NetBIOS over TCP/IP" driver is not described + in the manual and just barely in the online documentation. Start + MPTS.EXE, click on OK, click on "Configure LAPS" and click + on "IBM OS/2 NETBIOS OVER TCP/IP" in 'Protocols'. This line + is then moved to 'Current Configuration'. Select that line, + click on "Change number" and increase it from 0 to 1. Save this + configuration.</P +><P +>If the Samba server(s) is not on your local subnet, you + can optionally add IP names and addresses of these servers + to the "Names List", or specify a WINS server ('NetBIOS + Nameserver' in IBM and RFC terminology). For Warp Connect you + may need to download an update for 'IBM Peer' to bring it on + the same level as Warp 4. See the webpage mentioned above.</P +></DIV +><DIV +CLASS="SECT2" +><HR><H2 +CLASS="SECT2" +><A +NAME="AEN20" +>How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), + OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</A +></H2 +><P +>You can use the free Microsoft LAN Manager 2.2c Client + for OS/2 from + <A +HREF="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/BusSys/Clients/LANMAN.OS2/" +TARGET="_top" +> ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/BusSys/Clients/LANMAN.OS2/</A +>. + See <A +HREF="http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/lanman.html" +TARGET="_top" +> http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/lanman.html</A +> for + more information on how to install and use this client. In + a nutshell, edit the file \OS2VER in the root directory of + the OS/2 boot partition and add the lines:</P +><P +><PRE +CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" +> 20=setup.exe + 20=netwksta.sys + 20=netvdd.sys + </PRE +></P +><P +>before you install the client. Also, don't use the + included NE2000 driver because it is buggy. Try the NE2000 + or NS2000 driver from + <A +HREF="ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/pub/os2/network/ndis/" +TARGET="_top" +> ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/pub/os2/network/ndis/</A +> instead. + </P +></DIV +><DIV +CLASS="SECT2" +><HR><H2 +CLASS="SECT2" +><A +NAME="AEN29" +>Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version) + is used as a client?</A +></H2 +><P +>When you do a NET VIEW or use the "File and Print + Client Resource Browser", no Samba servers show up. This can + be fixed by a patch from <A +HREF="http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/fix.html" +TARGET="_top" +> http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/fix.html</A +>. + The patch will be included in a later version of Samba. It also + fixes a couple of other problems, such as preserving long + filenames when objects are dragged from the Workplace Shell + to the Samba server. </P +></DIV +><DIV +CLASS="SECT2" +><HR><H2 +CLASS="SECT2" +><A +NAME="AEN33" +>How do I get printer driver download working + for OS/2 clients?</A +></H2 +><P +>First, create a share called [PRINTDRV] that is + world-readable. Copy your OS/2 driver files there. Note + that the .EA_ files must still be separate, so you will need + to use the original install files, and not copy an installed + driver from an OS/2 system.</P +><P +>Install the NT driver first for that printer. Then, + add to your smb.conf a parameter, "os2 driver map = + <TT +CLASS="REPLACEABLE" +><I +>filename</I +></TT +>". Then, in the file + specified by <TT +CLASS="REPLACEABLE" +><I +>filename</I +></TT +>, map the + name of the NT driver name to the OS/2 driver name as + follows:</P +><P +><nt driver name> = <os2 driver + name>.<device name>, e.g.: + HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET.HP LaserJet 5L</P +><P +>You can have multiple drivers mapped in this file.</P +><P +>If you only specify the OS/2 driver name, and not the + device name, the first attempt to download the driver will + actually download the files, but the OS/2 client will tell + you the driver is not available. On the second attempt, it + will work. This is fixed simply by adding the device name + to the mapping, after which it will work on the first attempt. + </P +></DIV +></DIV +></DIV +></BODY +></HTML +>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/pam.html b/docs/htmldocs/PAM-Authentication-And-Samba.html index 8504804e11..6dc815b87b 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/pam.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/PAM-Authentication-And-Samba.html @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE @@ -6,82 +5,34 @@ managed authentication</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba" -HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html"><LINK -REL="NEXT" -TITLE="Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba" -HREF="msdfs.html"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="ARTICLE" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#840084" ALINK="#0000FF" ><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="msdfs.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV +CLASS="ARTICLE" ><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="TITLEPAGE" ><H1 +CLASS="TITLE" ><A NAME="PAM" -></A ->Chapter 4. Configuring PAM for distributed but centrally -managed authentication</H1 +>Configuring PAM for distributed but centrally +managed authentication</A +></H1 +><HR></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN596" -></A ->4.1. Samba and PAM</H1 +NAME="AEN3" +>Samba and PAM</A +></H1 ><P >A number of Unix systems (eg: Sun Solaris), as well as the xxxxBSD family and Linux, now utilize the Pluggable Authentication @@ -271,7 +222,7 @@ password required /lib/security/pam_smbpass.so nodelay smbconf=/etc/samba. ></P ><P >Note: PAM allows stacking of authentication mechanisms. It is -also possible to pass information obtained within one PAM module through +also possible to pass information obtained within on PAM module through to the next module in the PAM stack. Please refer to the documentation for your particular system implementation for details regarding the specific capabilities of PAM in this environment. Some Linux implmentations also @@ -290,12 +241,12 @@ PAM documentation for further helpful information.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN640" -></A ->4.2. Distributed Authentication</H1 +NAME="AEN47" +>Distributed Authentication</A +></H1 ><P >The astute administrator will realize from this that the combination of <TT @@ -323,12 +274,12 @@ reduction of wide area network authentication traffic.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN647" -></A ->4.3. PAM Configuration in smb.conf</H1 +NAME="AEN54" +>PAM Configuration in smb.conf</A +></H1 ><P >There is an option in smb.conf called <A HREF="smb.conf.5.html#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS" @@ -362,64 +313,6 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></P ></DIV ></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="integrate-ms-networks.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="msdfs.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" ->Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ></BODY ></HTML >
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/printingdebug.html b/docs/htmldocs/Printing.html index acc81fdc00..6c8b196240 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/printingdebug.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/Printing.html @@ -1,85 +1,36 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >Debugging Printing Problems</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="Printing Support in Samba 2.2.x" -HREF="printing.html"><LINK -REL="NEXT" -TITLE="Security levels" -HREF="securitylevels.html"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="ARTICLE" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#840084" ALINK="#0000FF" ><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="printing.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="securitylevels.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV +CLASS="ARTICLE" ><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="TITLEPAGE" ><H1 +CLASS="TITLE" ><A -NAME="PRINTINGDEBUG" -></A ->Chapter 8. Debugging Printing Problems</H1 +NAME="PRINTING_DEBUG" +>Debugging Printing Problems</A +></H1 +><HR></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1128" -></A ->8.1. Introduction</H1 +NAME="AEN3" +>Introduction</A +></H1 ><P >This is a short description of how to debug printing problems with Samba. This describes how to debug problems with printing from a SMB @@ -149,12 +100,12 @@ the lpq output.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1144" -></A ->8.2. Debugging printer problems</H1 +NAME="AEN19" +>Debugging printer problems</A +></H1 ><P >One way to debug printing problems is to start by replacing these command with shell scripts that record the arguments and the contents @@ -206,12 +157,12 @@ various print queues.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1153" -></A ->8.3. What printers do I have?</H1 +NAME="AEN28" +>What printers do I have?</A +></H1 ><P >You can use the 'testprns' program to check to see if the printer name you are using is recognized by Samba. For example, you can @@ -235,12 +186,12 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1161" -></A ->8.4. Setting up printcap and print servers</H1 +NAME="AEN36" +>Setting up printcap and print servers</A +></H1 ><P >You may need to set up some printcaps for your Samba system to use. It is strongly recommended that you use the facilities provided by @@ -319,12 +270,12 @@ it reread the printcap information.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1189" -></A ->8.5. Job sent, no output</H1 +NAME="AEN64" +>Job sent, no output</A +></H1 ><P >This is the most frustrating part of printing. You may have sent the job, verified that the job was forwarded, set up a wrapper around @@ -364,12 +315,12 @@ convert the file to a format appropriate for your printer.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1200" -></A ->8.6. Job sent, strange output</H1 +NAME="AEN75" +>Job sent, strange output</A +></H1 ><P >Once you have the job printing, you can then start worrying about making it print nicely.</P @@ -410,12 +361,12 @@ PostScript. The multiple ^D may cause an additional page of output.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1212" -></A ->8.7. Raw PostScript printed</H1 +NAME="AEN87" +>Raw PostScript printed</A +></H1 ><P >This is a problem that is usually caused by either the print spooling system putting information at the start of the print job that makes @@ -425,12 +376,12 @@ Format Detection' on your printer.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1215" -></A ->8.8. Advanced Printing</H1 +NAME="AEN90" +>Advanced Printing</A +></H1 ><P >Note that you can do some pretty magic things by using your imagination with the "print command" option and some shell scripts. @@ -441,75 +392,17 @@ printer.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1218" -></A ->8.9. Real debugging</H1 +NAME="AEN93" +>Real debugging</A +></H1 ><P >If the above debug tips don't help, then maybe you need to bring in the bug guns, system tracing. See Tracing.txt in this directory.</P ></DIV ></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="printing.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="securitylevels.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->Printing Support in Samba 2.2.x</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" ->Security levels</TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ></BODY ></HTML >
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/samba-bdc.html b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-BDC-HOWTO.html index c4c62305d4..fd83c4e09a 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/samba-bdc.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-BDC-HOWTO.html @@ -1,85 +1,36 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >How to Act as a Backup Domain Controller in a Purely Samba Controlled Domain</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="How to Configure Samba 2.2 as a Primary Domain Controller" -HREF="samba-pdc.html"><LINK -REL="NEXT" -TITLE="Storing Samba's User/Machine Account information in an LDAP Directory" -HREF="samba-ldap-howto.html"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="ARTICLE" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#840084" ALINK="#0000FF" ><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="samba-pdc.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="samba-ldap-howto.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV +CLASS="ARTICLE" ><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="TITLEPAGE" ><H1 +CLASS="TITLE" ><A NAME="SAMBA-BDC" -></A ->Chapter 13. How to Act as a Backup Domain Controller in a Purely Samba Controlled Domain</H1 +>How to Act as a Backup Domain Controller in a Purely Samba Controlled Domain</A +></H1 +><HR></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2290" -></A ->13.1. Prerequisite Reading</H1 +NAME="AEN3" +>Prerequisite Reading</A +></H1 ><P >Before you continue reading in this chapter, please make sure that you are comfortable with configuring a Samba PDC @@ -91,12 +42,12 @@ TARGET="_top" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2294" -></A ->13.2. Background</H1 +NAME="AEN7" +>Background</A +></H1 ><P >What is a Domain Controller? It is a machine that is able to answer logon requests from workstations in a Windows NT Domain. Whenever a @@ -136,12 +87,12 @@ others. This will not be covered in this document.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2302" -></A ->13.3. What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</H1 +NAME="AEN15" +>What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</A +></H1 ><P >Every machine that is a Domain Controller for the domain SAMBA has to register the NetBIOS group name SAMBA#1c with the WINS server and/or @@ -153,12 +104,12 @@ Microsoft Domain implementation requires the domain master browser to be on the same machine as the PDC.</P ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2305" -></A ->13.3.1. How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</H2 +NAME="AEN18" +>How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</A +></H2 ><P >A NT workstation in the domain SAMBA that wants a local user to be authenticated has to find the domain controller for SAMBA. It does @@ -172,12 +123,12 @@ the domain controller, asking for approval.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2308" -></A ->13.3.2. When is the PDC needed?</H2 +NAME="AEN21" +>When is the PDC needed?</A +></H2 ><P >Whenever a user wants to change his password, this has to be done on the PDC. To find the PDC, the workstation does a NetBIOS name query @@ -188,12 +139,12 @@ the password change is done.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2311" -></A ->13.4. Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller?</H1 +NAME="AEN24" +>Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller?</A +></H1 ><P >With version 2.2, no. The native NT SAM replication protocols have not yet been fully implemented. The Samba Team is working on @@ -207,12 +158,12 @@ service logon requests whenever the PDC is down.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2315" -></A ->13.5. How do I set up a Samba BDC?</H1 +NAME="AEN28" +>How do I set up a Samba BDC?</A +></H1 ><P >Several things have to be done:</P ><P @@ -220,16 +171,10 @@ NAME="AEN2315" ><UL ><LI ><P ->The domain SID has to be the same on the PDC and the BDC. This used to -be stored in the file private/MACHINE.SID. This file is not created -anymore since Samba 2.2.5 or even earlier. Nowadays the domain SID is -stored in the file private/secrets.tdb. Simply copying the secrets.tdb -from the PDC to the BDC does not work, as the BDC would -generate a new SID for itself and override the domain SID with this -new BDC SID.</P -><P ->To retrieve the domain SID from the PDC or an existing BDC and store it in the -secrets.tdb, execute 'net rpc getsid' on the BDC.</P +>The file private/MACHINE.SID identifies the domain. When a samba +server is first started, it is created on the fly and must never be +changed again. This file has to be the same on the PDC and the BDC, +so the MACHINE.SID has to be copied from the PDC to the BDC.</P ></LI ><LI ><P @@ -274,12 +219,12 @@ no' forces the BDC not to register SAMBA#1b which as a unique NetBIOS name is reserved for the Primary Domain Controller.</P ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2332" -></A ->13.5.1. How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</H2 +NAME="AEN44" +>How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</A +></H2 ><P >Replication of the smbpasswd file is sensitive. It has to be done whenever changes to the SAM are made. Every user's password change is @@ -295,64 +240,6 @@ password.</P ></DIV ></DIV ></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-pdc.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-ldap-howto.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->How to Configure Samba 2.2 as a Primary Domain Controller</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" ->Storing Samba's User/Machine Account information in an LDAP Directory</TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ></BODY ></HTML >
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html index e5240ba658..71e27a2e80 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >SAMBA Project Documentation</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+ +"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="BOOK" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,35 +17,24 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><DIV CLASS="BOOK" ><A -NAME="SAMBA-PROJECT-DOCUMENTATION" -></A -><DIV +NAME="SAMBA-PROJECT-DOCUMENTATION"><DIV CLASS="TITLEPAGE" ><H1 CLASS="TITLE" ><A -NAME="SAMBA-PROJECT-DOCUMENTATION" -></A ->SAMBA Project Documentation</H1 +NAME="SAMBA-PROJECT-DOCUMENTATION">SAMBA Project Documentation</H1 ><H3 CLASS="AUTHOR" ><A -NAME="AEN4" -></A ->SAMBA Team</H3 +NAME="AEN4">SAMBA Team</H3 ><HR></DIV ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="AEN8" -></A ->Abstract</H1 +NAME="AEN8">Abstract</H1 ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Last Update</I -></SPAN > : Thu Aug 15 12:48:45 CDT 2002</P ><P >This book is a collection of HOWTOs added to Samba documentation over the years. @@ -78,34 +68,34 @@ CLASS="TOC" >Table of Contents</B ></DT ><DT ->1. <A +><A HREF="#INSTALL" >How to Install and Test SAMBA</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->1.1. <A +><A HREF="#AEN20" >Step 0: Read the man pages</A ></DT ><DT ->1.2. <A +><A HREF="#AEN28" >Step 1: Building the Binaries</A ></DT ><DT ->1.3. <A +><A HREF="#AEN56" >Step 2: The all important step</A ></DT ><DT ->1.4. <A +><A HREF="#AEN60" >Step 3: Create the smb configuration file.</A ></DT ><DT ->1.5. <A +><A HREF="#AEN74" >Step 4: Test your config file with <B @@ -114,75 +104,75 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></A ></DT ><DT ->1.6. <A +><A HREF="#AEN80" >Step 5: Starting the smbd and nmbd</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->1.6.1. <A +><A HREF="#AEN90" >Step 5a: Starting from inetd.conf</A ></DT ><DT ->1.6.2. <A +><A HREF="#AEN119" >Step 5b. Alternative: starting it as a daemon</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->1.7. <A +><A HREF="#AEN135" >Step 6: Try listing the shares available on your server</A ></DT ><DT ->1.8. <A +><A HREF="#AEN144" >Step 7: Try connecting with the unix client</A ></DT ><DT ->1.9. <A +><A HREF="#AEN160" >Step 8: Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</A ></DT ><DT ->1.10. <A +><A HREF="#AEN174" >What If Things Don't Work?</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->1.10.1. <A +><A HREF="#AEN179" >Diagnosing Problems</A ></DT ><DT ->1.10.2. <A +><A HREF="#AEN183" >Scope IDs</A ></DT ><DT ->1.10.3. <A +><A HREF="#AEN186" >Choosing the Protocol Level</A ></DT ><DT ->1.10.4. <A +><A HREF="#AEN195" >Printing from UNIX to a Client PC</A ></DT ><DT ->1.10.5. <A +><A HREF="#AEN200" >Locking</A ></DT ><DT ->1.10.6. <A +><A HREF="#AEN209" >Mapping Usernames</A ></DT @@ -191,139 +181,139 @@ HREF="#AEN209" ></DL ></DD ><DT ->2. <A +><A HREF="#DIAGNOSIS" >Diagnosing your samba server</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->2.1. <A +><A HREF="#AEN223" >Introduction</A ></DT ><DT ->2.2. <A +><A HREF="#AEN228" >Assumptions</A ></DT ><DT ->2.3. <A +><A HREF="#AEN238" >Tests</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->2.3.1. <A +><A HREF="#AEN240" >Test 1</A ></DT ><DT ->2.3.2. <A +><A HREF="#AEN246" >Test 2</A ></DT ><DT ->2.3.3. <A +><A HREF="#AEN252" >Test 3</A ></DT ><DT ->2.3.4. <A +><A HREF="#AEN267" >Test 4</A ></DT ><DT ->2.3.5. <A +><A HREF="#AEN272" >Test 5</A ></DT ><DT ->2.3.6. <A +><A HREF="#AEN278" >Test 6</A ></DT ><DT ->2.3.7. <A +><A HREF="#AEN286" >Test 7</A ></DT ><DT ->2.3.8. <A +><A HREF="#AEN312" >Test 8</A ></DT ><DT ->2.3.9. <A +><A HREF="#AEN329" >Test 9</A ></DT ><DT ->2.3.10. <A -HREF="#AEN337" +><A +HREF="#AEN334" >Test 10</A ></DT ><DT ->2.3.11. <A -HREF="#AEN343" +><A +HREF="#AEN340" >Test 11</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->2.4. <A -HREF="#AEN348" +><A +HREF="#AEN345" >Still having troubles?</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->3. <A +><A HREF="#INTEGRATE-MS-NETWORKS" >Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->3.1. <A -HREF="#AEN365" +><A +HREF="#AEN362" >Agenda</A ></DT ><DT ->3.2. <A -HREF="#AEN387" +><A +HREF="#AEN384" >Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->3.2.1. <A -HREF="#AEN403" +><A +HREF="#AEN400" ><TT CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/hosts</TT ></A ></DT ><DT ->3.2.2. <A -HREF="#AEN419" +><A +HREF="#AEN416" ><TT CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/resolv.conf</TT ></A ></DT ><DT ->3.2.3. <A -HREF="#AEN430" +><A +HREF="#AEN427" ><TT CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/host.conf</TT ></A ></DT ><DT ->3.2.4. <A -HREF="#AEN438" +><A +HREF="#AEN435" ><TT CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/nsswitch.conf</TT @@ -332,79 +322,79 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></DL ></DD ><DT ->3.3. <A -HREF="#AEN450" +><A +HREF="#AEN447" >Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->3.3.1. <A -HREF="#AEN462" +><A +HREF="#AEN459" >The NetBIOS Name Cache</A ></DT ><DT ->3.3.2. <A -HREF="#AEN467" +><A +HREF="#AEN464" >The LMHOSTS file</A ></DT ><DT ->3.3.3. <A -HREF="#AEN475" +><A +HREF="#AEN472" >HOSTS file</A ></DT ><DT ->3.3.4. <A -HREF="#AEN480" +><A +HREF="#AEN477" >DNS Lookup</A ></DT ><DT ->3.3.5. <A -HREF="#AEN483" +><A +HREF="#AEN480" >WINS Lookup</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->3.4. <A -HREF="#AEN495" +><A +HREF="#AEN492" >How browsing functions and how to deploy stable and dependable browsing using Samba</A ></DT ><DT ->3.5. <A -HREF="#AEN505" +><A +HREF="#AEN502" >MS Windows security options and how to configure Samba for seemless integration</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->3.5.1. <A -HREF="#AEN533" +><A +HREF="#AEN530" >Use MS Windows NT as an authentication server</A ></DT ><DT ->3.5.2. <A -HREF="#AEN541" +><A +HREF="#AEN538" >Make Samba a member of an MS Windows NT security domain</A ></DT ><DT ->3.5.3. <A -HREF="#AEN558" +><A +HREF="#AEN555" >Configure Samba as an authentication server</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->3.6. <A -HREF="#AEN575" +><A +HREF="#AEN572" >Conclusions</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->4. <A +><A HREF="#PAM" >Configuring PAM for distributed but centrally managed authentication</A @@ -412,39 +402,39 @@ managed authentication</A ><DD ><DL ><DT ->4.1. <A -HREF="#AEN596" +><A +HREF="#AEN593" >Samba and PAM</A ></DT ><DT ->4.2. <A -HREF="#AEN640" +><A +HREF="#AEN637" >Distributed Authentication</A ></DT ><DT ->4.3. <A -HREF="#AEN647" +><A +HREF="#AEN644" >PAM Configuration in smb.conf</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->5. <A +><A HREF="#MSDFS" >Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->5.1. <A -HREF="#AEN667" +><A +HREF="#AEN664" >Instructions</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->5.1.1. <A -HREF="#AEN702" +><A +HREF="#AEN699" >Notes</A ></DT ></DL @@ -452,144 +442,144 @@ HREF="#AEN702" ></DL ></DD ><DT ->6. <A +><A HREF="#UNIX-PERMISSIONS" >UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->6.1. <A -HREF="#AEN722" +><A +HREF="#AEN719" >Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT security dialogs</A ></DT ><DT ->6.2. <A -HREF="#AEN731" +><A +HREF="#AEN728" >How to view file security on a Samba share</A ></DT ><DT ->6.3. <A -HREF="#AEN742" +><A +HREF="#AEN739" >Viewing file ownership</A ></DT ><DT ->6.4. <A -HREF="#AEN762" +><A +HREF="#AEN759" >Viewing file or directory permissions</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->6.4.1. <A -HREF="#AEN777" +><A +HREF="#AEN774" >File Permissions</A ></DT ><DT ->6.4.2. <A -HREF="#AEN791" +><A +HREF="#AEN788" >Directory Permissions</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->6.5. <A -HREF="#AEN798" +><A +HREF="#AEN795" >Modifying file or directory permissions</A ></DT ><DT ->6.6. <A -HREF="#AEN820" +><A +HREF="#AEN817" >Interaction with the standard Samba create mask parameters</A ></DT ><DT ->6.7. <A -HREF="#AEN884" +><A +HREF="#AEN881" >Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute mapping</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->7. <A +><A HREF="#PRINTING" >Printing Support in Samba 2.2.x</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->7.1. <A -HREF="#AEN905" +><A +HREF="#AEN902" >Introduction</A ></DT ><DT ->7.2. <A -HREF="#AEN927" +><A +HREF="#AEN924" >Configuration</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->7.2.1. <A -HREF="#AEN938" +><A +HREF="#AEN935" >Creating [print$]</A ></DT ><DT ->7.2.2. <A -HREF="#AEN973" +><A +HREF="#AEN970" >Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</A ></DT ><DT ->7.2.3. <A -HREF="#AEN990" +><A +HREF="#AEN987" >Support a large number of printers</A ></DT ><DT ->7.2.4. <A -HREF="#AEN1001" +><A +HREF="#AEN998" >Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</A ></DT ><DT ->7.2.5. <A -HREF="#AEN1031" +><A +HREF="#AEN1028" >Samba and Printer Ports</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->7.3. <A -HREF="#AEN1039" +><A +HREF="#AEN1036" >The Imprints Toolset</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->7.3.1. <A -HREF="#AEN1043" +><A +HREF="#AEN1040" >What is Imprints?</A ></DT ><DT ->7.3.2. <A -HREF="#AEN1053" +><A +HREF="#AEN1050" >Creating Printer Driver Packages</A ></DT ><DT ->7.3.3. <A -HREF="#AEN1056" +><A +HREF="#AEN1053" >The Imprints server</A ></DT ><DT ->7.3.4. <A -HREF="#AEN1060" +><A +HREF="#AEN1057" >The Installation Client</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->7.4. <A -HREF="#AEN1082" +><A +HREF="#AEN1079" ><A NAME="MIGRATION" ></A @@ -598,342 +588,342 @@ NAME="MIGRATION" ></DL ></DD ><DT ->8. <A +><A HREF="#PRINTINGDEBUG" >Debugging Printing Problems</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->8.1. <A -HREF="#AEN1128" +><A +HREF="#AEN1125" >Introduction</A ></DT ><DT ->8.2. <A -HREF="#AEN1144" +><A +HREF="#AEN1141" >Debugging printer problems</A ></DT ><DT ->8.3. <A -HREF="#AEN1153" +><A +HREF="#AEN1150" >What printers do I have?</A ></DT ><DT ->8.4. <A -HREF="#AEN1161" +><A +HREF="#AEN1158" >Setting up printcap and print servers</A ></DT ><DT ->8.5. <A -HREF="#AEN1189" +><A +HREF="#AEN1186" >Job sent, no output</A ></DT ><DT ->8.6. <A -HREF="#AEN1200" +><A +HREF="#AEN1197" >Job sent, strange output</A ></DT ><DT ->8.7. <A -HREF="#AEN1212" +><A +HREF="#AEN1209" >Raw PostScript printed</A ></DT ><DT ->8.8. <A -HREF="#AEN1215" +><A +HREF="#AEN1212" >Advanced Printing</A ></DT ><DT ->8.9. <A -HREF="#AEN1218" +><A +HREF="#AEN1215" >Real debugging</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->9. <A +><A HREF="#SECURITYLEVELS" >Security levels</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->9.1. <A -HREF="#AEN1231" +><A +HREF="#AEN1228" >Introduction</A ></DT ><DT ->9.2. <A -HREF="#AEN1242" +><A +HREF="#AEN1239" >More complete description of security levels</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->10. <A +><A HREF="#DOMAIN-SECURITY" >security = domain in Samba 2.x</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->10.1. <A -HREF="#AEN1275" +><A +HREF="#AEN1272" >Joining an NT Domain with Samba 2.2</A ></DT ><DT ->10.2. <A -HREF="#AEN1339" +><A +HREF="#AEN1336" >Samba and Windows 2000 Domains</A ></DT ><DT ->10.3. <A -HREF="#AEN1344" +><A +HREF="#AEN1341" >Why is this better than security = server?</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->11. <A +><A HREF="#WINBIND" >Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->11.1. <A -HREF="#AEN1397" +><A +HREF="#AEN1394" >Abstract</A ></DT ><DT ->11.2. <A -HREF="#AEN1401" +><A +HREF="#AEN1398" >Introduction</A ></DT ><DT ->11.3. <A -HREF="#AEN1414" +><A +HREF="#AEN1411" >What Winbind Provides</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->11.3.1. <A -HREF="#AEN1421" +><A +HREF="#AEN1418" >Target Uses</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->11.4. <A -HREF="#AEN1425" +><A +HREF="#AEN1422" >How Winbind Works</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->11.4.1. <A -HREF="#AEN1430" +><A +HREF="#AEN1427" >Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</A ></DT ><DT ->11.4.2. <A -HREF="#AEN1434" +><A +HREF="#AEN1431" >Name Service Switch</A ></DT ><DT ->11.4.3. <A -HREF="#AEN1450" +><A +HREF="#AEN1447" >Pluggable Authentication Modules</A ></DT ><DT ->11.4.4. <A -HREF="#AEN1458" +><A +HREF="#AEN1455" >User and Group ID Allocation</A ></DT ><DT ->11.4.5. <A -HREF="#AEN1462" +><A +HREF="#AEN1459" >Result Caching</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->11.5. <A -HREF="#AEN1465" +><A +HREF="#AEN1462" >Installation and Configuration</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->11.5.1. <A -HREF="#AEN1472" +><A +HREF="#AEN1469" >Introduction</A ></DT ><DT ->11.5.2. <A -HREF="#AEN1485" +><A +HREF="#AEN1482" >Requirements</A ></DT ><DT ->11.5.3. <A -HREF="#AEN1499" +><A +HREF="#AEN1496" >Testing Things Out</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->11.6. <A -HREF="#AEN1714" +><A +HREF="#AEN1711" >Limitations</A ></DT ><DT ->11.7. <A -HREF="#AEN1724" +><A +HREF="#AEN1721" >Conclusion</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->12. <A +><A HREF="#SAMBA-PDC" >How to Configure Samba 2.2 as a Primary Domain Controller</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->12.1. <A -HREF="#AEN1744" +><A +HREF="#AEN1741" >Prerequisite Reading</A ></DT ><DT ->12.2. <A -HREF="#AEN1750" +><A +HREF="#AEN1747" >Background</A ></DT ><DT ->12.3. <A -HREF="#AEN1789" +><A +HREF="#AEN1786" >Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</A ></DT ><DT ->12.4. <A -HREF="#AEN1832" +><A +HREF="#AEN1829" >Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->12.4.1. <A -HREF="#AEN1851" +><A +HREF="#AEN1848" >Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</A ></DT ><DT ->12.4.2. <A -HREF="#AEN1886" +><A +HREF="#AEN1883" >"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</A ></DT ><DT ->12.4.3. <A -HREF="#AEN1895" +><A +HREF="#AEN1892" >Joining the Client to the Domain</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->12.5. <A -HREF="#AEN1910" +><A +HREF="#AEN1907" >Common Problems and Errors</A ></DT ><DT ->12.6. <A -HREF="#AEN1958" +><A +HREF="#AEN1955" >System Policies and Profiles</A ></DT ><DT ->12.7. <A -HREF="#AEN2002" +><A +HREF="#AEN1999" >What other help can I get?</A ></DT ><DT ->12.8. <A -HREF="#AEN2116" +><A +HREF="#AEN2113" >Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->12.8.1. <A -HREF="#AEN2142" +><A +HREF="#AEN2139" >Configuration Instructions: Network Logons</A ></DT ><DT ->12.8.2. <A -HREF="#AEN2161" +><A +HREF="#AEN2158" >Configuration Instructions: Setting up Roaming User Profiles</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->12.9. <A -HREF="#AEN2254" +><A +HREF="#AEN2251" >DOMAIN_CONTROL.txt : Windows NT Domain Control & Samba</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->13. <A +><A HREF="#SAMBA-BDC" >How to Act as a Backup Domain Controller in a Purely Samba Controlled Domain</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->13.1. <A -HREF="#AEN2290" +><A +HREF="#AEN2287" >Prerequisite Reading</A ></DT ><DT ->13.2. <A -HREF="#AEN2294" +><A +HREF="#AEN2291" >Background</A ></DT ><DT ->13.3. <A -HREF="#AEN2302" +><A +HREF="#AEN2299" >What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->13.3.1. <A -HREF="#AEN2305" +><A +HREF="#AEN2302" >How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</A ></DT ><DT ->13.3.2. <A -HREF="#AEN2308" +><A +HREF="#AEN2305" >When is the PDC needed?</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->13.4. <A -HREF="#AEN2311" +><A +HREF="#AEN2308" >Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller?</A ></DT ><DT ->13.5. <A -HREF="#AEN2315" +><A +HREF="#AEN2312" >How do I set up a Samba BDC?</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->13.5.1. <A -HREF="#AEN2332" +><A +HREF="#AEN2329" >How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</A ></DT ></DL @@ -941,435 +931,377 @@ HREF="#AEN2332" ></DL ></DD ><DT ->14. <A +><A HREF="#SAMBA-LDAP-HOWTO" >Storing Samba's User/Machine Account information in an LDAP Directory</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->14.1. <A -HREF="#AEN2353" +><A +HREF="#AEN2350" >Purpose</A ></DT ><DT ->14.2. <A -HREF="#AEN2373" +><A +HREF="#AEN2370" >Introduction</A ></DT ><DT ->14.3. <A -HREF="#AEN2402" +><A +HREF="#AEN2399" >Supported LDAP Servers</A ></DT ><DT ->14.4. <A -HREF="#AEN2407" +><A +HREF="#AEN2404" >Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</A ></DT ><DT ->14.5. <A -HREF="#AEN2419" +><A +HREF="#AEN2416" >Configuring Samba with LDAP</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->14.5.1. <A -HREF="#AEN2421" +><A +HREF="#AEN2418" >OpenLDAP configuration</A ></DT ><DT ->14.5.2. <A -HREF="#AEN2438" +><A +HREF="#AEN2435" >Configuring Samba</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->14.6. <A -HREF="#AEN2466" +><A +HREF="#AEN2463" >Accounts and Groups management</A ></DT ><DT ->14.7. <A -HREF="#AEN2471" +><A +HREF="#AEN2468" >Security and sambaAccount</A ></DT ><DT ->14.8. <A -HREF="#AEN2491" +><A +HREF="#AEN2488" >LDAP specials attributes for sambaAccounts</A ></DT ><DT ->14.9. <A -HREF="#AEN2561" +><A +HREF="#AEN2558" >Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</A ></DT ><DT ->14.10. <A -HREF="#AEN2569" +><A +HREF="#AEN2566" >Comments</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->15. <A -HREF="#ADS" ->Using samba 3.0 with ActiveDirectory support</A -></DT -><DD -><DL -><DT ->15.1. <A -HREF="#AEN2587" ->Installing the required packages for Debian</A -></DT -><DT ->15.2. <A -HREF="#AEN2593" ->Installing the required packages for RedHat</A -></DT -><DT ->15.3. <A -HREF="#AEN2602" ->Compile Samba</A -></DT -><DT ->15.4. <A -HREF="#AEN2614" ->Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</A -></DT -><DT ->15.5. <A -HREF="#AEN2624" ->Create the computer account</A -></DT -><DD -><DL -><DT ->15.5.1. <A -HREF="#AEN2628" ->Possible errors</A -></DT -></DL -></DD -><DT ->15.6. <A -HREF="#AEN2640" ->Test your server setup</A -></DT -><DT ->15.7. <A -HREF="#AEN2645" ->Testing with smbclient</A -></DT -><DT ->15.8. <A -HREF="#AEN2648" ->Notes</A -></DT -></DL -></DD -><DT ->16. <A +><A HREF="#IMPROVED-BROWSING" >Improved browsing in samba</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->16.1. <A -HREF="#AEN2659" +><A +HREF="#AEN2577" >Overview of browsing</A ></DT ><DT ->16.2. <A -HREF="#AEN2663" +><A +HREF="#AEN2581" >Browsing support in samba</A ></DT ><DT ->16.3. <A -HREF="#AEN2672" +><A +HREF="#AEN2590" >Problem resolution</A ></DT ><DT ->16.4. <A -HREF="#AEN2679" +><A +HREF="#AEN2597" >Browsing across subnets</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->16.4.1. <A -HREF="#AEN2684" +><A +HREF="#AEN2602" >How does cross subnet browsing work ?</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->16.5. <A -HREF="#AEN2719" +><A +HREF="#AEN2637" >Setting up a WINS server</A ></DT ><DT ->16.6. <A -HREF="#AEN2738" +><A +HREF="#AEN2656" >Setting up Browsing in a WORKGROUP</A ></DT ><DT ->16.7. <A -HREF="#AEN2756" +><A +HREF="#AEN2674" >Setting up Browsing in a DOMAIN</A ></DT ><DT ->16.8. <A -HREF="#AEN2766" +><A +HREF="#AEN2684" >Forcing samba to be the master</A ></DT ><DT ->16.9. <A -HREF="#AEN2775" +><A +HREF="#AEN2693" >Making samba the domain master</A ></DT ><DT ->16.10. <A -HREF="#AEN2793" +><A +HREF="#AEN2711" >Note about broadcast addresses</A ></DT ><DT ->16.11. <A -HREF="#AEN2796" +><A +HREF="#AEN2714" >Multiple interfaces</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->17. <A +><A HREF="#SPEED" >Samba performance issues</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->17.1. <A -HREF="#AEN2814" +><A +HREF="#AEN2732" >Comparisons</A ></DT ><DT ->17.2. <A -HREF="#AEN2820" +><A +HREF="#AEN2738" >Oplocks</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->17.2.1. <A -HREF="#AEN2822" +><A +HREF="#AEN2740" >Overview</A ></DT ><DT ->17.2.2. <A -HREF="#AEN2830" +><A +HREF="#AEN2748" >Level2 Oplocks</A ></DT ><DT ->17.2.3. <A -HREF="#AEN2836" +><A +HREF="#AEN2754" >Old 'fake oplocks' option - deprecated</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->17.3. <A -HREF="#AEN2840" +><A +HREF="#AEN2758" >Socket options</A ></DT ><DT ->17.4. <A -HREF="#AEN2847" +><A +HREF="#AEN2765" >Read size</A ></DT ><DT ->17.5. <A -HREF="#AEN2852" +><A +HREF="#AEN2770" >Max xmit</A ></DT ><DT ->17.6. <A -HREF="#AEN2857" +><A +HREF="#AEN2775" >Locking</A ></DT ><DT ->17.7. <A -HREF="#AEN2861" +><A +HREF="#AEN2779" >Share modes</A ></DT ><DT ->17.8. <A -HREF="#AEN2866" +><A +HREF="#AEN2784" >Log level</A ></DT ><DT ->17.9. <A -HREF="#AEN2869" +><A +HREF="#AEN2787" >Wide lines</A ></DT ><DT ->17.10. <A -HREF="#AEN2872" +><A +HREF="#AEN2790" >Read raw</A ></DT ><DT ->17.11. <A -HREF="#AEN2877" +><A +HREF="#AEN2795" >Write raw</A ></DT ><DT ->17.12. <A -HREF="#AEN2881" +><A +HREF="#AEN2799" >Read prediction</A ></DT ><DT ->17.13. <A -HREF="#AEN2888" +><A +HREF="#AEN2806" >Memory mapping</A ></DT ><DT ->17.14. <A -HREF="#AEN2893" +><A +HREF="#AEN2811" >Slow Clients</A ></DT ><DT ->17.15. <A -HREF="#AEN2897" +><A +HREF="#AEN2815" >Slow Logins</A ></DT ><DT ->17.16. <A -HREF="#AEN2900" +><A +HREF="#AEN2818" >Client tuning</A ></DT ><DT ->17.17. <A -HREF="#AEN2932" +><A +HREF="#AEN2850" >My Results</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->18. <A +><A HREF="#OTHER-CLIENTS" >Samba and other CIFS clients</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->18.1. <A -HREF="#AEN2953" +><A +HREF="#AEN2871" >Macintosh clients?</A ></DT ><DT ->18.2. <A -HREF="#AEN2962" +><A +HREF="#AEN2880" >OS2 Client</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->18.2.1. <A -HREF="#AEN2964" +><A +HREF="#AEN2882" >How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</A ></DT ><DT ->18.2.2. <A -HREF="#AEN2979" +><A +HREF="#AEN2897" >How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</A ></DT ><DT ->18.2.3. <A -HREF="#AEN2988" +><A +HREF="#AEN2906" >Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version) is used as a client?</A ></DT ><DT ->18.2.4. <A -HREF="#AEN2992" +><A +HREF="#AEN2910" >How do I get printer driver download working for OS/2 clients?</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->18.3. <A -HREF="#AEN3002" +><A +HREF="#AEN2920" >Windows for Workgroups</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->18.3.1. <A -HREF="#AEN3004" +><A +HREF="#AEN2922" >Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</A ></DT ><DT ->18.3.2. <A -HREF="#AEN3009" +><A +HREF="#AEN2927" >Delete .pwl files after password change</A ></DT ><DT ->18.3.3. <A -HREF="#AEN3014" +><A +HREF="#AEN2932" >Configure WfW password handling</A ></DT ><DT ->18.3.4. <A -HREF="#AEN3018" +><A +HREF="#AEN2936" >Case handling of passwords</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->18.4. <A -HREF="#AEN3023" +><A +HREF="#AEN2941" >Windows '95/'98</A ></DT ><DT ->18.5. <A -HREF="#AEN3039" +><A +HREF="#AEN2957" >Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->19. <A +><A HREF="#CVS-ACCESS" >HOWTO Access Samba source code via CVS</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->19.1. <A -HREF="#AEN3063" +><A +HREF="#AEN2981" >Introduction</A ></DT ><DT ->19.2. <A -HREF="#AEN3068" +><A +HREF="#AEN2986" >CVS Access to samba.org</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->19.2.1. <A -HREF="#AEN3071" +><A +HREF="#AEN2989" >Access via CVSweb</A ></DT ><DT ->19.2.2. <A -HREF="#AEN3076" +><A +HREF="#AEN2994" >Access via cvs</A ></DT ></DL @@ -1377,69 +1309,69 @@ HREF="#AEN3076" ></DL ></DD ><DT ->20. <A +><A HREF="#BUGREPORT" >Reporting Bugs</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->20.1. <A -HREF="#AEN3111" +><A +HREF="#AEN3029" >Introduction</A ></DT ><DT ->20.2. <A -HREF="#AEN3118" +><A +HREF="#AEN3036" >General info</A ></DT ><DT ->20.3. <A -HREF="#AEN3124" +><A +HREF="#AEN3042" >Debug levels</A ></DT ><DT ->20.4. <A -HREF="#AEN3141" +><A +HREF="#AEN3059" >Internal errors</A ></DT ><DT ->20.5. <A -HREF="#AEN3151" +><A +HREF="#AEN3069" >Attaching to a running process</A ></DT ><DT ->20.6. <A -HREF="#AEN3154" +><A +HREF="#AEN3072" >Patches</A ></DT ></DL ></DD ><DT ->21. <A +><A HREF="#GROUPMAPPING" >Group mapping HOWTO</A ></DT ><DT ->22. <A +><A HREF="#PORTABILITY" >Portability</A ></DT ><DD ><DL ><DT ->22.1. <A -HREF="#AEN3201" +><A +HREF="#AEN3119" >HPUX</A ></DT ><DT ->22.2. <A -HREF="#AEN3206" +><A +HREF="#AEN3124" >SCO Unix</A ></DT ><DT ->22.3. <A -HREF="#AEN3210" +><A +HREF="#AEN3128" >DNIX</A ></DT ></DL @@ -1450,17 +1382,13 @@ HREF="#AEN3210" CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="INSTALL" -></A ->Chapter 1. How to Install and Test SAMBA</H1 +NAME="INSTALL">How to Install and Test SAMBA</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN20" -></A ->1.1. Step 0: Read the man pages</H2 +NAME="AEN20">Step 0: Read the man pages</H2 ><P >The man pages distributed with SAMBA contain lots of useful info that will help to get you started. @@ -1490,9 +1418,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN28" -></A ->1.2. Step 1: Building the Binaries</H2 +NAME="AEN28">Step 1: Building the Binaries</H2 ><P >To do this, first run the program <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -1589,9 +1515,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN56" -></A ->1.3. Step 2: The all important step</H2 +NAME="AEN56">Step 2: The all important step</H2 ><P >At this stage you must fetch yourself a coffee or other drink you find stimulating. Getting the rest @@ -1606,9 +1530,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN60" -></A ->1.4. Step 3: Create the smb configuration file.</H2 +NAME="AEN60">Step 3: Create the smb configuration file.</H2 ><P >There are sample configuration files in the examples subdirectory in the distribution. I suggest you read them @@ -1618,6 +1540,12 @@ NAME="AEN60" >The simplest useful configuration file would be something like this:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > [global] @@ -1627,6 +1555,9 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" guest ok = no read only = no </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >which would allow connections by anyone with an @@ -1662,9 +1593,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN74" -></A ->1.5. Step 4: Test your config file with +NAME="AEN74">Step 4: Test your config file with <B CLASS="COMMAND" >testparm</B @@ -1686,9 +1615,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN80" -></A ->1.6. Step 5: Starting the smbd and nmbd</H2 +NAME="AEN80">Step 5: Starting the smbd and nmbd</H2 ><P >You must choose to start smbd and nmbd either as daemons or from <B @@ -1726,9 +1653,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN90" -></A ->1.6.1. Step 5a: Starting from inetd.conf</H3 +NAME="AEN90">Step 5a: Starting from inetd.conf</H3 ><P >NOTE; The following will be different if you use NIS or NIS+ to distributed services maps.</P @@ -1762,11 +1687,20 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > and add two lines something like this:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > netbios-ssn stream tcp nowait root /usr/local/samba/bin/smbd smbd netbios-ns dgram udp wait root /usr/local/samba/bin/nmbd nmbd </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The exact syntax of <TT @@ -1830,9 +1764,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN119" -></A ->1.6.2. Step 5b. Alternative: starting it as a daemon</H3 +NAME="AEN119">Step 5b. Alternative: starting it as a daemon</H3 ><P >To start the server as a daemon you should create a script something like this one, perhaps calling @@ -1841,12 +1773,21 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >startsmb</TT >.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > #!/bin/sh /usr/local/samba/bin/smbd -D /usr/local/samba/bin/nmbd -D </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >then make it executable with <B @@ -1887,9 +1828,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN135" -></A ->1.7. Step 6: Try listing the shares available on your +NAME="AEN135">Step 6: Try listing the shares available on your server</H2 ><P ><TT @@ -1928,9 +1867,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN144" -></A ->1.8. Step 7: Try connecting with the unix client</H2 +NAME="AEN144">Step 7: Try connecting with the unix client</H2 ><P ><TT CLASS="PROMPT" @@ -1991,9 +1928,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN160" -></A ->1.9. Step 8: Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, +NAME="AEN160">Step 8: Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</H2 ><P >Try mounting disks. eg:</P @@ -2040,9 +1975,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN174" -></A ->1.10. What If Things Don't Work?</H2 +NAME="AEN174">What If Things Don't Work?</H2 ><P >If nothing works and you start to think "who wrote this pile of trash" then I suggest you do step 2 again (and @@ -2063,9 +1996,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN179" -></A ->1.10.1. Diagnosing Problems</H3 +NAME="AEN179">Diagnosing Problems</H3 ><P >If you have installation problems then go to <TT @@ -2079,9 +2010,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN183" -></A ->1.10.2. Scope IDs</H3 +NAME="AEN183">Scope IDs</H3 ><P >By default Samba uses a blank scope ID. This means all your windows boxes must also have a blank scope ID. @@ -2095,9 +2024,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN186" -></A ->1.10.3. Choosing the Protocol Level</H3 +NAME="AEN186">Choosing the Protocol Level</H3 ><P >The SMB protocol has many dialects. Currently Samba supports 5, called CORE, COREPLUS, LANMAN1, @@ -2136,9 +2063,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN195" -></A ->1.10.4. Printing from UNIX to a Client PC</H3 +NAME="AEN195">Printing from UNIX to a Client PC</H3 ><P >To use a printer that is available via a smb-based server from a unix host with LPR you will need to compile the @@ -2157,9 +2082,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN200" -></A ->1.10.5. Locking</H3 +NAME="AEN200">Locking</H3 ><P >One area which sometimes causes trouble is locking.</P ><P @@ -2217,9 +2140,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN209" -></A ->1.10.6. Mapping Usernames</H3 +NAME="AEN209">Mapping Usernames</H3 ><P >If you have different usernames on the PCs and the unix server then take a look at the "username map" option. @@ -2231,17 +2152,13 @@ NAME="AEN209" CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="DIAGNOSIS" -></A ->Chapter 2. Diagnosing your samba server</H1 +NAME="DIAGNOSIS">Diagnosing your samba server</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN223" -></A ->2.1. Introduction</H2 +NAME="AEN223">Introduction</H2 ><P >This file contains a list of tests you can perform to validate your Samba server. It also tells you what the likely cause of the problem @@ -2261,9 +2178,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN228" -></A ->2.2. Assumptions</H2 +NAME="AEN228">Assumptions</H2 ><P >In all of the tests I assume you have a Samba server called BIGSERVER and a PC called ACLIENT both in workgroup TESTGROUP. I also assume the @@ -2277,12 +2192,21 @@ microsoft tcp/ip stack. Alternatively, your PC may be running Windows smb.conf. I will assume this share is called "tmp". You can add a "tmp" share like by adding the following to smb.conf:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > [tmp] comment = temporary files path = /tmp read only = yes </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >THESE TESTS ASSUME VERSION 2.0.6 OR LATER OF THE SAMBA SUITE. SOME @@ -2302,17 +2226,13 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN238" -></A ->2.3. Tests</H2 +NAME="AEN238">Tests</H2 ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" ><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN240" -></A ->2.3.1. Test 1</H3 +NAME="AEN240">Test 1</H3 ><P >In the directory in which you store your smb.conf file, run the command "testparm smb.conf". If it reports any errors then your smb.conf @@ -2332,9 +2252,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN246" -></A ->2.3.2. Test 2</H3 +NAME="AEN246">Test 2</H3 ><P >Run the command "ping BIGSERVER" from the PC and "ping ACLIENT" from the unix box. If you don't get a valid response then your TCP/IP @@ -2358,9 +2276,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN252" -></A ->2.3.3. Test 3</H3 +NAME="AEN252">Test 3</H3 ><P >Run the command "smbclient -L BIGSERVER" on the unix box. You should get a list of available shares back. </P @@ -2390,21 +2306,39 @@ files exist.</P a session request. The most common of these involve one or more of the following smb.conf file entries:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > hosts deny = ALL hosts allow = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy bind interfaces only = Yes</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >In the above, no allowance has been made for any session requests that will automatically translate to the loopback adaptor address 127.0.0.1. To solve this problem change these lines to:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > hosts deny = ALL hosts allow = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy 127.</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Do NOT use the "bind interfaces only" parameter where you may wish to @@ -2429,9 +2363,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN267" -></A ->2.3.4. Test 4</H3 +NAME="AEN267">Test 4</H3 ><P >Run the command "nmblookup -B BIGSERVER __SAMBA__". You should get the IP address of your Samba server back.</P @@ -2450,9 +2382,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN272" -></A ->2.3.5. Test 5</H3 +NAME="AEN272">Test 5</H3 ><P >run the command <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -2471,9 +2401,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN278" -></A ->2.3.6. Test 6</H3 +NAME="AEN278">Test 6</H3 ><P >Run the command <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -2505,9 +2433,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN286" -></A ->2.3.7. Test 7</H3 +NAME="AEN286">Test 7</H3 ><P >Run the command <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -2515,7 +2441,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >. You should then be prompted for a password. You should use the password of the account you are logged into the unix box with. If you want to test with -another account then add the -U >accountname< option to the end of +another account then add the -U >accountname< option to the end of the command line. eg: <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -2581,7 +2507,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > etc. Type <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->help >command<</B +>help >command<</B > for instructions. You should especially check that the amount of free disk space shown is correct when you type <B @@ -2594,9 +2520,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN312" -></A ->2.3.8. Test 8</H3 +NAME="AEN312">Test 8</H3 ><P >On the PC type the command <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -2654,9 +2578,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN329" -></A ->2.3.9. Test 9</H3 +NAME="AEN329">Test 9</H3 ><P >Run the command <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -2671,26 +2593,14 @@ and other config lines in smb.conf are correct.</P connect you as. To see if this is the problem add the line "user = USERNAME" to the [tmp] section of smb.conf where "USERNAME" is the username corresponding to the password you typed. If you find this -fixes things you may need the username mapping option. </P -><P ->It might also be the case that your client only sends encrypted passwords -and you have <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->encrypt passwords = no</B -> in <TT -CLASS="FILENAME" ->smb.conf</TT ->. -Turn it back on to fix.</P +fixes things you may need the username mapping option.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN337" -></A ->2.3.10. Test 10</H3 +NAME="AEN334">Test 10</H3 ><P >Run the command <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -2714,9 +2624,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN343" -></A ->2.3.11. Test 11</H3 +NAME="AEN340">Test 11</H3 ><P >From file manager try to browse the server. Your samba server should appear in the browse list of your local workgroup (or the one you @@ -2742,9 +2650,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN348" -></A ->2.4. Still having troubles?</H2 +NAME="AEN345">Still having troubles?</H2 ><P >Try the mailing list or newsgroup, or use the ethereal utility to sniff the problem. The official samba mailing list can be reached at @@ -2768,17 +2674,13 @@ TARGET="_top" CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="INTEGRATE-MS-NETWORKS" -></A ->Chapter 3. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</H1 +NAME="INTEGRATE-MS-NETWORKS">Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN365" -></A ->3.1. Agenda</H2 +NAME="AEN362">Agenda</H2 ><P >To identify the key functional mechanisms of MS Windows networking to enable the deployment of Samba as a means of extending and/or @@ -2843,9 +2745,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN387" -></A ->3.2. Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</H2 +NAME="AEN384">Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</H2 ><P >The key configuration files covered in this section are:</P ><P @@ -2885,9 +2785,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN403" -></A ->3.2.1. <TT +NAME="AEN400"><TT CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/hosts</TT ></H3 @@ -2895,10 +2793,19 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >Contains a static list of IP Addresses and names. eg:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > 127.0.0.1 localhost localhost.localdomain 192.168.1.1 bigbox.caldera.com bigbox alias4box</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The purpose of <TT @@ -2966,9 +2873,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN419" -></A ->3.2.2. <TT +NAME="AEN416"><TT CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/resolv.conf</TT ></H3 @@ -3004,9 +2909,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN430" -></A ->3.2.3. <TT +NAME="AEN427"><TT CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/host.conf</TT ></H3 @@ -3019,10 +2922,19 @@ which the setting in /etc/resolv.conf may be affected. It is a critical configuration file. This file controls the order by which name resolution may procede. The typical structure is:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > order hosts,bind multi on</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >then both addresses should be returned. Please refer to the @@ -3033,9 +2945,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN438" -></A ->3.2.4. <TT +NAME="AEN435"><TT CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/nsswitch.conf</TT ></H3 @@ -3043,6 +2953,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >This file controls the actual name resolution targets. The file typically has resolver object specifications as follows:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > # /etc/nsswitch.conf @@ -3065,6 +2981,9 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" protocols: nis files rpc: nis files services: nis files</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Of course, each of these mechanisms requires that the appropriate @@ -3102,9 +3021,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN450" -></A ->3.3. Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</H2 +NAME="AEN447">Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</H2 ><P >MS Windows networking is predicated about the name each machine is given. This name is known variously (and inconsistently) as @@ -3121,6 +3038,12 @@ the client/server.</P ><P >The following are typical NetBIOS name/service type registrations:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > Unique NetBIOS Names: @@ -3134,6 +3057,9 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" WORKGROUP<1c> = Domain Controllers / Netlogon Servers WORKGROUP<1d> = Local Master Browsers WORKGROUP<1e> = Internet Name Resolvers</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >It should be noted that all NetBIOS machines register their own @@ -3187,9 +3113,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN462" -></A ->3.3.1. The NetBIOS Name Cache</H3 +NAME="AEN459">The NetBIOS Name Cache</H3 ><P >All MS Windows machines employ an in memory buffer in which is stored the NetBIOS names and IP addresses for all external @@ -3214,9 +3138,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN467" -></A ->3.3.2. The LMHOSTS file</H3 +NAME="AEN464">The LMHOSTS file</H3 ><P >This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or 2000 in <TT @@ -3232,6 +3154,12 @@ to IP address mapping oriented.</P ><P >It typically looks like:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > # Copyright (c) 1998 Microsoft Corp. @@ -3251,8 +3179,8 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" # files and offers the following extensions: # # #PRE - # #DOM:<domain> - # #INCLUDE <filename> + # #DOM:<domain> + # #INCLUDE <filename> # #BEGIN_ALTERNATE # #END_ALTERNATE # \0xnn (non-printing character support) @@ -3261,16 +3189,16 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" # the entry to be preloaded into the name cache. By default, entries are # not preloaded, but are parsed only after dynamic name resolution fails. # - # Following an entry with the "#DOM:<domain>" tag will associate the - # entry with the domain specified by <domain>. This affects how the + # Following an entry with the "#DOM:<domain>" tag will associate the + # entry with the domain specified by <domain>. This affects how the # browser and logon services behave in TCP/IP environments. To preload # the host name associated with #DOM entry, it is necessary to also add a - # #PRE to the line. The <domain> is always preloaded although it will not + # #PRE to the line. The <domain> is always preloaded although it will not # be shown when the name cache is viewed. # - # Specifying "#INCLUDE <filename>" will force the RFC NetBIOS (NBT) - # software to seek the specified <filename> and parse it as if it were - # local. <filename> is generally a UNC-based name, allowing a + # Specifying "#INCLUDE <filename>" will force the RFC NetBIOS (NBT) + # software to seek the specified <filename> and parse it as if it were + # local. <filename> is generally a UNC-based name, allowing a # centralized lmhosts file to be maintained on a server. # It is ALWAYS necessary to provide a mapping for the IP address of the # server prior to the #INCLUDE. This mapping must use the #PRE directive. @@ -3310,6 +3238,9 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" # so keeping the number of comments to a minimum will improve performance. # Therefore it is not advisable to simply add lmhosts file entries onto the # end of this file.</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DIV ><DIV @@ -3317,9 +3248,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN475" -></A ->3.3.3. HOSTS file</H3 +NAME="AEN472">HOSTS file</H3 ><P >This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or 2000 in <TT @@ -3339,9 +3268,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN480" -></A ->3.3.4. DNS Lookup</H3 +NAME="AEN477">DNS Lookup</H3 ><P >This capability is configured in the TCP/IP setup area in the network configuration facility. If enabled an elaborate name resolution sequence @@ -3359,9 +3286,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN483" -></A ->3.3.5. WINS Lookup</H3 +NAME="AEN480">WINS Lookup</H3 ><P >A WINS (Windows Internet Name Server) service is the equivaent of the rfc1001/1002 specified NBNS (NetBIOS Name Server). A WINS server stores @@ -3374,18 +3299,36 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >smb.conf</TT > file:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > wins support = Yes</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >To configure Samba to use a WINS server the following parameters are needed in the smb.conf file:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > wins support = No wins server = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >where <TT @@ -3402,9 +3345,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN495" -></A ->3.4. How browsing functions and how to deploy stable and +NAME="AEN492">How browsing functions and how to deploy stable and dependable browsing using Samba</H2 ><P >As stated above, MS Windows machines register their NetBIOS names @@ -3469,9 +3410,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN505" -></A ->3.5. MS Windows security options and how to configure +NAME="AEN502">MS Windows security options and how to configure Samba for seemless integration</H2 ><P >MS Windows clients may use encrypted passwords as part of a @@ -3535,6 +3474,12 @@ issue of Windows 9x client upper casing usernames and password before transmitting them to the SMB server when using clear text authentication.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > <A @@ -3557,6 +3502,9 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE" >integer</I ></TT ></PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >By default Samba will lower case the username before attempting @@ -3579,12 +3527,9 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >password level</I ></TT > must be set to the maximum -number of upper case letter which <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +number of upper case letter which <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >could</I -></SPAN > appear is a password. Note that is the server OS uses the traditional DES version of crypt(), then a <TT @@ -3606,18 +3551,25 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN533" -></A ->3.5.1. Use MS Windows NT as an authentication server</H3 +NAME="AEN530">Use MS Windows NT as an authentication server</H3 ><P >This method involves the additions of the following parameters in the smb.conf file:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > encrypt passwords = Yes security = server password server = "NetBIOS_name_of_PDC"</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >There are two ways of identifying whether or not a username and @@ -3642,18 +3594,25 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN541" -></A ->3.5.2. Make Samba a member of an MS Windows NT security domain</H3 +NAME="AEN538">Make Samba a member of an MS Windows NT security domain</H3 ><P >This method involves additon of the following paramters in the smb.conf file:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > encrypt passwords = Yes security = domain workgroup = "name of NT domain" password server = *</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The use of the "*" argument to "password server" will cause samba @@ -3705,9 +3664,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN558" -></A ->3.5.3. Configure Samba as an authentication server</H3 +NAME="AEN555">Configure Samba as an authentication server</H3 ><P >This mode of authentication demands that there be on the Unix/Linux system both a Unix style account as well as an @@ -3718,6 +3675,12 @@ used for SMB client authentication.</P >This method involves addition of the following parameters to the smb.conf file:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >## please refer to the Samba PDC HOWTO chapter later in @@ -3732,6 +3695,9 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" [NETLOGON] path = /somewhare/in/file/system read only = yes</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >in order for this method to work a Unix system account needs @@ -3742,22 +3708,29 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><HR><H4 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN565" -></A ->3.5.3.1. Users</H4 +NAME="AEN562">Users</H4 ><P >A user account that may provide a home directory should be created. The following Linux system commands are typical of the procedure for creating an account.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > # useradd -s /bin/bash -d /home/"userid" -m "userid" # passwd "userid" - Enter Password: <pw> + Enter Password: <pw> # smbpasswd -a "userid" - Enter Password: <pw></PRE + Enter Password: <pw></PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DIV ><DIV @@ -3765,18 +3738,25 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><HR><H4 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN570" -></A ->3.5.3.2. MS Windows NT Machine Accounts</H4 +NAME="AEN567">MS Windows NT Machine Accounts</H4 ><P >These are required only when Samba is used as a domain controller. Refer to the Samba-PDC-HOWTO for more details.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > # useradd -s /bin/false -d /dev/null "machine_name"\$ # passwd -l "machine_name"\$ # smbpasswd -a -m "machine_name"</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DIV ></DIV @@ -3786,9 +3766,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN575" -></A ->3.6. Conclusions</H2 +NAME="AEN572">Conclusions</H2 ><P >Samba provides a flexible means to operate as...</P ><P @@ -3822,18 +3800,14 @@ NAME="AEN575" CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="PAM" -></A ->Chapter 4. Configuring PAM for distributed but centrally +NAME="PAM">Configuring PAM for distributed but centrally managed authentication</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN596" -></A ->4.1. Samba and PAM</H2 +NAME="AEN593">Samba and PAM</H2 ><P >A number of Unix systems (eg: Sun Solaris), as well as the xxxxBSD family and Linux, now utilize the Pluggable Authentication @@ -3881,6 +3855,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >pam_pwdb.so</TT >.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >#%PAM-1.0 @@ -3897,11 +3877,20 @@ session required pam_pwdb.so # session optional pam_lastlog.so # password required pam_cracklib.so retry=3 password required pam_pwdb.so shadow md5</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >PAM allows use of replacable modules. Those available on a sample system include:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >$ /bin/ls /lib/security @@ -3917,6 +3906,9 @@ pam_env.so pam_ldap.so pam_motd.so pam_radius.so pam_smbpass.so pam_unix_acct.so pam_wheel.so pam_unix_auth.so pam_unix_passwd.so pam_userdb.so pam_warn.so pam_unix_session.so</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The following example for the login program replaces the use of @@ -3977,6 +3969,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > directory of the Samba source distribution.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >#%PAM-1.0 @@ -3986,6 +3984,9 @@ auth required pam_smbpass.so nodelay account required pam_smbpass.so nodelay session required pam_smbpass.so nodelay password required pam_smbpass.so nodelay</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The following is the PAM configuration file for a particular @@ -3994,6 +3995,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >pam_pwdb.so</TT >.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >#%PAM-1.0 @@ -4003,6 +4010,9 @@ auth required /lib/security/pam_pwdb.so nullok nodelay shadow audit account required /lib/security/pam_pwdb.so audit nodelay session required /lib/security/pam_pwdb.so nodelay password required /lib/security/pam_pwdb.so shadow md5</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >In the following example the decision has been made to use the @@ -4011,6 +4021,12 @@ decision could also be made for the passwd program and would thus allow the smbpasswd passwords to be changed using the passwd program.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >#%PAM-1.0 @@ -4020,6 +4036,9 @@ auth required /lib/security/pam_smbpass.so nodelay account required /lib/security/pam_pwdb.so audit nodelay session required /lib/security/pam_pwdb.so nodelay password required /lib/security/pam_smbpass.so nodelay smbconf=/etc/samba.d/smb.conf</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Note: PAM allows stacking of authentication mechanisms. It is @@ -4045,9 +4064,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN640" -></A ->4.2. Distributed Authentication</H2 +NAME="AEN637">Distributed Authentication</H2 ><P >The astute administrator will realize from this that the combination of <TT @@ -4078,9 +4095,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN647" -></A ->4.3. PAM Configuration in smb.conf</H2 +NAME="AEN644">PAM Configuration in smb.conf</H2 ><P >There is an option in smb.conf called <A HREF="smb.conf.5.html#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS" @@ -4118,17 +4133,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="MSDFS" -></A ->Chapter 5. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</H1 +NAME="MSDFS">Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN667" -></A ->5.1. Instructions</H2 +NAME="AEN664">Instructions</H2 ><P >The Distributed File System (or Dfs) provides a means of separating the logical view of files and directories that users @@ -4179,7 +4190,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" to other servers. For example, a symbolic link <TT CLASS="FILENAME" ->junction->msdfs:storage1\share1</TT +>junction->msdfs:storage1\share1</TT > in the share directory acts as the Dfs junction. When Dfs-aware clients attempt to access the junction link, they are redirected @@ -4191,6 +4202,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >Here's an example of setting up a Dfs tree on a Samba server.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ># The smb.conf file: @@ -4202,6 +4219,9 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" path = /export/dfsroot msdfs root = yes </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >In the /export/dfsroot directory we set up our dfs links to @@ -4274,9 +4294,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN702" -></A ->5.1.1. Notes</H3 +NAME="AEN699">Notes</H3 ><P ></P ><UL @@ -4307,17 +4325,13 @@ NAME="AEN702" CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="UNIX-PERMISSIONS" -></A ->Chapter 6. UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</H1 +NAME="UNIX-PERMISSIONS">UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN722" -></A ->6.1. Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT +NAME="AEN719">Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT security dialogs</H2 ><P >New in the Samba 2.0.4 release is the ability for Windows @@ -4354,55 +4368,35 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN731" -></A ->6.2. How to view file security on a Samba share</H2 +NAME="AEN728">How to view file security on a Samba share</H2 ><P >From an NT 4.0 client, single-click with the right mouse button on any file or directory in a Samba mounted drive letter or UNC path. When the menu pops-up, click - on the <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + on the <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Properties</I -></SPAN > entry at the bottom of the menu. This brings up the normal file properties dialog box, but with Samba 2.0.4 this will have a new tab along the top - marked <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + marked <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Security</I -></SPAN >. Click on this tab and you - will see three buttons, <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + will see three buttons, <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Permissions</I -></SPAN >, - <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Auditing</I -></SPAN ->, and <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>, and <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Ownership</I -></SPAN >. - The <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + The <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Auditing</I -></SPAN > button will cause either an error message <SPAN CLASS="ERRORNAME" @@ -4424,9 +4418,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN742" -></A ->6.3. Viewing file ownership</H2 +NAME="AEN739">Viewing file ownership</H2 ><P >Clicking on the <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -4488,12 +4480,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" it will display a dialog box complaining that the user you are currently logged onto the NT client cannot be found). The reason for this is that changing the ownership of a file is a privileged - operation in UNIX, available only to the <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + operation in UNIX, available only to the <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >root</I -></SPAN > user. As clicking on this button causes NT to attempt to change the ownership of a file to the current user logged into the NT @@ -4503,13 +4492,10 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" and allow a user with Administrator privilege connected to a Samba 2.0.4 server as root to change the ownership of files on both a local NTFS filesystem or remote mounted NTFS - or Samba drive. This is available as part of the <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + or Samba drive. This is available as part of the <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Seclib </I -></SPAN > NT security library written by Jeremy Allison of the Samba Team, available from the main Samba ftp site.</P ></DIV @@ -4518,9 +4504,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN762" -></A ->6.4. Viewing file or directory permissions</H2 +NAME="AEN759">Viewing file or directory permissions</H2 ><P >The third button is the <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -4580,9 +4564,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN777" -></A ->6.4.1. File Permissions</H3 +NAME="AEN774">File Permissions</H3 ><P >The standard UNIX user/group/world triple and the corresponding "read", "write", "execute" permissions @@ -4642,9 +4624,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN791" -></A ->6.4.2. Directory Permissions</H3 +NAME="AEN788">Directory Permissions</H3 ><P >Directories on an NT NTFS file system have two different sets of permissions. The first set of permissions @@ -4674,9 +4654,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN798" -></A ->6.5. Modifying file or directory permissions</H2 +NAME="AEN795">Modifying file or directory permissions</H2 ><P >Modifying file and directory permissions is as simple as changing the displayed permissions in the dialog box, and @@ -4772,9 +4750,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN820" -></A ->6.6. Interaction with the standard Samba create mask +NAME="AEN817">Interaction with the standard Samba create mask parameters</H2 ><P >Note that with Samba 2.0.5 there are four new parameters @@ -4834,12 +4810,9 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >security mask</I ></TT > - mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >not</I -></SPAN > allowed to change, and one bits are those the user is allowed to change. </P @@ -5049,9 +5022,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN884" -></A ->6.7. Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute +NAME="AEN881">Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute mapping</H2 ><P >Samba maps some of the DOS attribute bits (such as "read @@ -5096,17 +5067,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="PRINTING" -></A ->Chapter 7. Printing Support in Samba 2.2.x</H1 +NAME="PRINTING">Printing Support in Samba 2.2.x</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN905" -></A ->7.1. Introduction</H2 +NAME="AEN902">Introduction</H2 ><P >Beginning with the 2.2.0 release, Samba supports the native Windows NT printing mechanisms implemented via @@ -5172,13 +5139,10 @@ As a side note, Samba does not use these drivers in any way to process spooled files. They are utilized entirely by the clients.</P ><P >The following MS KB article, may be of some help if you are dealing with -Windows 2000 clients: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +Windows 2000 clients: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >How to Add Printers with No User Interaction in Windows 2000</I -></SPAN ></P ><P ><A @@ -5192,9 +5156,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN927" -></A ->7.2. Configuration</H2 +NAME="AEN924">Configuration</H2 ><DIV CLASS="WARNING" ><P @@ -5209,7 +5171,7 @@ WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" VALIGN="TOP" ><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/warning.gif" +SRC="./stylesheet-images/warning.gif" HSPACE="5" ALT="Warning"></TD ><TH @@ -5272,9 +5234,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN938" -></A ->7.2.1. Creating [print$]</H3 +NAME="AEN935">Creating [print$]</H3 ><P >In order to support the uploading of printer driver files, you must first configure a file share named [print$]. @@ -5289,6 +5249,12 @@ following file share (of course, some of the parameter values, such as 'path' are arbitrary and should be replaced with appropriate values for your site):</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >[global] @@ -5308,6 +5274,9 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ; is setup to a non-root account, then it should also exist ; as a 'printer admin' write list = @ntadmin,root</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The <A @@ -5353,7 +5322,7 @@ WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" VALIGN="TOP" ><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/note.gif" +SRC="./stylesheet-images/note.gif" HSPACE="5" ALT="Note"></TD ><TH @@ -5401,6 +5370,12 @@ Samba follows this model as well.</P >Next create the directory tree below the [print$] share for each architecture you wish to support.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >[print$]----- @@ -5409,6 +5384,9 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" |-W32ALPHA ; "Windows NT Alpha_AXP" |-W32MIPS ; "Windows NT R4000" |-W32PPC ; "Windows NT PowerPC"</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><DIV CLASS="WARNING" @@ -5424,7 +5402,7 @@ WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" VALIGN="TOP" ><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/warning.gif" +SRC="./stylesheet-images/warning.gif" HSPACE="5" ALT="Warning"></TD ><TH @@ -5495,19 +5473,14 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN973" -></A ->7.2.2. Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</H3 +NAME="AEN970">Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</H3 ><P >The initial listing of printers in the Samba host's Printers folder will have no real printer driver assigned to them. By default, in Samba 2.2.0 this driver name was set to -<SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +<I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >NO PRINTER DRIVER AVAILABLE FOR THIS PRINTER</I -></SPAN >. Later versions changed this to a NULL string to allow the use tof the local Add Printer Wizard on NT/2000 clients. @@ -5515,15 +5488,12 @@ Attempting to view the printer properties for a printer which has this default driver assigned will result in the error message:</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Device settings cannot be displayed. The driver for the specified printer is not installed, only spooler properties will be displayed. Do you want to install the driver now?</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Click "No" in the error dialog and you will be presented with @@ -5575,9 +5545,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN990" -></A ->7.2.3. Support a large number of printers</H3 +NAME="AEN987">Support a large number of printers</H3 ><P >One issue that has arisen during the development phase of Samba 2.2 is the need to support driver downloads for @@ -5595,6 +5563,12 @@ setdriver command</B associated with an installed driver. The following is example of how this could be accomplished:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > @@ -5630,10 +5604,13 @@ CLASS="PROMPT" >rpcclient pogo -U root%secret \ <TT CLASS="PROMPT" ->> </TT +>> </TT > -c "setdriver hp-print \"HP LaserJet 4000 Series PS\"" Domain=[NARNIA] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.0-alpha3] Successfully set hp-print to driver HP LaserJet 4000 Series PS.</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DIV ><DIV @@ -5641,9 +5618,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1001" -></A ->7.2.4. Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</H3 +NAME="AEN998">Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</H3 ><P >By default, Samba offers all printer shares defined in <TT CLASS="FILENAME" @@ -5755,6 +5730,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/printcap.local</TT > (change that to what you need) and returns a line of 'Done' which is needed for the whole process to work.</P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >#!/bin/sh @@ -5804,15 +5785,16 @@ touch /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf # echo "Done" exit 0</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1031" -></A ->7.2.5. Samba and Printer Ports</H3 +NAME="AEN1028">Samba and Printer Ports</H3 ><P >Windows NT/2000 print servers associate a port with each printer. These normally take the form of LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:, etc... Samba must also support the @@ -5847,9 +5829,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1039" -></A ->7.3. The Imprints Toolset</H2 +NAME="AEN1036">The Imprints Toolset</H2 ><P >The Imprints tool set provides a UNIX equivalent of the Windows NT Add Printer Wizard. For complete information, please @@ -5865,9 +5845,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1043" -></A ->7.3.1. What is Imprints?</H3 +NAME="AEN1040">What is Imprints?</H3 ><P >Imprints is a collection of tools for supporting the goals of</P @@ -5897,9 +5875,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1053" -></A ->7.3.2. Creating Printer Driver Packages</H3 +NAME="AEN1050">Creating Printer Driver Packages</H3 ><P >The process of creating printer driver packages is beyond the scope of this document (refer to Imprints.txt also included @@ -5913,9 +5889,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1056" -></A ->7.3.3. The Imprints server</H3 +NAME="AEN1053">The Imprints server</H3 ><P >The Imprints server is really a database server that may be queried via standard HTTP mechanisms. Each printer @@ -5923,12 +5897,9 @@ NAME="AEN1056" downloading of the package. Each package is digitally signed via GnuPG which can be used to verify that package downloaded is actually the one referred in the Imprints database. It is - <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >not</I -></SPAN > recommended that this security check be disabled.</P ></DIV @@ -5937,9 +5908,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1060" -></A ->7.3.4. The Installation Client</H3 +NAME="AEN1057">The Installation Client</H3 ><P >More information regarding the Imprints installation client is available in the <TT @@ -5979,6 +5948,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >rpcclient</B >.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > @@ -5992,6 +5967,9 @@ foreach (supported architecture for a given driver) 4. rpcclient: Issue an AddPrinterEx() MS-RPC to actually create the printer</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >One of the problems encountered when implementing @@ -6031,9 +6009,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1082" -></A ->7.4. <A +NAME="AEN1079"><A NAME="MIGRATION" ></A >Migration to from Samba 2.0.x to 2.2.x</H2 @@ -6115,7 +6091,7 @@ WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" VALIGN="TOP" ><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/warning.gif" +SRC="./stylesheet-images/warning.gif" HSPACE="5" ALT="Warning"></TD ><TH @@ -6199,17 +6175,13 @@ disabled by default.</P CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="PRINTINGDEBUG" -></A ->Chapter 8. Debugging Printing Problems</H1 +NAME="PRINTINGDEBUG">Debugging Printing Problems</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1128" -></A ->8.1. Introduction</H2 +NAME="AEN1125">Introduction</H2 ><P >This is a short description of how to debug printing problems with Samba. This describes how to debug problems with printing from a SMB @@ -6227,6 +6199,12 @@ you use is up to you.</P relevant options (which you should look up in the smb.conf man page) are:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > [global] @@ -6235,18 +6213,36 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" lprm command - remove a job [printers] path = /var/spool/lpd/samba</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The following are nice to know about:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > queuepause command - stop a printer or print queue queueresume command - start a printer or print queue</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Example:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > print command = /usr/bin/lpr -r -P%p %s @@ -6254,6 +6250,9 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" lprm command = /usr/bin/lprm -P%p %j queuepause command = /usr/sbin/lpc -P%p stop queuepause command = /usr/sbin/lpc -P%p start</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Samba should set reasonable defaults for these depending on your @@ -6271,7 +6270,7 @@ and it should be periodically cleaned out. Samba used the lpq command to determine the "job number" assigned to your print job by the spooler.</P ><P ->The %>letter< are "macros" that get dynamically replaced with appropriate +>The %>letter< are "macros" that get dynamically replaced with appropriate values when they are used. The %s gets replaced with the name of the spool file that Samba creates and the %p gets replaced with the name of the printer. The %j gets replaced with the "job number" which comes from @@ -6282,15 +6281,19 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1144" -></A ->8.2. Debugging printer problems</H2 +NAME="AEN1141">Debugging printer problems</H2 ><P >One way to debug printing problems is to start by replacing these command with shell scripts that record the arguments and the contents of the print file. A simple example of this kind of things might be:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > print command = /tmp/saveprint %p %s @@ -6301,12 +6304,21 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" # we run the command and save the error messages # replace the command with the one appropriate for your system /usr/bin/lpr -r -P$1 $2 2>>&/tmp/tmp.print</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Then you print a file and try removing it. You may find that the print queue needs to be stopped in order to see the queue status and remove the job:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > h4: {42} % echo hi >/tmp/hi @@ -6324,6 +6336,9 @@ smb: \> cancel 1049 Job 1049 cancelled smb: \> queue smb: \> exit</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The 'code 0' indicates that the job was removed. The comment @@ -6339,28 +6354,44 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1153" -></A ->8.3. What printers do I have?</H2 +NAME="AEN1150">What printers do I have?</H2 ><P >You can use the 'testprns' program to check to see if the printer name you are using is recognized by Samba. For example, you can use:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > testprns printer /etc/printcap</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Samba can get its printcap information from a file or from a program. You can try the following to see the format of the extracted information:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > testprns -a printer /etc/printcap testprns -a printer '|/bin/cat printcap'</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DIV ><DIV @@ -6368,9 +6399,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1161" -></A ->8.4. Setting up printcap and print servers</H2 +NAME="AEN1158">Setting up printcap and print servers</H2 ><P >You may need to set up some printcaps for your Samba system to use. It is strongly recommended that you use the facilities provided by @@ -6379,9 +6408,18 @@ the print spooler to set up queues and printcap information.</P >Samba requires either a printcap or program to deliver printcap information. This printcap information has the format:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > name|alias1|alias2...:option=value:...</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >For almost all printing systems, the printer 'name' must be composed @@ -6452,9 +6490,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1189" -></A ->8.5. Job sent, no output</H2 +NAME="AEN1186">Job sent, no output</H2 ><P >This is the most frustrating part of printing. You may have sent the job, verified that the job was forwarded, set up a wrapper around @@ -6465,9 +6501,18 @@ right print queue. If you are using a BSD or LPRng print spooler, you can temporarily stop the printing of jobs. Jobs can still be submitted, but they will not be printed. Use:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > lpc -Pprinter stop</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Now submit a print job and then use 'lpq -Pprinter' to see if the @@ -6481,11 +6526,20 @@ are not in what you would expect to call a printable format. You can use the UNIX 'file' utitily to determine what the job format actually is:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > cd /var/spool/lpd/printer # spool directory of print jobs ls # find job files file dfA001myhost</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >You should make sure that your printer supports this format OR that @@ -6497,9 +6551,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1200" -></A ->8.6. Job sent, strange output</H2 +NAME="AEN1197">Job sent, strange output</H2 ><P >Once you have the job printing, you can then start worrying about making it print nicely.</P @@ -6512,9 +6564,18 @@ printcap option or printer option is configured for no banners. If you have a printcap, this is the :sh (suppress header or banner page) option. You should have the following in your printer.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > printer: ... :sh</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >If you have this option and are still getting banner pages, there @@ -6528,9 +6589,18 @@ with your job format, or if you are generating PostScript jobs, incorrect setting on your printer driver on the MicroSoft client. For example, under Win95 there is a option:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > Printers|Printer Name|(Right Click)Properties|Postscript|Advanced|</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >that allows you to choose if a Ctrl-D is appended to all jobs. @@ -6543,9 +6613,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1212" -></A ->8.7. Raw PostScript printed</H2 +NAME="AEN1209">Raw PostScript printed</H2 ><P >This is a problem that is usually caused by either the print spooling system putting information at the start of the print job that makes @@ -6558,9 +6626,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1215" -></A ->8.8. Advanced Printing</H2 +NAME="AEN1212">Advanced Printing</H2 ><P >Note that you can do some pretty magic things by using your imagination with the "print command" option and some shell scripts. @@ -6574,9 +6640,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1218" -></A ->8.9. Real debugging</H2 +NAME="AEN1215">Real debugging</H2 ><P >If the above debug tips don't help, then maybe you need to bring in the bug guns, system tracing. See Tracing.txt in this directory.</P @@ -6586,20 +6650,22 @@ the bug guns, system tracing. See Tracing.txt in this directory.</P CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="SECURITYLEVELS" -></A ->Chapter 9. Security levels</H1 +NAME="SECURITYLEVELS">Security levels</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1231" -></A ->9.1. Introduction</H2 +NAME="AEN1228">Introduction</H2 ><P >Samba supports the following options to the global smb.conf parameter</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >[global] @@ -6613,6 +6679,9 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A > = [share|user(default)|domain|ads]</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Please refer to the smb.conf man page for usage information and to the document @@ -6640,9 +6709,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1242" -></A ->9.2. More complete description of security levels</H2 +NAME="AEN1239">More complete description of security levels</H2 ><P >A SMB server tells the client at startup what "security level" it is running. There are two options "share level" and "user level". Which @@ -6734,17 +6801,13 @@ schemes by which the two could be kept in sync.</P CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="DOMAIN-SECURITY" -></A ->Chapter 10. security = domain in Samba 2.x</H1 +NAME="DOMAIN-SECURITY">security = domain in Samba 2.x</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1275" -></A ->10.1. Joining an NT Domain with Samba 2.2</H2 +NAME="AEN1272">Joining an NT Domain with Samba 2.2</H2 ><P >Assume you have a Samba 2.x server with a NetBIOS name of <TT @@ -6833,13 +6896,13 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ><TT CLASS="REPLACEABLE" ><I -><NT DOMAIN NAME></I +><NT DOMAIN NAME></I ></TT >.<TT CLASS="REPLACEABLE" ><I -><Samba - Server Name></I +><Samba + Server Name></I ></TT >.mac</TT ></P @@ -6973,9 +7036,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1339" -></A ->10.2. Samba and Windows 2000 Domains</H2 +NAME="AEN1336">Samba and Windows 2000 Domains</H2 ><P >Many people have asked regarding the state of Samba's ability to participate in a Windows 2000 Domain. Samba 2.2 is able to act as a member server of a Windows @@ -6998,9 +7059,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1344" -></A ->10.3. Why is this better than security = server?</H2 +NAME="AEN1341">Why is this better than security = server?</H2 ><P >Currently, domain security in Samba doesn't free you from having to create local Unix users to represent the users attaching @@ -7064,12 +7123,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" user is authenticated, making a Samba server truly plug and play in an NT domain environment. Watch for this code soon.</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >NOTE:</I -></SPAN > Much of the text of this document was first published in the Web magazine <A HREF="http://www.linuxworld.com" @@ -7088,27 +7144,20 @@ TARGET="_top" CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="WINBIND" -></A ->Chapter 11. Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</H1 +NAME="WINBIND">Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1397" -></A ->11.1. Abstract</H2 +NAME="AEN1394">Abstract</H2 ><P >Integration of UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT through a unified logon has been considered a "holy grail" in heterogeneous computing environments for a long time. We present - <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >winbind</I -></SPAN >, a component of the Samba suite of programs as a solution to the unified logon problem. Winbind uses a UNIX implementation @@ -7123,9 +7172,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1401" -></A ->11.2. Introduction</H2 +NAME="AEN1398">Introduction</H2 ><P >It is well known that UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT have different models for representing user and group information and @@ -7177,9 +7224,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1414" -></A ->11.3. What Winbind Provides</H2 +NAME="AEN1411">What Winbind Provides</H2 ><P >Winbind unifies UNIX and Windows NT account management by allowing a UNIX box to become a full member of a NT domain. Once @@ -7219,9 +7264,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1421" -></A ->11.3.1. Target Uses</H3 +NAME="AEN1418">Target Uses</H3 ><P >Winbind is targeted at organizations that have an existing NT based domain infrastructure into which they wish @@ -7243,9 +7286,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1425" -></A ->11.4. How Winbind Works</H2 +NAME="AEN1422">How Winbind Works</H2 ><P >The winbind system is designed around a client/server architecture. A long running <B @@ -7263,9 +7304,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1430" -></A ->11.4.1. Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</H3 +NAME="AEN1427">Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</H3 ><P >Over the last two years, efforts have been underway by various Samba Team members to decode various aspects of @@ -7289,9 +7328,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1434" -></A ->11.4.2. Name Service Switch</H3 +NAME="AEN1431">Name Service Switch</H3 ><P >The Name Service Switch, or NSS, is a feature that is present in many UNIX operating systems. It allows system @@ -7369,9 +7406,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1450" -></A ->11.4.3. Pluggable Authentication Modules</H3 +NAME="AEN1447">Pluggable Authentication Modules</H3 ><P >Pluggable Authentication Modules, also known as PAM, is a system for abstracting authentication and authorization @@ -7418,9 +7453,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1458" -></A ->11.4.4. User and Group ID Allocation</H3 +NAME="AEN1455">User and Group ID Allocation</H3 ><P >When a user or group is created under Windows NT is it allocated a numerical relative identifier (RID). This is @@ -7444,9 +7477,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1462" -></A ->11.4.5. Result Caching</H3 +NAME="AEN1459">Result Caching</H3 ><P >An active system can generate a lot of user and group name lookups. To reduce the network cost of these lookups winbind @@ -7467,9 +7498,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1465" -></A ->11.5. Installation and Configuration</H2 +NAME="AEN1462">Installation and Configuration</H2 ><P >Many thanks to John Trostel <A HREF="mailto:jtrostel@snapserver.com" @@ -7494,9 +7523,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1472" -></A ->11.5.1. Introduction</H3 +NAME="AEN1469">Introduction</H3 ><P >This HOWTO describes the procedures used to get winbind up and running on my RedHat 7.1 system. Winbind is capable of providing access @@ -7512,12 +7539,9 @@ somewhat to fit the way your distribution works.</P ><UL ><LI ><P -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Why should I to this?</I -></SPAN > </P ><P @@ -7529,12 +7553,9 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ></LI ><LI ><P -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Who should be reading this document?</I -></SPAN > </P ><P @@ -7553,35 +7574,24 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1485" -></A ->11.5.2. Requirements</H3 +NAME="AEN1482">Requirements</H3 ><P >If you have a samba configuration file that you are currently -using... <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +using... <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >BACK IT UP!</I -></SPAN > If your system already uses PAM, -<SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +<I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >back up the <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/pam.d</TT > directory contents!</I -></SPAN > If you haven't already made a boot disk, -<SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +<I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >MAKE ONE NOW!</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Messing with the pam configuration files can make it nearly impossible @@ -7623,9 +7633,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1499" -></A ->11.5.3. Testing Things Out</H3 +NAME="AEN1496">Testing Things Out</H3 ><P >Before starting, it is probably best to kill off all the SAMBA related daemons running on your server. Kill off all <B @@ -7668,14 +7676,18 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><HR><H4 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN1510" -></A ->11.5.3.1. Configure and compile SAMBA</H4 +NAME="AEN1507">Configure and compile SAMBA</H4 ><P >The configuration and compilation of SAMBA is pretty straightforward. The first three steps may not be necessary depending upon whether or not you have previously built the Samba binaries.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ><TT @@ -7720,6 +7732,9 @@ CLASS="PROMPT" CLASS="COMMAND" >make install</B ></PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >This will, by default, install SAMBA in <TT @@ -7734,9 +7749,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><HR><H4 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN1529" -></A ->11.5.3.2. Configure <TT +NAME="AEN1526">Configure <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >nsswitch.conf</TT > and the @@ -7804,11 +7817,20 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > file look like this after editing:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > passwd: files winbind shadow: files group: files winbind</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P > @@ -7839,9 +7861,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><HR><H4 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN1562" -></A ->11.5.3.3. Configure smb.conf</H4 +NAME="AEN1559">Configure smb.conf</H4 ><P >Several parameters are needed in the smb.conf file to control the behavior of <B @@ -7863,6 +7883,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > file was modified to include the following entries in the [global] section:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >[global] @@ -7907,6 +7933,9 @@ HREF="winbindd.8.html#TEMPLATESHELL" TARGET="_top" >template shell</A > = /bin/bash</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DIV ><DIV @@ -7914,9 +7943,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><HR><H4 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN1578" -></A ->11.5.3.4. Join the SAMBA server to the PDC domain</H4 +NAME="AEN1575">Join the SAMBA server to the PDC domain</H4 ><P >Enter the following command to make the SAMBA server join the PDC domain, where <TT @@ -7960,9 +7987,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><HR><H4 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN1589" -></A ->11.5.3.5. Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!</H4 +NAME="AEN1586">Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!</H4 ><P >Eventually, you will want to modify your smb startup script to automatically invoke the winbindd daemon when the other parts of @@ -8008,6 +8033,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" This should echo back a list of users on your Windows users on your PDC. For example, I get the following response:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >CEO+Administrator @@ -8016,6 +8047,9 @@ CEO+Guest CEO+jt-ad CEO+krbtgt CEO+TsInternetUser</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Obviously, I have named my domain 'CEO' and my <TT @@ -8029,6 +8063,12 @@ separator</I >You can do the same sort of thing to get group information from the PDC:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ><TT @@ -8047,6 +8087,9 @@ CEO+Cert Publishers CEO+Schema Admins CEO+Enterprise Admins CEO+Group Policy Creator Owners</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The function 'getent' can now be used to get unified @@ -8083,17 +8126,13 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><HR><H4 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN1625" -></A ->11.5.3.6. Fix the init.d startup scripts</H4 +NAME="AEN1622">Fix the init.d startup scripts</H4 ><DIV CLASS="SECT4" ><H5 CLASS="SECT4" ><A -NAME="AEN1627" -></A ->11.5.3.6.1. Linux</H5 +NAME="AEN1624">Linux</H5 ><P >The <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -8132,6 +8171,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > directory directly. The 'start' function in the script looks like this:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >start() { @@ -8154,11 +8199,20 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" RETVAL=1 return $RETVAL }</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The 'stop' function has a corresponding entry to shut down the services and look s like this:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >stop() { @@ -8180,6 +8234,9 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" echo "" return $RETVAL }</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DIV ><DIV @@ -8187,9 +8244,7 @@ CLASS="SECT4" ><HR><H5 CLASS="SECT4" ><A -NAME="AEN1644" -></A ->11.5.3.6.2. Solaris</H5 +NAME="AEN1641">Solaris</H5 ><P >On solaris, you need to modify the <TT @@ -8203,6 +8258,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >, the file could contains something like this:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >## @@ -8251,6 +8312,9 @@ echo Starting Winbind Daemon echo "Usage: /etc/init.d/samba.server { start | stop }" ;; esac</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DIV ><DIV @@ -8258,9 +8322,7 @@ CLASS="SECT4" ><HR><H5 CLASS="SECT4" ><A -NAME="AEN1651" -></A ->11.5.3.6.3. Restarting</H5 +NAME="AEN1648">Restarting</H5 ><P >If you restart the <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -8282,9 +8344,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><HR><H4 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN1657" -></A ->11.5.3.7. Configure Winbind and PAM</H4 +NAME="AEN1654">Configure Winbind and PAM</H4 ><P >If you have made it this far, you know that winbindd and samba are working together. If you want to use winbind to provide authentication for other @@ -8340,9 +8400,7 @@ CLASS="SECT4" ><HR><H5 CLASS="SECT4" ><A -NAME="AEN1674" -></A ->11.5.3.7.1. Linux/FreeBSD-specific PAM configuration</H5 +NAME="AEN1671">Linux/FreeBSD-specific PAM configuration</H5 ><P >The <TT CLASS="FILENAME" @@ -8350,10 +8408,19 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > file does not need to be changed. I just left this fileas it was:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >auth required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth account required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The other services that I modified to allow the use of winbind @@ -8377,16 +8444,34 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/xinetd.d/wu-ftp</TT > from </P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >enable = no</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >to</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >enable = yes</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P > @@ -8414,6 +8499,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > file was changed to look like this:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >auth required /lib/security/pam_listfile.so item=user sense=deny file=/etc/ftpusers onerr=succeed @@ -8423,6 +8514,9 @@ auth required /lib/security/pam_shells.so account sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so account required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth session required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The <TT @@ -8431,6 +8525,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > file can be changed nearly the same way. It now looks like this:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >auth required /lib/security/pam_securetty.so @@ -8443,6 +8543,9 @@ account required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth password required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth session required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth session optional /lib/security/pam_console.so</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >In this case, I added the <B @@ -8469,9 +8572,7 @@ CLASS="SECT4" ><HR><H5 CLASS="SECT4" ><A -NAME="AEN1707" -></A ->11.5.3.7.2. Solaris-specific configuration</H5 +NAME="AEN1704">Solaris-specific configuration</H5 ><P >The /etc/pam.conf needs to be changed. I changed this file so that my Domain users can logon both locally as well as telnet.The following are the changes @@ -8479,6 +8580,12 @@ that I made.You can customize the pam.conf file as per your requirements,but be sure of those changes because in the worst case it will leave your system nearly impossible to boot.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ># @@ -8540,6 +8647,9 @@ dtsession auth required /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 #other account optional /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1 #other session optional /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1 #other password optional /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1 try_first_pass</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >I also added a try_first_pass line after the winbind.so line to get rid of @@ -8556,9 +8666,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1714" -></A ->11.6. Limitations</H2 +NAME="AEN1711">Limitations</H2 ><P >Winbind has a number of limitations in its current released version that we hope to overcome in future @@ -8597,9 +8705,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1724" -></A ->11.7. Conclusion</H2 +NAME="AEN1721">Conclusion</H2 ><P >The winbind system, through the use of the Name Service Switch, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and appropriate @@ -8613,17 +8719,13 @@ NAME="AEN1724" CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="SAMBA-PDC" -></A ->Chapter 12. How to Configure Samba 2.2 as a Primary Domain Controller</H1 +NAME="SAMBA-PDC">How to Configure Samba 2.2 as a Primary Domain Controller</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1744" -></A ->12.1. Prerequisite Reading</H2 +NAME="AEN1741">Prerequisite Reading</H2 ><P >Before you continue reading in this chapter, please make sure that you are comfortable with configuring basic files services @@ -8649,9 +8751,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1750" -></A ->12.2. Background</H2 +NAME="AEN1747">Background</H2 ><DIV CLASS="NOTE" ><P @@ -8666,19 +8766,16 @@ WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" VALIGN="TOP" ><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/note.gif" +SRC="./stylesheet-images/note.gif" HSPACE="5" ALT="Note"></TD ><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Author's Note:</I -></SPAN > This document is a combination of David Bannon's "Samba 2.2 PDC HOWTO" and "Samba NT Domain FAQ". Both documents are superseded by this one.</P @@ -8801,9 +8898,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1789" -></A ->12.3. Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</H2 +NAME="AEN1786">Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</H2 ><P >The first step in creating a working Samba PDC is to understand the parameters necessary in smb.conf. I will not @@ -8821,6 +8916,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >smb.conf</TT > for acting as a PDC:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >[global] @@ -8962,6 +9063,9 @@ HREF="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK" TARGET="_top" >directory mask</A > = 0700</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >There are a couple of points to emphasize in the above configuration.</P @@ -9013,9 +9117,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1832" -></A ->12.4. Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the +NAME="AEN1829">Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</H2 ><P >A machine trust account is a Samba account that is used to @@ -9087,9 +9189,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1851" -></A ->12.4.1. Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</H3 +NAME="AEN1848">Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</H3 ><P >The first step in manually creating a machine trust account is to manually create the corresponding Unix account in @@ -9147,6 +9247,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/passwd</TT > entry like this:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >doppy$:x:505:501:<TT @@ -9155,6 +9261,9 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE" >machine_nickname</I ></TT >:/dev/null:/bin/false</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Above, <TT @@ -9221,7 +9330,7 @@ WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" VALIGN="TOP" ><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/warning.gif" +SRC="./stylesheet-images/warning.gif" HSPACE="5" ALT="Warning"></TD ><TH @@ -9257,9 +9366,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1886" -></A ->12.4.2. "On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</H3 +NAME="AEN1883">"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</H3 ><P >The second (and recommended) way of creating machine trust accounts is simply to allow the Samba server to create them as needed when the client @@ -9282,11 +9389,20 @@ be created manually.</P ><P >Below is an example for a RedHat 6.2 Linux system.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >[global] # <...remainder of parameters...> add user script = /usr/sbin/useradd -d /dev/null -g 100 -s /bin/false -M %u </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DIV ><DIV @@ -9294,9 +9410,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1895" -></A ->12.4.3. Joining the Client to the Domain</H3 +NAME="AEN1892">Joining the Client to the Domain</H3 ><P >The procedure for joining a client to the domain varies with the version of Windows.</P @@ -9305,12 +9419,9 @@ version of Windows.</P ><UL ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Windows 2000</I -></SPAN ></P ><P > When the user elects to join the client to a domain, Windows prompts for @@ -9333,12 +9444,9 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></LI ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Windows NT</I -></SPAN ></P ><P > If the machine trust account was created manually, on the @@ -9362,9 +9470,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1910" -></A ->12.5. Common Problems and Errors</H2 +NAME="AEN1907">Common Problems and Errors</H2 ><P ></P ><P @@ -9372,12 +9478,9 @@ NAME="AEN1910" ><UL ><LI ><P -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >I cannot include a '$' in a machine name.</I -></SPAN > </P ><P @@ -9401,14 +9504,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></LI ><LI ><P -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." or "Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</I -></SPAN > </P ><P @@ -9435,12 +9535,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></LI ><LI ><P -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</I -></SPAN > </P ><P @@ -9467,13 +9564,10 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></LI ><LI ><P -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >The machine trust account for this computer either does not exist or is not accessible.</I -></SPAN > </P ><P @@ -9507,13 +9601,10 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></LI ><LI ><P -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, I get a message about my account being disabled.</I -></SPAN > </P ><P @@ -9543,10 +9634,19 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > file as follows: </P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > account required pam_permit.so </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P > If you want to remain backward compatibility to samba 2.0.x use @@ -9572,9 +9672,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1958" -></A ->12.6. System Policies and Profiles</H2 +NAME="AEN1955">System Policies and Profiles</H2 ><P >Much of the information necessary to implement System Policies and Roving User Profiles in a Samba domain is the same as that for @@ -9592,12 +9690,9 @@ Profiles and Policies in Windows NT 4.0</A ><UL ><LI ><P -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >What about Windows NT Policy Editor?</I -></SPAN > </P ><P @@ -9609,20 +9704,14 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" CLASS="COMMAND" >poledit.exe</B > which - is included with NT Server but <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + is included with NT Server but <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >not NT Workstation</I -></SPAN >. There is a Policy Editor on a NTws - but it is not suitable for creating <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + but it is not suitable for creating <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Domain Policies</I -></SPAN >. Further, although the Windows 95 Policy Editor can be installed on an NT Workstation/Server, it will not @@ -9663,12 +9752,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></LI ><LI ><P -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Can Win95 do Policies?</I -></SPAN > </P ><P @@ -9693,12 +9779,9 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></LI ><LI ><P -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >How do I get 'User Manager' and 'Server Manager'</I -></SPAN > </P ><P @@ -9749,9 +9832,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2002" -></A ->12.7. What other help can I get?</H2 +NAME="AEN1999">What other help can I get?</H2 ><P >There are many sources of information available in the form of mailing lists, RFC's and documentation. The docs that come @@ -9762,13 +9843,10 @@ general SMB topics such as browsing.</P ><UL ><LI ><P -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >What are some diagnostics tools I can use to debug the domain logon process and where can I find them?</I -></SPAN > </P ><P @@ -9838,13 +9916,10 @@ TARGET="_top" ></LI ><LI ><P -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >How do I install 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box?</I -></SPAN > </P ><P @@ -9959,12 +10034,9 @@ TARGET="_top" ></LI ><LI ><P -> The <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> The <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Development</I -></SPAN > document on the Samba mirrors might mention your problem. If so, it might mean that the developers are working on it.</P @@ -10021,12 +10093,9 @@ TARGET="_top" ><UL ><LI ><P -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >How do I get help from the mailing lists?</I -></SPAN > </P ><P @@ -10101,12 +10170,9 @@ TARGET="_top" ></LI ><LI ><P ->You might include <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +>You might include <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >partial</I -></SPAN > log files written at a debug level set to as much as 20. Please don't send the entire log but enough to give the context of the @@ -10128,12 +10194,9 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ></LI ><LI ><P -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >How do I get off the mailing lists?</I -></SPAN > </P ><P @@ -10169,9 +10232,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2116" -></A ->12.8. Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</H2 +NAME="AEN2113">Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</H2 ><DIV CLASS="NOTE" ><P @@ -10186,7 +10247,7 @@ WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" VALIGN="TOP" ><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/note.gif" +SRC="./stylesheet-images/note.gif" HSPACE="5" ALT="Note"></TD ><TD @@ -10195,13 +10256,10 @@ VALIGN="TOP" ><P >The following section contains much of the original DOMAIN.txt file previously included with Samba. Much of -the material is based on what went into the book <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +the material is based on what went into the book <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Special Edition, Using Samba</I -></SPAN >, by Richard Sharpe.</P ></TD ></TR @@ -10303,9 +10361,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2142" -></A ->12.8.1. Configuration Instructions: Network Logons</H3 +NAME="AEN2139">Configuration Instructions: Network Logons</H3 ><P >The main difference between a PDC and a Windows 9x logon server configuration is that</P @@ -10338,7 +10394,7 @@ WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" VALIGN="TOP" ><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/warning.gif" +SRC="./stylesheet-images/warning.gif" HSPACE="5" ALT="Warning"></TD ><TH @@ -10409,9 +10465,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2161" -></A ->12.8.2. Configuration Instructions: Setting up Roaming User Profiles</H3 +NAME="AEN2158">Configuration Instructions: Setting up Roaming User Profiles</H3 ><DIV CLASS="WARNING" ><P @@ -10426,19 +10480,16 @@ WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" VALIGN="TOP" ><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/warning.gif" +SRC="./stylesheet-images/warning.gif" HSPACE="5" ALT="Warning"></TD ><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >NOTE!</I -></SPAN > Roaming profiles support is different for Win9X and WinNT.</P ></TD @@ -10462,16 +10513,23 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><HR><H4 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN2169" -></A ->12.8.2.1. Windows NT Configuration</H4 +NAME="AEN2166">Windows NT Configuration</H4 ><P >To support WinNT clients, in the [global] section of smb.conf set the following (for example):</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >logon path = \\profileserver\profileshare\profilepath\%U\moreprofilepath</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The default for this option is \\%N\%U\profile, namely @@ -10493,7 +10551,7 @@ WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" VALIGN="TOP" ><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/note.gif" +SRC="./stylesheet-images/note.gif" HSPACE="5" ALT="Note"></TD ><TD @@ -10513,9 +10571,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><HR><H4 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN2177" -></A ->12.8.2.2. Windows 9X Configuration</H4 +NAME="AEN2174">Windows 9X Configuration</H4 ><P >To support Win9X clients, you must use the "logon home" parameter. Samba has now been fixed so that "net use/home" now works as well, and it, too, relies @@ -10526,9 +10582,18 @@ profiles in the user's home directory. But wait! There is a trick you can use. If you set the following in the [global] section of your smb.conf file:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >logon home = \\%L\%U\.profiles</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >then your Win9X clients will dutifully put their clients in a subdirectory @@ -10544,17 +10609,24 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><HR><H4 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN2185" -></A ->12.8.2.3. Win9X and WinNT Configuration</H4 +NAME="AEN2182">Win9X and WinNT Configuration</H4 ><P >You can support profiles for both Win9X and WinNT clients by setting both the "logon home" and "logon path" parameters. For example:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >logon home = \\%L\%U\.profiles logon path = \\%L\profiles\%U</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><DIV CLASS="NOTE" @@ -10570,7 +10642,7 @@ WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" VALIGN="TOP" ><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/note.gif" +SRC="./stylesheet-images/note.gif" HSPACE="5" ALT="Note"></TD ><TD @@ -10589,9 +10661,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><HR><H4 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN2192" -></A ->12.8.2.4. Windows 9X Profile Setup</H4 +NAME="AEN2189">Windows 9X Profile Setup</H4 ><P >When a user first logs in on Windows 9X, the file user.DAT is created, as are folders "Start Menu", "Desktop", "Programs" and "Nethood". @@ -10696,12 +10766,9 @@ TYPE="1" ></LI ><LI ><P -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +> <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >WARNING</I -></SPAN > - before deleting the contents of the directory listed in the ProfilePath (this is likely to be c:\windows\profiles\username), @@ -10749,9 +10816,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><HR><H4 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN2228" -></A ->12.8.2.5. Windows NT Workstation 4.0</H4 +NAME="AEN2225">Windows NT Workstation 4.0</H4 ><P >When a user first logs in to a Windows NT Workstation, the profile NTuser.DAT is created. The profile location can be now specified @@ -10770,7 +10835,7 @@ WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" VALIGN="TOP" ><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/note.gif" +SRC="./stylesheet-images/note.gif" HSPACE="5" ALT="Note"></TD ><TD @@ -10828,7 +10893,7 @@ WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" VALIGN="TOP" ><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/note.gif" +SRC="./stylesheet-images/note.gif" HSPACE="5" ALT="Note"></TD ><TD @@ -10863,9 +10928,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><HR><H4 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN2241" -></A ->12.8.2.6. Windows NT Server</H4 +NAME="AEN2238">Windows NT Server</H4 ><P >There is nothing to stop you specifying any path that you like for the location of users' profiles. Therefore, you could specify that the @@ -10877,9 +10940,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><HR><H4 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN2244" -></A ->12.8.2.7. Sharing Profiles between W95 and NT Workstation 4.0</H4 +NAME="AEN2241">Sharing Profiles between W95 and NT Workstation 4.0</H4 ><DIV CLASS="WARNING" ><P @@ -10894,7 +10955,7 @@ WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" VALIGN="TOP" ><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/warning.gif" +SRC="./stylesheet-images/warning.gif" HSPACE="5" ALT="Warning"></TD ><TH @@ -10946,7 +11007,7 @@ WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" VALIGN="TOP" ><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/note.gif" +SRC="./stylesheet-images/note.gif" HSPACE="5" ALT="Note"></TD ><TD @@ -10970,9 +11031,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2254" -></A ->12.9. DOMAIN_CONTROL.txt : Windows NT Domain Control & Samba</H2 +NAME="AEN2251">DOMAIN_CONTROL.txt : Windows NT Domain Control & Samba</H2 ><DIV CLASS="WARNING" ><P @@ -10987,7 +11046,7 @@ WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" VALIGN="TOP" ><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/warning.gif" +SRC="./stylesheet-images/warning.gif" HSPACE="5" ALT="Warning"></TD ><TH @@ -11012,12 +11071,9 @@ VALIGN="TOP" ></TABLE ></DIV ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >NOTE :</I -></SPAN > The term "Domain Controller" and those related to it refer to one specific method of authentication that can underly an SMB domain. Domain Controllers @@ -11107,17 +11163,13 @@ within its registry.</P CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="SAMBA-BDC" -></A ->Chapter 13. How to Act as a Backup Domain Controller in a Purely Samba Controlled Domain</H1 +NAME="SAMBA-BDC">How to Act as a Backup Domain Controller in a Purely Samba Controlled Domain</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2290" -></A ->13.1. Prerequisite Reading</H2 +NAME="AEN2287">Prerequisite Reading</H2 ><P >Before you continue reading in this chapter, please make sure that you are comfortable with configuring a Samba PDC @@ -11132,9 +11184,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2294" -></A ->13.2. Background</H2 +NAME="AEN2291">Background</H2 ><P >What is a Domain Controller? It is a machine that is able to answer logon requests from workstations in a Windows NT Domain. Whenever a @@ -11161,11 +11211,20 @@ current Windows Clients, including Windows 2000 and XP. This text assumes the domain to be named SAMBA. To be able to act as a PDC, some parameters in the [global]-section of the smb.conf have to be set:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >workgroup = SAMBA domain master = yes domain logons = yes</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Several other things like a [homes] and a [netlogon] share also may be @@ -11177,9 +11236,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2302" -></A ->13.3. What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</H2 +NAME="AEN2299">What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</H2 ><P >Every machine that is a Domain Controller for the domain SAMBA has to register the NetBIOS group name SAMBA#1c with the WINS server and/or @@ -11194,9 +11251,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2305" -></A ->13.3.1. How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</H3 +NAME="AEN2302">How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</H3 ><P >A NT workstation in the domain SAMBA that wants a local user to be authenticated has to find the domain controller for SAMBA. It does @@ -11213,9 +11268,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2308" -></A ->13.3.2. When is the PDC needed?</H3 +NAME="AEN2305">When is the PDC needed?</H3 ><P >Whenever a user wants to change his password, this has to be done on the PDC. To find the PDC, the workstation does a NetBIOS name query @@ -11229,9 +11282,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2311" -></A ->13.4. Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller?</H2 +NAME="AEN2308">Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller?</H2 ><P >With version 2.2, no. The native NT SAM replication protocols have not yet been fully implemented. The Samba Team is working on @@ -11248,9 +11299,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2315" -></A ->13.5. How do I set up a Samba BDC?</H2 +NAME="AEN2312">How do I set up a Samba BDC?</H2 ><P >Several things have to be done:</P ><P @@ -11297,11 +11346,20 @@ synchronization.</P >Finally, the BDC has to be found by the workstations. This can be done by setting</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >workgroup = samba domain master = no domain logons = yes</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >in the [global]-section of the smb.conf of the BDC. This makes the BDC @@ -11315,9 +11373,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2332" -></A ->13.5.1. How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</H3 +NAME="AEN2329">How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</H3 ><P >Replication of the smbpasswd file is sensitive. It has to be done whenever changes to the SAM are made. Every user's password change is @@ -11337,17 +11393,13 @@ password.</P CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="SAMBA-LDAP-HOWTO" -></A ->Chapter 14. Storing Samba's User/Machine Account information in an LDAP Directory</H1 +NAME="SAMBA-LDAP-HOWTO">Storing Samba's User/Machine Account information in an LDAP Directory</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2353" -></A ->14.1. Purpose</H2 +NAME="AEN2350">Purpose</H2 ><P >This document describes how to use an LDAP directory for storing Samba user account information traditionally stored in the smbpasswd(5) file. It is @@ -11413,9 +11465,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2373" -></A ->14.2. Introduction</H2 +NAME="AEN2370">Introduction</H2 ><P >Traditionally, when configuring <A HREF="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" @@ -11530,9 +11580,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2402" -></A ->14.3. Supported LDAP Servers</H2 +NAME="AEN2399">Supported LDAP Servers</H2 ><P >The LDAP samdb code in 2.2.3 has been developed and tested using the OpenLDAP 2.0 server and client libraries. The same code should be able to work with @@ -11555,9 +11603,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2407" -></A ->14.4. Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</H2 +NAME="AEN2404">Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</H2 ><P >Samba 2.2.3 includes the necessary schema file for OpenLDAP 2.0 in <TT @@ -11567,6 +11613,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" file has been modified since the experimental support initially included in 2.2.2). The sambaAccount objectclass is given here:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >objectclass ( 1.3.1.5.1.4.1.7165.2.2.2 NAME 'sambaAccount' SUP top STRUCTURAL @@ -11576,6 +11628,9 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" logoffTime $ kickoffTime $ pwdCanChange $ pwdMustChange $ acctFlags $ displayName $ smbHome $ homeDrive $ scriptPath $ profilePath $ description $ userWorkstations $ primaryGroupID $ domain ))</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The samba.schema file has been formatted for OpenLDAP 2.0. The OID's are @@ -11614,17 +11669,13 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2419" -></A ->14.5. Configuring Samba with LDAP</H2 +NAME="AEN2416">Configuring Samba with LDAP</H2 ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" ><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2421" -></A ->14.5.1. OpenLDAP configuration</H3 +NAME="AEN2418">OpenLDAP configuration</H3 ><P >To include support for the sambaAccount object in an OpenLDAP directory server, first copy the samba.schema file to slapd's configuration directory.</P @@ -11658,6 +11709,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >samba.schema</TT > file.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >## /etc/openldap/slapd.conf @@ -11674,12 +11731,21 @@ include /etc/openldap/schema/samba.schema ## include /etc/openldap/schema/nis.schema ....</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >It is recommended that you maintain some indices on some of the most usefull attributes, like in the following example, to speed up searches made on sambaAccount objectclasses (and possibly posixAccount and posixGroup as well).</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ># Indices to maintain @@ -11697,6 +11763,9 @@ index rid eq ##index gidNumber eq ##index cn eq ##index memberUid eq</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DIV ><DIV @@ -11704,9 +11773,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2438" -></A ->14.5.2. Configuring Samba</H3 +NAME="AEN2435">Configuring Samba</H3 ><P >The following parameters are available in smb.conf only with <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" @@ -11776,6 +11843,12 @@ TARGET="_top" page and so will not be repeated here. However, a sample smb.conf file for use with an LDAP directory could appear as</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >## /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf @@ -11815,7 +11888,10 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE" ldap suffix = "ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org" # generally the default ldap search filter is ok - # ldap filter = "(&(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaAccount))"</PRE + # ldap filter = "(&(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaAccount))"</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DIV ></DIV @@ -11824,9 +11900,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2466" -></A ->14.6. Accounts and Groups management</H2 +NAME="AEN2463">Accounts and Groups management</H2 ><P >As users accounts are managed thru the sambaAccount objectclass, you should modify you existing administration tools to deal with sambaAccount attributes.</P @@ -11849,9 +11923,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2471" -></A ->14.7. Security and sambaAccount</H2 +NAME="AEN2468">Security and sambaAccount</H2 ><P >There are two important points to remember when discussing the security of sambaAccount entries in the directory.</P @@ -11860,23 +11932,17 @@ of sambaAccount entries in the directory.</P ><UL ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Never</I -></SPAN > retrieve the lmPassword or ntPassword attribute values over an unencrypted LDAP session.</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Never</I -></SPAN > allow non-admin users to view the lmPassword or ntPassword attribute values.</P ></LI @@ -11915,12 +11981,21 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >slapd.conf</TT >:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >## allow the "ldap admin dn" access, but deny everyone else access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword by dn="cn=Samba Admin,ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" write by * none</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DIV ><DIV @@ -11928,9 +12003,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2491" -></A ->14.8. LDAP specials attributes for sambaAccounts</H2 +NAME="AEN2488">LDAP specials attributes for sambaAccounts</H2 ><P >The sambaAccount objectclass is composed of the following attributes:</P ><P @@ -12139,12 +12212,16 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2561" -></A ->14.9. Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</H2 +NAME="AEN2558">Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</H2 ><P >The following is a working LDIF with the inclusion of the posixAccount objectclass:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >dn: uid=guest2, ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org @@ -12161,11 +12238,20 @@ acctFlags: [UX ] logoffTime: 2147483647 rid: 19006 pwdCanChange: 0</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The following is an LDIF entry for using both the sambaAccount and posixAccount objectclasses:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >dn: uid=gcarter, ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org @@ -12190,6 +12276,9 @@ homeDirectory: /home/tashtego/gcarter pwdCanChange: 0 pwdMustChange: 2147483647 ntPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DIV ><DIV @@ -12197,9 +12286,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2569" -></A ->14.10. Comments</H2 +NAME="AEN2566">Comments</H2 ><P >Please mail all comments regarding this HOWTO to <A HREF="mailto:jerry@samba.org" @@ -12213,305 +12300,13 @@ last updated to reflect the Samba 2.2.3 release. </P CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="ADS" -></A ->Chapter 15. Using samba 3.0 with ActiveDirectory support</H1 -><P ->This is a VERY ROUGH guide to setting up the current (November 2001) -pre-alpha version of Samba 3.0 with kerberos authentication against a -Windows2000 KDC. The procedures listed here are likely to change as -the code develops.</P -><P ->Pieces you need before you begin: -<P -></P -><TABLE -BORDER="0" -><TBODY -><TR -><TD ->a Windows 2000 server.</TD -></TR -><TR -><TD ->samba 3.0 or higher.</TD -></TR -><TR -><TD ->the MIT kerberos development libraries (either install from the above sources or use a package). The heimdal libraries will not work.</TD -></TR -><TR -><TD ->the OpenLDAP development libraries.</TD -></TR -></TBODY -></TABLE -><P -></P -></P -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><HR><H2 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN2587" -></A ->15.1. Installing the required packages for Debian</H2 -><P ->On Debian you need to install the following packages: -<P -></P -><TABLE -BORDER="0" -><TBODY -><TR -><TD ->libkrb5-dev</TD -></TR -><TR -><TD ->krb5-user</TD -></TR -></TBODY -></TABLE -><P -></P -></P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><HR><H2 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN2593" -></A ->15.2. Installing the required packages for RedHat</H2 -><P ->On RedHat this means you should have at least: -<P -></P -><TABLE -BORDER="0" -><TBODY -><TR -><TD ->krb5-workstation (for kinit)</TD -></TR -><TR -><TD ->krb5-libs (for linking with)</TD -></TR -><TR -><TD ->krb5-devel (because you are compiling from source)</TD -></TR -></TBODY -></TABLE -><P -></P -></P -><P ->in addition to the standard development environment.</P -><P ->Note that these are not standard on a RedHat install, and you may need -to get them off CD2.</P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><HR><H2 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN2602" -></A ->15.3. Compile Samba</H2 -><P ->If your kerberos libraries are in a non-standard location then - remember to add the configure option --with-krb5=DIR.</P -><P ->After you run configure make sure that include/config.h contains - lines like this:</P -><P -><PRE -CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ->#define HAVE_KRB5 1 -#define HAVE_LDAP 1</PRE -></P -><P ->If it doesn't then configure did not find your krb5 libraries or - your ldap libraries. Look in config.log to figure out why and fix - it.</P -><P ->Then compile and install Samba as usual. You must use at least the - following 3 options in smb.conf:</P -><P -><PRE -CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" -> realm = YOUR.KERBEROS.REALM - ads server = your.kerberos.server - security = ADS - encrypt passwords = yes</PRE -></P -><P ->Strictly speaking, you can omit the realm name and you can use an IP - address for the ads server. In that case Samba will auto-detect these.</P -><P ->You do *not* need a smbpasswd file, although it won't do any harm - and if you have one then Samba will be able to fall back to normal - password security for older clients. I expect that the above - required options will change soon when we get better active - directory integration.</P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><HR><H2 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN2614" -></A ->15.4. Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</H2 -><P ->The minimal configuration for krb5.conf is:</P -><P -><PRE -CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" -> [realms] - YOUR.KERBEROS.REALM = { - kdc = your.kerberos.server - }</PRE -></P -><P ->Test your config by doing a "kinit USERNAME@REALM" and making sure that - your password is accepted by the Win2000 KDC. </P -><P ->NOTE: The realm must be uppercase. </P -><P ->You also must ensure that you can do a reverse DNS lookup on the IP -address of your KDC. Also, the name that this reverse lookup maps to -must either be the netbios name of the KDC (ie. the hostname with no -domain attached) or it can alternatively be the netbios name -followed by the realm. </P -><P ->The easiest way to ensure you get this right is to add a /etc/hosts -entry mapping the IP address of your KDC to its netbios name. If you -don't get this right then you will get a "local error" when you try -to join the realm.</P -><P ->If all you want is kerberos support in smbclient then you can skip -straight to step 5 now. Step 3 is only needed if you want kerberos -support in smbd.</P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><HR><H2 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN2624" -></A ->15.5. Create the computer account</H2 -><P ->Do a "kinit" as a user that has authority to change arbitrary -passwords on the KDC ("Administrator" is a good choice). Then as a -user that has write permission on the Samba private directory -(usually root) run: -<B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->net ads join</B -></P -><DIV -CLASS="SECT2" -><HR><H3 -CLASS="SECT2" -><A -NAME="AEN2628" -></A ->15.5.1. Possible errors</H3 -><P -><P -></P -><DIV -CLASS="VARIABLELIST" -><DL -><DT ->"bash: kinit: command not found"</DT -><DD -><P ->kinit is in the krb5-workstation RPM on RedHat systems, and is in /usr/kerberos/bin, so it won't be in the path until you log in again (or open a new terminal)</P -></DD -><DT ->"ADS support not compiled in"</DT -><DD -><P ->Samba must be reconfigured (remove config.cache) and recompiled (make clean all install) after the kerberos libs and headers are installed.</P -></DD -></DL -></DIV -></P -></DIV -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><HR><H2 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN2640" -></A ->15.6. Test your server setup</H2 -><P ->On a Windows 2000 client try <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->net use * \\server\share</B ->. You should -be logged in with kerberos without needing to know a password. If -this fails then run <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->klist tickets</B ->. Did you get a ticket for the -server? Does it have an encoding type of DES-CBC-MD5 ? </P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><HR><H2 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN2645" -></A ->15.7. Testing with smbclient</H2 -><P ->On your Samba server try to login to a Win2000 server or your Samba -server using smbclient and kerberos. Use smbclient as usual, but -specify the -k option to choose kerberos authentication.</P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><HR><H2 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN2648" -></A ->15.8. Notes</H2 -><P ->You must change administrator password at least once after DC install, - to create the right encoding types</P -><P ->w2k doesn't seem to create the _kerberos._udp and _ldap._tcp in - their defaults DNS setup. Maybe fixed in service packs?</P -></DIV -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" -><HR><H1 -><A -NAME="IMPROVED-BROWSING" -></A ->Chapter 16. Improved browsing in samba</H1 +NAME="IMPROVED-BROWSING">Improved browsing in samba</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2659" -></A ->16.1. Overview of browsing</H2 +NAME="AEN2577">Overview of browsing</H2 ><P >SMB networking provides a mechanism by which clients can access a list of machines in a network, a so-called "browse list". This list @@ -12533,9 +12328,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2663" -></A ->16.2. Browsing support in samba</H2 +NAME="AEN2581">Browsing support in samba</H2 ><P >Samba now fully supports browsing. The browsing is supported by nmbd and is also controlled by options in the smb.conf file (see smb.conf(5)).</P @@ -12578,9 +12371,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2672" -></A ->16.3. Problem resolution</H2 +NAME="AEN2590">Problem resolution</H2 ><P >If something doesn't work then hopefully the log.nmb file will help you track down the problem. Try a debug level of 2 or 3 for finding @@ -12612,9 +12403,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2679" -></A ->16.4. Browsing across subnets</H2 +NAME="AEN2597">Browsing across subnets</H2 ><P >With the release of Samba 1.9.17(alpha1 and above) Samba has been updated to enable it to support the replication of browse lists @@ -12643,9 +12432,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2684" -></A ->16.4.1. How does cross subnet browsing work ?</H3 +NAME="AEN2602">How does cross subnet browsing work ?</H3 ><P >Cross subnet browsing is a complicated dance, containing multiple moving parts. It has taken Microsoft several years to get the code @@ -12655,6 +12442,12 @@ browsing when configured correctly.</P ><P >Consider a network set up as follows :</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > (DMB) @@ -12671,6 +12464,9 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" | | | | | | | | N2_A N2_B N2_C N2_D N3_A N3_B N3_C N3_D (WINS)</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Consisting of 3 subnets (1, 2, 3) connected by two routers @@ -12714,6 +12510,12 @@ called 'non-authoritative'.</P the machines you would see in your network neighborhood if you looked in it on a particular network right now).</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >Subnet Browse Master List @@ -12723,6 +12525,9 @@ Subnet1 N1_C N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E Subnet2 N2_B N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D Subnet3 N3_D N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Note that at this point all the subnets are separate, no @@ -12732,7 +12537,7 @@ machine is seen across any of the subnets.</P master browser it looks for a Domain master browser to synchronize its browse list with. It does this by querying the WINS server (N2_D) for the IP address associated with the NetBIOS name -WORKGROUP>1B<. This name was registerd by the Domain master +WORKGROUP>1B<. This name was registerd by the Domain master browser (N1_C) with the WINS server as soon as it was booted.</P ><P >Once N2_B knows the address of the Domain master browser it @@ -12745,6 +12550,12 @@ the MasterAnnouncement packet it schedules a synchronization request to the sender of that packet. After both synchronizations are done the browse lists look like :</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >Subnet Browse Master List @@ -12758,6 +12569,9 @@ Subnet2 N2_B N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D Subnet3 N3_D N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D Servers with a (*) after them are non-authoritative names.</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >At this point users looking in their network neighborhood on @@ -12771,6 +12585,12 @@ it gets both the server entries on subnet 1, and those on subnet 2. After N3_D has synchronized with N1_C and vica-versa the browse lists look like.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >Subnet Browse Master List @@ -12787,6 +12607,9 @@ Subnet3 N3_D N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*) Servers with a (*) after them are non-authoritative names.</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >At this point users looking in their network neighborhood on @@ -12798,6 +12621,12 @@ with the domain master browser (N1_C) and will recieve the missing server entries. Finally - and as a steady state (if no machines are removed or shut off) the browse lists will look like :</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >Subnet Browse Master List @@ -12815,6 +12644,9 @@ Subnet3 N3_D N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*) Servers with a (*) after them are non-authoritative names.</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Synchronizations between the domain master browser and local @@ -12855,9 +12687,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2719" -></A ->16.5. Setting up a WINS server</H2 +NAME="AEN2637">Setting up a WINS server</H2 ><P >Either a Samba machine or a Windows NT Server machine may be set up as a WINS server. To set a Samba machine to be a WINS server you must @@ -12909,10 +12739,10 @@ all smb.conf files :</P ><P ><B CLASS="COMMAND" -> wins server = >name or IP address<</B +> wins server = >name or IP address<</B ></P ><P ->where >name or IP address< is either the DNS name of the WINS server +>where >name or IP address< is either the DNS name of the WINS server machine or its IP address.</P ><P >Note that this line MUST NOT BE SET in the smb.conf file of the Samba @@ -12923,7 +12753,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >" option and the "<B CLASS="COMMAND" ->wins server = >name<</B +>wins server = >name<</B >" option then nmbd will fail to start.</P ><P @@ -12938,9 +12768,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2738" -></A ->16.6. Setting up Browsing in a WORKGROUP</H2 +NAME="AEN2656">Setting up Browsing in a WORKGROUP</H2 ><P >To set up cross subnet browsing on a network containing machines in up to be in a WORKGROUP, not an NT Domain you need to set up one @@ -12968,12 +12796,21 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" browser for its own subnet. In order to achieve this set the following options in the [global] section of the smb.conf file :</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > domain master = yes local master = yes preferred master = yes os level = 65</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The domain master browser may be the same machine as the WINS @@ -12987,12 +12824,21 @@ often, so it's not such a good idea to use these). To make a Samba server a local master browser set the following options in the [global] section of the smb.conf file :</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > domain master = no local master = yes preferred master = yes os level = 65</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Do not do this for more than one Samba server on each subnet, @@ -13009,12 +12855,21 @@ be the local master browser then you can disable Samba from becoming a local master browser by setting the following options in the [global] section of the smb.conf file :</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > domain master = no local master = no preferred master = no os level = 0</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DIV ><DIV @@ -13022,16 +12877,14 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2756" -></A ->16.7. Setting up Browsing in a DOMAIN</H2 +NAME="AEN2674">Setting up Browsing in a DOMAIN</H2 ><P >If you are adding Samba servers to a Windows NT Domain then you must not set up a Samba server as a domain master browser. By default, a Windows NT Primary Domain Controller for a Domain name is also the Domain master browser for that name, and many things will break if a Samba server registers the Domain master -browser NetBIOS name (DOMAIN>1B<) with WINS instead of the PDC.</P +browser NetBIOS name (DOMAIN>1B<) with WINS instead of the PDC.</P ><P >For subnets other than the one containing the Windows NT PDC you may set up Samba servers as local master browsers as @@ -13039,12 +12892,21 @@ described. To make a Samba server a local master browser set the following options in the [global] section of the smb.conf file :</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > domain master = no local master = yes preferred master = yes os level = 65</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >If you wish to have a Samba server fight the election with machines @@ -13073,9 +12935,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2766" -></A ->16.8. Forcing samba to be the master</H2 +NAME="AEN2684">Forcing samba to be the master</H2 ><P >Who becomes the "master browser" is determined by an election process using broadcasts. Each election packet contains a number of parameters @@ -13121,9 +12981,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2775" -></A ->16.9. Making samba the domain master</H2 +NAME="AEN2693">Making samba the domain master</H2 ><P >The domain master is responsible for collating the browse lists of multiple subnets so that browsing can occur between subnets. You can @@ -13194,9 +13052,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2793" -></A ->16.10. Note about broadcast addresses</H2 +NAME="AEN2711">Note about broadcast addresses</H2 ><P >If your network uses a "0" based broadcast address (for example if it ends in a 0) then you will strike problems. Windows for Workgroups @@ -13208,9 +13064,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2796" -></A ->16.11. Multiple interfaces</H2 +NAME="AEN2714">Multiple interfaces</H2 ><P >Samba now supports machines with multiple network interfaces. If you have multiple interfaces then you will need to use the "interfaces" @@ -13221,17 +13075,13 @@ option in smb.conf to configure them. See smb.conf(5) for details.</P CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="SPEED" -></A ->Chapter 17. Samba performance issues</H1 +NAME="SPEED">Samba performance issues</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2814" -></A ->17.1. Comparisons</H2 +NAME="AEN2732">Comparisons</H2 ><P >The Samba server uses TCP to talk to the client. Thus if you are trying to see if it performs well you should really compare it to @@ -13260,17 +13110,13 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2820" -></A ->17.2. Oplocks</H2 +NAME="AEN2738">Oplocks</H2 ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" ><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2822" -></A ->17.2.1. Overview</H3 +NAME="AEN2740">Overview</H3 ><P >Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants an oplock @@ -13304,9 +13150,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2830" -></A ->17.2.2. Level2 Oplocks</H3 +NAME="AEN2748">Level2 Oplocks</H3 ><P >With Samba 2.0.5 a new capability - level2 (read only) oplocks is supported (although the option is off by default - see the smb.conf @@ -13328,9 +13172,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2836" -></A ->17.2.3. Old 'fake oplocks' option - deprecated</H3 +NAME="AEN2754">Old 'fake oplocks' option - deprecated</H3 ><P >Samba can also fake oplocks, by granting a oplock whenever a client asks for one. This is controlled using the smb.conf option "fake @@ -13349,9 +13191,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2840" -></A ->17.3. Socket options</H2 +NAME="AEN2758">Socket options</H2 ><P >There are a number of socket options that can greatly affect the performance of a TCP based server like Samba.</P @@ -13377,9 +13217,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2847" -></A ->17.4. Read size</H2 +NAME="AEN2765">Read size</H2 ><P >The option "read size" affects the overlap of disk reads/writes with network reads/writes. If the amount of data being transferred in @@ -13403,9 +13241,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2852" -></A ->17.5. Max xmit</H2 +NAME="AEN2770">Max xmit</H2 ><P >At startup the client and server negotiate a "maximum transmit" size, which limits the size of nearly all SMB commands. You can set the @@ -13426,9 +13262,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2857" -></A ->17.6. Locking</H2 +NAME="AEN2775">Locking</H2 ><P >By default Samba does not implement strict locking on each read/write call (although it did in previous versions). If you enable strict @@ -13443,9 +13277,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2861" -></A ->17.7. Share modes</H2 +NAME="AEN2779">Share modes</H2 ><P >Some people find that opening files is very slow. This is often because of the "share modes" code needed to fully implement the dos @@ -13473,9 +13305,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2866" -></A ->17.8. Log level</H2 +NAME="AEN2784">Log level</H2 ><P >If you set the log level (also known as "debug level") higher than 2 then you may suffer a large drop in performance. This is because the @@ -13487,9 +13317,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2869" -></A ->17.9. Wide lines</H2 +NAME="AEN2787">Wide lines</H2 ><P >The "wide links" option is now enabled by default, but if you disable it (for better security) then you may suffer a performance hit in @@ -13501,9 +13329,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2872" -></A ->17.10. Read raw</H2 +NAME="AEN2790">Read raw</H2 ><P >The "read raw" operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency file read operation. A server may choose to not support it, @@ -13523,9 +13349,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2877" -></A ->17.11. Write raw</H2 +NAME="AEN2795">Write raw</H2 ><P >The "write raw" operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency file write operation. A server may choose to not support it, @@ -13540,9 +13364,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2881" -></A ->17.12. Read prediction</H2 +NAME="AEN2799">Read prediction</H2 ><P >Samba can do read prediction on some of the SMB commands. Read prediction means that Samba reads some extra data on the last file it @@ -13566,9 +13388,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2888" -></A ->17.13. Memory mapping</H2 +NAME="AEN2806">Memory mapping</H2 ><P >Samba supports reading files via memory mapping them. One some machines this can give a large boost to performance, on others it @@ -13587,9 +13407,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2893" -></A ->17.14. Slow Clients</H2 +NAME="AEN2811">Slow Clients</H2 ><P >One person has reported that setting the protocol to COREPLUS rather than LANMAN2 gave a dramatic speed improvement (from 10k/s to 150k/s).</P @@ -13604,9 +13422,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2897" -></A ->17.15. Slow Logins</H2 +NAME="AEN2815">Slow Logins</H2 ><P >Slow logins are almost always due to the password checking time. Using the lowest practical "password level" will improve things a lot. You @@ -13617,9 +13433,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2900" -></A ->17.16. Client tuning</H2 +NAME="AEN2818">Client tuning</H2 ><P >Often a speed problem can be traced to the client. The client (for example Windows for Workgroups) can often be tuned for better TCP @@ -13721,9 +13535,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2932" -></A ->17.17. My Results</H2 +NAME="AEN2850">My Results</H2 ><P >Some people want to see real numbers in a document like this, so here they are. I have a 486sx33 client running WfWg 3.11 with the 3.11b @@ -13750,9 +13562,7 @@ here someday ...</P CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="OTHER-CLIENTS" -></A ->Chapter 18. Samba and other CIFS clients</H1 +NAME="OTHER-CLIENTS">Samba and other CIFS clients</H1 ><P >This chapter contains client-specific information.</P ><DIV @@ -13760,9 +13570,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2953" -></A ->18.1. Macintosh clients?</H2 +NAME="AEN2871">Macintosh clients?</H2 ><P >Yes. <A HREF="http://www.thursby.com/" @@ -13806,17 +13614,13 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2962" -></A ->18.2. OS2 Client</H2 +NAME="AEN2880">OS2 Client</H2 ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" ><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2964" -></A ->18.2.1. How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or +NAME="AEN2882">How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</H3 ><P >A more complete answer to this question can be @@ -13873,9 +13677,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2979" -></A ->18.2.2. How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), +NAME="AEN2897">How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</H3 ><P >You can use the free Microsoft LAN Manager 2.2c Client @@ -13894,12 +13696,21 @@ TARGET="_top" a nutshell, edit the file \OS2VER in the root directory of the OS/2 boot partition and add the lines:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > 20=setup.exe 20=netwksta.sys 20=netvdd.sys </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >before you install the client. Also, don't use the @@ -13917,9 +13728,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2988" -></A ->18.2.3. Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version) +NAME="AEN2906">Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version) is used as a client?</H3 ><P >When you do a NET VIEW or use the "File and Print @@ -13939,9 +13748,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2992" -></A ->18.2.4. How do I get printer driver download working +NAME="AEN2910">How do I get printer driver download working for OS/2 clients?</H3 ><P >First, create a share called [PRINTDRV] that is @@ -13990,17 +13797,13 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3002" -></A ->18.3. Windows for Workgroups</H2 +NAME="AEN2920">Windows for Workgroups</H2 ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" ><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN3004" -></A ->18.3.1. Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</H3 +NAME="AEN2922">Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</H3 ><P >Use the latest TCP/IP stack from microsoft if you use Windows for workgroups.</P @@ -14020,9 +13823,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN3009" -></A ->18.3.2. Delete .pwl files after password change</H3 +NAME="AEN2927">Delete .pwl files after password change</H3 ><P >WfWg does a lousy job with passwords. I find that if I change my password on either the unix box or the PC the safest thing to do is to @@ -14040,9 +13841,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN3014" -></A ->18.3.3. Configure WfW password handling</H3 +NAME="AEN2932">Configure WfW password handling</H3 ><P >There is a program call admincfg.exe on the last disk (disk 8) of the WFW 3.11 disk set. To install it @@ -14059,9 +13858,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN3018" -></A ->18.3.4. Case handling of passwords</H3 +NAME="AEN2936">Case handling of passwords</H3 ><P >Windows for Workgroups uppercases the password before sending it to the server. Unix passwords can be case-sensitive though. Check the <A HREF="smb.conf.5.html" @@ -14078,9 +13875,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3023" -></A ->18.4. Windows '95/'98</H2 +NAME="AEN2941">Windows '95/'98</H2 ><P >When using Windows 95 OEM SR2 the following updates are recommended where Samba is being used. Please NOTE that the above change will affect you once these @@ -14126,9 +13921,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3039" -></A ->18.5. Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</H2 +NAME="AEN2957">Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</H2 ><P > There are several annoyances with Windows 2000 SP2. One of which @@ -14164,6 +13957,12 @@ releases prior to Samba 2.2.2.</P > The following is a minimal profile share:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > [profile] @@ -14172,6 +13971,9 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" directory mask = 0700 nt acl support = no read only = no</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The reason for this bug is that the Win2k SP2 client copies @@ -14194,13 +13996,10 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >DOMAIN\user "Full Control"</B ></P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >NOTE : This bug does not occur when using winbind to create accounts on the Samba host for Domain users.</I -></SPAN ></P ></DIV ></DIV @@ -14208,17 +14007,13 @@ create accounts on the Samba host for Domain users.</I CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="CVS-ACCESS" -></A ->Chapter 19. HOWTO Access Samba source code via CVS</H1 +NAME="CVS-ACCESS">HOWTO Access Samba source code via CVS</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3063" -></A ->19.1. Introduction</H2 +NAME="AEN2981">Introduction</H2 ><P >Samba is developed in an open environment. Developers use CVS (Concurrent Versioning System) to "checkin" (also known as @@ -14238,9 +14033,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3068" -></A ->19.2. CVS Access to samba.org</H2 +NAME="AEN2986">CVS Access to samba.org</H2 ><P >The machine samba.org runs a publicly accessible CVS repository for access to the source code of several packages, @@ -14251,9 +14044,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN3071" -></A ->19.2.1. Access via CVSweb</H3 +NAME="AEN2989">Access via CVSweb</H3 ><P >You can access the source code via your favourite WWW browser. This allows you to access the contents of @@ -14272,9 +14063,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><HR><H3 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN3076" -></A ->19.2.2. Access via cvs</H3 +NAME="AEN2994">Access via cvs</H3 ><P >You can also access the source code via a normal cvs client. This gives you much more control over you can @@ -14380,17 +14169,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="BUGREPORT" -></A ->Chapter 20. Reporting Bugs</H1 +NAME="BUGREPORT">Reporting Bugs</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3111" -></A ->20.1. Introduction</H2 +NAME="AEN3029">Introduction</H2 ><P >The email address for bug reports is samba@samba.org</P ><P @@ -14420,9 +14205,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3118" -></A ->20.2. General info</H2 +NAME="AEN3036">General info</H2 ><P >Before submitting a bug report check your config for silly errors. Look in your log files for obvious messages that tell you that @@ -14445,9 +14228,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3124" -></A ->20.3. Debug levels</H2 +NAME="AEN3042">Debug levels</H2 ><P >If the bug has anything to do with Samba behaving incorrectly as a server (like refusing to open a file) then the log files will probably @@ -14466,11 +14247,20 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" level higher for just one machine and keep separate logs for each machine. To do this use:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >log level = 10 log file = /usr/local/samba/lib/log.%m include = /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >then create a file @@ -14515,9 +14305,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3141" -></A ->20.4. Internal errors</H2 +NAME="AEN3059">Internal errors</H2 ><P >If you get a "INTERNAL ERROR" message in your log files it means that Samba got an unexpected signal while running. It is probably a @@ -14559,9 +14347,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3151" -></A ->20.5. Attaching to a running process</H2 +NAME="AEN3069">Attaching to a running process</H2 ><P >Unfortunately some unixes (in particular some recent linux kernels) refuse to dump a core file if the task has changed uid (which smbd @@ -14576,9 +14362,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3154" -></A ->20.6. Patches</H2 +NAME="AEN3072">Patches</H2 ><P >The best sort of bug report is one that includes a fix! If you send us patches please use <B @@ -14597,9 +14381,7 @@ exactly what version you used. </P CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="GROUPMAPPING" -></A ->Chapter 21. Group mapping HOWTO</H1 +NAME="GROUPMAPPING">Group mapping HOWTO</H1 ><P > Starting with Samba 3.0 alpha 2, a new group mapping function is available. The @@ -14655,9 +14437,18 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/group</TT > will look like:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >domadm:x:502:joe,john,mary</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></LI ><LI @@ -14698,9 +14489,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" CLASS="CHAPTER" ><HR><H1 ><A -NAME="PORTABILITY" -></A ->Chapter 22. Portability</H1 +NAME="PORTABILITY">Portability</H1 ><P >Samba works on a wide range of platforms but the interface all the platforms provide is not always compatible. This chapter contains @@ -14710,9 +14499,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3201" -></A ->22.1. HPUX</H2 +NAME="AEN3119">HPUX</H2 ><P >HP's implementation of supplementary groups is, er, non-standard (for hysterical reasons). There are two group files, /etc/group and @@ -14736,9 +14523,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3206" -></A ->22.2. SCO Unix</H2 +NAME="AEN3124">SCO Unix</H2 ><P > If you run an old version of SCO Unix then you may need to get important @@ -14753,9 +14538,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN3210" -></A ->22.3. DNIX</H2 +NAME="AEN3128">DNIX</H2 ><P >DNIX has a problem with seteuid() and setegid(). These routines are needed for Samba to work correctly, but they were left out of the DNIX @@ -14776,6 +14559,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >setegid.s</TT >:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > .globl _setegid @@ -14790,6 +14579,9 @@ _setegid: 1$: clrl d0 rts</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >put this in the file <TT @@ -14797,6 +14589,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >seteuid.s</TT >:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > .globl _seteuid @@ -14811,6 +14609,9 @@ _seteuid: 1$: clrl d0 rts</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >after creating the above files you then assemble them using</P @@ -14837,17 +14638,35 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >then you need to add these to the LIBSM line in the DNIX section of the Samba Makefile. Your LIBSM line will then look something like this:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >LIBSM = setegid.o seteuid.o -ln</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P > You should then remove the line:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >#define NO_EID</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >from the DNIX section of <TT diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/samba-ldap-howto.html b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-LDAP-HOWTO.html index 895fcda3c4..21ebbfe7b0 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/samba-ldap-howto.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-LDAP-HOWTO.html @@ -1,85 +1,36 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >Storing Samba's User/Machine Account information in an LDAP Directory</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="How to Act as a Backup Domain Controller in a Purely Samba Controlled Domain" -HREF="samba-bdc.html"><LINK -REL="NEXT" -TITLE="Using samba 3.0 with ActiveDirectory support" -HREF="ads.html"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="ARTICLE" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#840084" ALINK="#0000FF" ><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="samba-bdc.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="ads.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV +CLASS="ARTICLE" ><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="TITLEPAGE" ><H1 +CLASS="TITLE" ><A NAME="SAMBA-LDAP-HOWTO" -></A ->Chapter 14. Storing Samba's User/Machine Account information in an LDAP Directory</H1 +>Storing Samba's User/Machine Account information in an LDAP Directory</A +></H1 +><HR></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2353" -></A ->14.1. Purpose</H1 +NAME="AEN3" +>Purpose</A +></H1 ><P >This document describes how to use an LDAP directory for storing Samba user account information traditionally stored in the smbpasswd(5) file. It is @@ -142,12 +93,12 @@ TARGET="_top" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2373" -></A ->14.2. Introduction</H1 +NAME="AEN23" +>Introduction</A +></H1 ><P >Traditionally, when configuring <A HREF="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" @@ -259,12 +210,12 @@ the details of configuring these packages are beyond the scope of this document. ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2402" -></A ->14.3. Supported LDAP Servers</H1 +NAME="AEN52" +>Supported LDAP Servers</A +></H1 ><P >The LDAP samdb code in 2.2.3 has been developed and tested using the OpenLDAP 2.0 server and client libraries. The same code should be able to work with @@ -284,12 +235,12 @@ TARGET="_top" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2407" -></A ->14.4. Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</H1 +NAME="AEN57" +>Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</A +></H1 ><P >Samba 2.2.3 includes the necessary schema file for OpenLDAP 2.0 in <TT @@ -343,20 +294,20 @@ information in NIS while the network is transitioning to a full LDAP infrastruct ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2419" -></A ->14.5. Configuring Samba with LDAP</H1 +NAME="AEN69" +>Configuring Samba with LDAP</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" ><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2421" -></A ->14.5.1. OpenLDAP configuration</H2 +NAME="AEN71" +>OpenLDAP configuration</A +></H2 ><P >To include support for the sambaAccount object in an OpenLDAP directory server, first copy the samba.schema file to slapd's configuration directory.</P @@ -433,12 +384,12 @@ index rid eq ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2438" -></A ->14.5.2. Configuring Samba</H2 +NAME="AEN88" +>Configuring Samba</A +></H2 ><P >The following parameters are available in smb.conf only with <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" @@ -553,12 +504,12 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2466" -></A ->14.6. Accounts and Groups management</H1 +NAME="AEN116" +>Accounts and Groups management</A +></H1 ><P >As users accounts are managed thru the sambaAccount objectclass, you should modify you existing administration tools to deal with sambaAccount attributes.</P @@ -578,12 +529,12 @@ groups).</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2471" -></A ->14.7. Security and sambaAccount</H1 +NAME="AEN121" +>Security and sambaAccount</A +></H1 ><P >There are two important points to remember when discussing the security of sambaAccount entries in the directory.</P @@ -592,23 +543,17 @@ of sambaAccount entries in the directory.</P ><UL ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Never</I -></SPAN > retrieve the lmPassword or ntPassword attribute values over an unencrypted LDAP session.</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Never</I -></SPAN > allow non-admin users to view the lmPassword or ntPassword attribute values.</P ></LI @@ -657,12 +602,12 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2491" -></A ->14.8. LDAP specials attributes for sambaAccounts</H1 +NAME="AEN141" +>LDAP specials attributes for sambaAccounts</A +></H1 ><P >The sambaAccount objectclass is composed of the following attributes:</P ><P @@ -868,12 +813,12 @@ something other than the default (e.g. \\MOBY\becky).</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2561" -></A ->14.9. Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</H1 +NAME="AEN211" +>Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</A +></H1 ><P >The following is a working LDIF with the inclusion of the posixAccount objectclass:</P ><P @@ -926,12 +871,12 @@ ntPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7</PRE ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2569" -></A ->14.10. Comments</H1 +NAME="AEN219" +>Comments</A +></H1 ><P >Please mail all comments regarding this HOWTO to <A HREF="mailto:jerry@samba.org" @@ -941,64 +886,6 @@ TARGET="_top" last updated to reflect the Samba 2.2.3 release. </P ></DIV ></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-bdc.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="ads.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->How to Act as a Backup Domain Controller in a Purely Samba Controlled Domain</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" ->Using samba 3.0 with ActiveDirectory support</TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ></BODY ></HTML >
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/speed.html b/docs/htmldocs/Speed.html index c3d7017914..47a8c885b6 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/speed.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/Speed.html @@ -1,85 +1,36 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >Samba performance issues</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="Improved browsing in samba" -HREF="improved-browsing.html"><LINK -REL="NEXT" -TITLE="Samba and other CIFS clients" -HREF="other-clients.html"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="ARTICLE" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#840084" ALINK="#0000FF" ><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="improved-browsing.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="other-clients.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV +CLASS="ARTICLE" ><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="TITLEPAGE" ><H1 +CLASS="TITLE" ><A NAME="SPEED" -></A ->Chapter 17. Samba performance issues</H1 +>Samba performance issues</A +></H1 +><HR></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2814" -></A ->17.1. Comparisons</H1 +NAME="AEN3" +>Comparisons</A +></H1 ><P >The Samba server uses TCP to talk to the client. Thus if you are trying to see if it performs well you should really compare it to @@ -105,20 +56,20 @@ systems.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2820" -></A ->17.2. Oplocks</H1 +NAME="AEN9" +>Oplocks</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" ><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2822" -></A ->17.2.1. Overview</H2 +NAME="AEN11" +>Overview</A +></H2 ><P >Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants an oplock @@ -149,12 +100,12 @@ code did follows.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2830" -></A ->17.2.2. Level2 Oplocks</H2 +NAME="AEN19" +>Level2 Oplocks</A +></H2 ><P >With Samba 2.0.5 a new capability - level2 (read only) oplocks is supported (although the option is off by default - see the smb.conf @@ -173,12 +124,12 @@ read-ahread cache copies of these files.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN2836" -></A ->17.2.3. Old 'fake oplocks' option - deprecated</H2 +NAME="AEN25" +>Old 'fake oplocks' option - deprecated</A +></H2 ><P >Samba can also fake oplocks, by granting a oplock whenever a client asks for one. This is controlled using the smb.conf option "fake @@ -194,12 +145,12 @@ at the same time you can get data corruption.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2840" -></A ->17.3. Socket options</H1 +NAME="AEN29" +>Socket options</A +></H1 ><P >There are a number of socket options that can greatly affect the performance of a TCP based server like Samba.</P @@ -222,12 +173,12 @@ Microsoft TCP/IP stack is slow in sending tcp ACKs.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2847" -></A ->17.4. Read size</H1 +NAME="AEN36" +>Read size</A +></H1 ><P >The option "read size" affects the overlap of disk reads/writes with network reads/writes. If the amount of data being transferred in @@ -248,12 +199,12 @@ pointless and will cause you to allocate memory unnecessarily.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2852" -></A ->17.5. Max xmit</H1 +NAME="AEN41" +>Max xmit</A +></H1 ><P >At startup the client and server negotiate a "maximum transmit" size, which limits the size of nearly all SMB commands. You can set the @@ -271,12 +222,12 @@ of less than 2048 is likely to cause severe problems.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2857" -></A ->17.6. Locking</H1 +NAME="AEN46" +>Locking</A +></H1 ><P >By default Samba does not implement strict locking on each read/write call (although it did in previous versions). If you enable strict @@ -288,12 +239,12 @@ filesystems, but could be quite high even on local disks.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2861" -></A ->17.7. Share modes</H1 +NAME="AEN50" +>Share modes</A +></H1 ><P >Some people find that opening files is very slow. This is often because of the "share modes" code needed to fully implement the dos @@ -318,12 +269,12 @@ things much faster. See the Makefile for how to enable this.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2866" -></A ->17.8. Log level</H1 +NAME="AEN55" +>Log level</A +></H1 ><P >If you set the log level (also known as "debug level") higher than 2 then you may suffer a large drop in performance. This is because the @@ -332,12 +283,12 @@ expensive. </P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2869" -></A ->17.9. Wide lines</H1 +NAME="AEN58" +>Wide lines</A +></H1 ><P >The "wide links" option is now enabled by default, but if you disable it (for better security) then you may suffer a performance hit in @@ -346,12 +297,12 @@ resolving filenames. The performance loss is lessened if you have ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2872" -></A ->17.10. Read raw</H1 +NAME="AEN61" +>Read raw</A +></H1 ><P >The "read raw" operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency file read operation. A server may choose to not support it, @@ -368,12 +319,12 @@ testing can really tell.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2877" -></A ->17.11. Write raw</H1 +NAME="AEN66" +>Write raw</A +></H1 ><P >The "write raw" operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency file write operation. A server may choose to not support it, @@ -385,12 +336,12 @@ case you may wish to change this option.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2881" -></A ->17.12. Read prediction</H1 +NAME="AEN70" +>Read prediction</A +></H1 ><P >Samba can do read prediction on some of the SMB commands. Read prediction means that Samba reads some extra data on the last file it @@ -411,12 +362,12 @@ as "Write" under NT) which do lots of very small reads on a file.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2888" -></A ->17.13. Memory mapping</H1 +NAME="AEN77" +>Memory mapping</A +></H1 ><P >Samba supports reading files via memory mapping them. One some machines this can give a large boost to performance, on others it @@ -432,12 +383,12 @@ no".</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2893" -></A ->17.14. Slow Clients</H1 +NAME="AEN82" +>Slow Clients</A +></H1 ><P >One person has reported that setting the protocol to COREPLUS rather than LANMAN2 gave a dramatic speed improvement (from 10k/s to 150k/s).</P @@ -449,12 +400,12 @@ protocol. Lowering the "read size" might also help.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2897" -></A ->17.15. Slow Logins</H1 +NAME="AEN86" +>Slow Logins</A +></H1 ><P >Slow logins are almost always due to the password checking time. Using the lowest practical "password level" will improve things a lot. You @@ -462,12 +413,12 @@ could also enable the "UFC crypt" option in the Makefile.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2900" -></A ->17.16. Client tuning</H1 +NAME="AEN89" +>Client tuning</A +></H1 ><P >Often a speed problem can be traced to the client. The client (for example Windows for Workgroups) can often be tuned for better TCP @@ -566,12 +517,12 @@ staggering.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN2932" -></A ->17.17. My Results</H1 +NAME="AEN121" +>My Results</A +></H1 ><P >Some people want to see real numbers in a document like this, so here they are. I have a 486sx33 client running WfWg 3.11 with the 3.11b @@ -594,64 +545,6 @@ smbclient running on another linux box. Maybe I'll add those results here someday ...</P ></DIV ></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="improved-browsing.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="other-clients.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->Improved browsing in samba</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" ->Samba and other CIFS clients</TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ></BODY ></HTML >
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/install.html b/docs/htmldocs/UNIX_INSTALL.html index 4b5bf486b9..9946e7e64e 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/install.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/UNIX_INSTALL.html @@ -1,85 +1,36 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >How to Install and Test SAMBA</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="NEXT" -TITLE="Diagnosing your samba server" -HREF="diagnosis.html"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="ARTICLE" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#840084" ALINK="#0000FF" ><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="diagnosis.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV +CLASS="ARTICLE" ><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="TITLEPAGE" ><H1 +CLASS="TITLE" ><A NAME="INSTALL" -></A ->Chapter 1. How to Install and Test SAMBA</H1 +>How to Install and Test SAMBA</A +></H1 +><HR></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN20" -></A ->1.1. Step 0: Read the man pages</H1 +NAME="AEN3" +>Step 0: Read the man pages</A +></H1 ><P >The man pages distributed with SAMBA contain lots of useful info that will help to get you started. @@ -106,12 +57,12 @@ TARGET="_top" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN28" -></A ->1.2. Step 1: Building the Binaries</H1 +NAME="AEN11" +>Step 1: Building the Binaries</A +></H1 ><P >To do this, first run the program <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -205,12 +156,12 @@ CLASS="USERINPUT" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN56" -></A ->1.3. Step 2: The all important step</H1 +NAME="AEN39" +>Step 2: The all important step</A +></H1 ><P >At this stage you must fetch yourself a coffee or other drink you find stimulating. Getting the rest @@ -222,12 +173,12 @@ NAME="AEN56" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN60" -></A ->1.4. Step 3: Create the smb configuration file.</H1 +NAME="AEN43" +>Step 3: Create the smb configuration file.</A +></H1 ><P >There are sample configuration files in the examples subdirectory in the distribution. I suggest you read them @@ -278,15 +229,15 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN74" -></A ->1.5. Step 4: Test your config file with +NAME="AEN57" +>Step 4: Test your config file with <B CLASS="COMMAND" >testparm</B +></A ></H1 ><P >It's important that you test the validity of your @@ -302,12 +253,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN80" -></A ->1.6. Step 5: Starting the smbd and nmbd</H1 +NAME="AEN63" +>Step 5: Starting the smbd and nmbd</A +></H1 ><P >You must choose to start smbd and nmbd either as daemons or from <B @@ -342,12 +293,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" request.</P ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN90" -></A ->1.6.1. Step 5a: Starting from inetd.conf</H2 +NAME="AEN73" +>Step 5a: Starting from inetd.conf</A +></H2 ><P >NOTE; The following will be different if you use NIS or NIS+ to distributed services maps.</P @@ -446,12 +397,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN119" -></A ->1.6.2. Step 5b. Alternative: starting it as a daemon</H2 +NAME="AEN102" +>Step 5b. Alternative: starting it as a daemon</A +></H2 ><P >To start the server as a daemon you should create a script something like this one, perhaps calling @@ -503,13 +454,13 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN135" -></A ->1.7. Step 6: Try listing the shares available on your - server</H1 +NAME="AEN118" +>Step 6: Try listing the shares available on your + server</A +></H1 ><P ><TT CLASS="PROMPT" @@ -544,12 +495,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN144" -></A ->1.8. Step 7: Try connecting with the unix client</H1 +NAME="AEN127" +>Step 7: Try connecting with the unix client</A +></H1 ><P ><TT CLASS="PROMPT" @@ -607,13 +558,13 @@ CLASS="USERINPUT" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN160" -></A ->1.9. Step 8: Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, - Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</H1 +NAME="AEN143" +>Step 8: Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, + Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</A +></H1 ><P >Try mounting disks. eg:</P ><P @@ -656,12 +607,12 @@ CLASS="USERINPUT" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN174" -></A ->1.10. What If Things Don't Work?</H1 +NAME="AEN157" +>What If Things Don't Work?</A +></H1 ><P >If nothing works and you start to think "who wrote this pile of trash" then I suggest you do step 2 again (and @@ -679,12 +630,12 @@ NAME="AEN174" easier. </P ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN179" -></A ->1.10.1. Diagnosing Problems</H2 +NAME="AEN162" +>Diagnosing Problems</A +></H2 ><P >If you have installation problems then go to <TT @@ -695,12 +646,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN183" -></A ->1.10.2. Scope IDs</H2 +NAME="AEN166" +>Scope IDs</A +></H2 ><P >By default Samba uses a blank scope ID. This means all your windows boxes must also have a blank scope ID. @@ -711,12 +662,12 @@ NAME="AEN183" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN186" -></A ->1.10.3. Choosing the Protocol Level</H2 +NAME="AEN169" +>Choosing the Protocol Level</A +></H2 ><P >The SMB protocol has many dialects. Currently Samba supports 5, called CORE, COREPLUS, LANMAN1, @@ -752,33 +703,30 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN195" -></A ->1.10.4. Printing from UNIX to a Client PC</H2 +NAME="AEN178" +>Printing from UNIX to a Client PC</A +></H2 ><P >To use a printer that is available via a smb-based - server from a unix host with LPR you will need to compile the + server from a unix host you will need to compile the smbclient program. You then need to install the script "smbprint". Read the instruction in smbprint for more details. </P ><P >There is also a SYSV style script that does much the same thing called smbprint.sysv. It contains instructions.</P -><P ->See the CUPS manual for information about setting up - printing from a unix host with CUPS to a smb-based server. </P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN200" -></A ->1.10.5. Locking</H2 +NAME="AEN182" +>Locking</A +></H2 ><P >One area which sometimes causes trouble is locking.</P ><P @@ -833,12 +781,12 @@ NAME="AEN200" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN209" -></A ->1.10.6. Mapping Usernames</H2 +NAME="AEN191" +>Mapping Usernames</A +></H2 ><P >If you have different usernames on the PCs and the unix server then take a look at the "username map" option. @@ -846,64 +794,6 @@ NAME="AEN209" ></DIV ></DIV ></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="diagnosis.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" ->Diagnosing your samba server</TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ></BODY ></HTML >
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/findsmb.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/findsmb.1.html index 08fffb47b6..2f246d666d 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/findsmb.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/findsmb.1.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >findsmb</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="FINDSMB" -></A ->findsmb</H1 +>findsmb</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -109,7 +108,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" >-B</TT -> option.</P +> option</P ></DD ></DL ></DIV @@ -157,7 +156,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" get proper responses from Windows 95 and Windows 98 machines, the command must be run as root. </P ><P ->For example, running <B +>For example running <B CLASS="COMMAND" >findsmb</B > on a machine @@ -166,6 +165,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B > running would yield output similar to the following</P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="SCREEN" ><TT @@ -184,6 +189,9 @@ CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT" 192.168.35.97 HERBNT1 *[HERB-NT] [Windows NT 4.0] [NT LAN Manager 4.0] </TT ></PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/groupmapping.html b/docs/htmldocs/groupmapping.html deleted file mode 100644 index be308505bd..0000000000 --- a/docs/htmldocs/groupmapping.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> -<HTML -><HEAD -><TITLE ->Group mapping HOWTO</TITLE -><META -NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="Reporting Bugs" -HREF="bugreport.html"><LINK -REL="NEXT" -TITLE="Portability" -HREF="portability.html"></HEAD -><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" -BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" -TEXT="#000000" -LINK="#0000FF" -VLINK="#840084" -ALINK="#0000FF" -><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="bugreport.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="portability.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" -><H1 -><A -NAME="GROUPMAPPING" -></A ->Chapter 21. Group mapping HOWTO</H1 -><P -> -Starting with Samba 3.0 alpha 2, a new group mapping function is available. The -current method (likely to change) to manage the groups is a new command called -<B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->smbgroupedit</B ->.</P -><P ->The first immediate reason to use the group mapping on a PDC, is that -the <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->domain admin group</B -> of <TT -CLASS="FILENAME" ->smb.conf</TT -> is -now gone. This parameter was used to give the listed users local admin rights -on their workstations. It was some magic stuff that simply worked but didn't -scale very well for complex setups.</P -><P ->Let me explain how it works on NT/W2K, to have this magic fade away. -When installing NT/W2K on a computer, the installer program creates some users -and groups. Notably the 'Administrators' group, and gives to that group some -privileges like the ability to change the date and time or to kill any process -(or close too) running on the local machine. The 'Administrator' user is a -member of the 'Administrators' group, and thus 'inherit' the 'Administrators' -group privileges. If a 'joe' user is created and become a member of the -'Administrator' group, 'joe' has exactly the same rights as 'Administrator'.</P -><P ->When a NT/W2K machine is joined to a domain, during that phase, the "Domain -Administrators' group of the PDC is added to the 'Administrators' group of the -workstation. Every members of the 'Domain Administrators' group 'inherit' the -rights of the 'Administrators' group when logging on the workstation.</P -><P ->You are now wondering how to make some of your samba PDC users members of the -'Domain Administrators' ? That's really easy.</P -><P -></P -><OL -TYPE="1" -><LI -><P ->create a unix group (usually in <TT -CLASS="FILENAME" ->/etc/group</TT ->), let's call it domadm</P -></LI -><LI -><P ->add to this group the users that must be Administrators. For example if you want joe,john and mary, your entry in <TT -CLASS="FILENAME" ->/etc/group</TT -> will look like:</P -><P -><PRE -CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ->domadm:x:502:joe,john,mary</PRE -></P -></LI -><LI -><P ->Map this domadm group to the <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->domain admins</B -> group by running the command:</P -><P -><B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->smbgroupedit -c "Domain Admins" -u domadm</B -></P -></LI -></OL -><P ->You're set, joe, john and mary are domain administrators !</P -><P ->Like the Domain Admins group, you can map any arbitrary Unix group to any NT -group. You can also make any Unix group a domain group. For example, on a domain -member machine (an NT/W2K or a samba server running winbind), you would like to -give access to a certain directory to some users who are member of a group on -your samba PDC. Flag that group as a domain group by running:</P -><P -><B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->smbgroupedit -a unixgroup -td</B -></P -><P ->You can list the various groups in the mapping database like this</P -><P -><B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->smbgroupedit -v</B -></P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="bugreport.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="portability.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->Reporting Bugs</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" ->Portability</TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV -></BODY -></HTML ->
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/lmhosts.5.html b/docs/htmldocs/lmhosts.5.html index 4d7f11e64b..13b162ce44 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/lmhosts.5.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/lmhosts.5.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >lmhosts</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="LMHOSTS" -></A ->lmhosts</H1 +>lmhosts</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -60,13 +59,9 @@ TARGET="_top" ><TT CLASS="FILENAME" >lmhosts</TT -> is the <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" +> is the <EM >Samba - </I -></SPAN + </EM > NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file. It is very similar to the <TT CLASS="FILENAME" @@ -109,6 +104,12 @@ NAME="AEN20" ><P >An example follows :</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ># @@ -118,6 +119,9 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" 192.9.200.20 NTSERVER#20 192.9.200.21 SAMBASERVER </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Contains three IP to NetBIOS name mappings. The first diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/make_smbcodepage.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/make_smbcodepage.1.html index 4c2ad993ae..8e792e3122 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/make_smbcodepage.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/make_smbcodepage.1.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >make_smbcodepage</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="MAKE-SMBCODEPAGE" -></A ->make_smbcodepage</H1 +>make_smbcodepage</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -111,7 +110,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I >c</I ></TT -> case, this will be a text +> case this will be a text codepage definition file such as the ones found in the Samba <TT CLASS="FILENAME" @@ -122,7 +121,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I >d</I ></TT -> case, this will be the +> case this will be the binary format codepage definition file normally found in the <TT CLASS="FILENAME" @@ -203,7 +202,7 @@ NAME="AEN58" ><P ><B CLASS="COMMAND" ->codepage_def.<codepage></B +>codepage_def.<codepage></B ></P ><P >These are the input (text) codepage files provided in the @@ -260,7 +259,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P ><B CLASS="COMMAND" ->codepage.<codepage></B +>codepage.<codepage></B > - These are the output (binary) codepage files produced and placed in the Samba destination <TT diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/make_unicodemap.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/make_unicodemap.1.html index de964c269d..b8b768ce40 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/make_unicodemap.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/make_unicodemap.1.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >make_unicodemap</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="MAKE-UNICODEMAP" -></A ->make_unicodemap</H1 +>make_unicodemap</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -133,7 +132,7 @@ NAME="AEN40" ><P ><TT CLASS="FILENAME" ->CP<codepage>.TXT</TT +>CP<codepage>.TXT</TT ></P ><P > These are the input (text) unicode map files provided @@ -177,7 +176,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P > <TT CLASS="FILENAME" ->unicode_map.<codepage></TT +>unicode_map.<codepage></TT > - These are the output (binary) unicode map files produced and placed in the Samba destination <TT diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/msdfs.html b/docs/htmldocs/msdfs_setup.html index 7db1a94d72..36b9911bae 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/msdfs.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/msdfs_setup.html @@ -1,86 +1,36 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="Configuring PAM for distributed but centrally -managed authentication" -HREF="pam.html"><LINK -REL="NEXT" -TITLE="UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists" -HREF="unix-permissions.html"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="ARTICLE" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#840084" ALINK="#0000FF" ><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="pam.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="unix-permissions.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV +CLASS="ARTICLE" ><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="TITLEPAGE" ><H1 +CLASS="TITLE" ><A NAME="MSDFS" -></A ->Chapter 5. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</H1 +>Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</A +></H1 +><HR></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN667" -></A ->5.1. Instructions</H1 +NAME="AEN3" +>Instructions</A +></H1 ><P >The Distributed File System (or Dfs) provides a means of separating the logical view of files and directories that users @@ -223,12 +173,12 @@ CLASS="USERINPUT" takes users directly to the appropriate shares on the network.</P ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN702" -></A ->5.1.1. Notes</H2 +NAME="AEN38" +>Notes</A +></H2 ><P ></P ><UL @@ -255,65 +205,6 @@ NAME="AEN702" ></DIV ></DIV ></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="pam.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="unix-permissions.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->Configuring PAM for distributed but centrally -managed authentication</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" ->UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ></BODY ></HTML >
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/net.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/net.8.html index b7ed1357c3..77cb2b2b38 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/net.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/net.8.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >net</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="NET" -></A ->net</H1 +>net</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -38,12 +37,12 @@ NAME="AEN8" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >net</B -> {<ads|rap|rpc>} [-h] [-w workgroup] [-W myworkgroup] [-U user] [-I ip-address] [-p port] [-n myname] [-s conffile] [-S server] [-C comment] [-M maxusers] [-F flags] [-j jobid] [-l] [-r] [-f] [-t timeout] [-P] [-D debuglevel]</P +> {<ads|rap|rpc>}</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN31" +NAME="AEN12" ></A ><H2 >DESCRIPTION</H2 @@ -53,327 +52,31 @@ HREF="samba.7.html" TARGET="_top" > Samba</A > suite.</P -><P ->The samba net utility is meant to work just like the net utility - available for windows and DOS.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN36" +NAME="AEN16" ></A ><H2 >OPTIONS</H2 ><P ></P -><DIV -CLASS="VARIABLELIST" -><DL -><DT ->-h</DT -><DD -><P -> Display summary of all available options. - - </P -></DD -><DT ->-w target-workgroup</DT -><DD -><P -> Sets target workgroup or domain. You have to specify either this option or the IP address or the name of a server. - </P -></DD -><DT ->-W workgroup</DT -><DD -><P -> Sets client workgroup or domain - </P -></DD -><DT ->-U user</DT -><DD -><P -> User name to use - </P -></DD -><DT ->-I ip-address</DT -><DD -><P -> IP address of target server to use. You have to specify either this option or a target workgroup or a target server. - </P -></DD -><DT ->-p port</DT -><DD -><P -> Port on the target server to connect to. - </P -></DD -><DT ->-n myname</DT -><DD -><P -> Sets name of the client. - </P -></DD -><DT ->-s conffile</DT -><DD -><P -> Specify alternative configuration file that should be loaded. - </P -></DD -><DT ->-S server</DT -><DD -><P -> Name of target server. You should specify either this option or a target workgroup or a target IP address. - </P -></DD -><DT ->-C comment</DT -><DD -><P -> FIXME - </P -></DD -><DT ->-M maxusers</DT -><DD -><P -> FIXME - </P -></DD -><DT ->-F flags</DT -><DD -><P -> FIXME - </P -></DD -><DT ->-j jobid</DT -><DD -><P -> FIXME - </P -></DD -><DT ->-l</DT -><DD -><P -> FIXME - </P -></DD -><DT ->-r</DT -><DD -><P -> FIXME - </P -></DD -><DT ->-f</DT -><DD -><P -> FIXME - </P -></DD -><DT ->-t timeout</DT -><DD -><P -> FIXME - </P -></DD -><DT ->-P</DT -><DD -><P -> Make queries to the external server using the machine account of the local server. - </P -></DD -><DT ->-D debuglevel</DT -><DD -><P ->set the debuglevel. Debug level 0 is the lowest - and 100 being the highest. This should be set to 100 if you are - planning on submitting a bug report to the Samba team (see - <TT -CLASS="FILENAME" ->BUGS.txt</TT ->). - </P -></DD -></DL -></DIV ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN116" +NAME="AEN19" ></A ><H2 ->TIME</H2 -><P ->The <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->NET TIME</B -> command allows you to view the time on a remote server - or synchronise the time on the local server with the time on the remote server.</P +>COMMANDS</H2 ><P ></P -><DIV -CLASS="VARIABLELIST" -><DL -><DT -></DT -><DD -><P -> Without any options, the <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->NET TIME</B -> command - displays the time on the remote server. - </P -></DD -><DT ->SYSTEM</DT -><DD -><P -> Displays the time on the remote server in a format ready for /bin/date - </P -></DD -><DT ->SET</DT -><DD -><P -> Tries to set the date and time of the local server to that on - the remote server using /bin/date. - </P -></DD -><DT ->ZONE</DT -><DD -><P -> Displays the timezone in hours from GMT on the remote computer. - </P -></DD -></DL -></DIV -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="REFSECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN138" -></A -><H2 ->RPC</H2 -><P ->The <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->NET RPC</B -> command allows you to do various - NT4 operations.</P -><P -></P -><DIV -CLASS="VARIABLELIST" -><DL -><DT ->JOIN -U username[%password] [options]</DT -><DD -><P -> Join a domain with specified username and password. Password - will be prompted if none is specified.</P -></DD -><DT ->JOIN [options except -U]</DT -><DD -><P -> to join a domain created in server manager - </P -></DD -><DT ->USER [misc. options] [targets]</DT -><DD -><P -> List users - </P -></DD -><DT ->USER DELETE <name> [misc options]</DT -><DD -><P -> delete specified user - </P -></DD -><DT ->USER INFO <name> [misc options]</DT -><DD -><P -> list the domain groups of the specified user - </P -></DD -><DT ->USER ADD <name> [password] [-F user flags] [misc. options</DT -><DD -><P -> Add specified user - </P -></DD -><DT ->GROUP [misc options] [targets]</DT -><DD -><P -> List user groups - </P -></DD -><DT ->GROUP DELETE <name> [misc. options] [targets]</DT -><DD -><P -> Delete specified group - </P -></DD -><DT ->GROUP ADD <name> [-C comment]</DT -><DD -><P -> Create specified group - </P -></DD -><DT ->SHARE [misc. options] [targets]</DT -><DD -><P -> enumerates all exported resources (network shares) on target server - </P -></DD -><DT ->SHARE ADD <name=serverpath> [misc. options] [targets]</DT -><DD -><P -> Adds a share from a server (makes the export active) - </P -></DD -><DT ->SHARE DELETE <sharenam</DT -><DD -><P -></P -></DD -></DL -></DIV ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN191" +NAME="AEN22" ></A ><H2 >VERSION</H2 @@ -384,7 +87,7 @@ NAME="AEN191" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN194" +NAME="AEN25" ></A ><H2 >AUTHOR</H2 diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html index 05bf860124..76fd5de6ba 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >nmbd</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="NMBD" -></A ->nmbd</H1 +>nmbd</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -38,7 +37,7 @@ NAME="AEN8" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B -> [-D] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-P] [-h] [-V] [-d <debug level>] [-H <lmhosts file>] [-l <log directory>] [-n <primary netbios name>] [-p <port number>] [-s <configuration file>]</P +> [-D] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-P] [-h] [-V] [-d <debug level>] [-H <lmhosts file>] [-l <log directory>] [-n <primary netbios name>] [-p <port number>] [-s <configuration file>]</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" @@ -72,12 +71,8 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" specified it will respond with the IP number of the host it is running on. Its "own NetBIOS name" is by default the primary DNS name of the host it is running on, - but this can be overridden with the <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->-n</I -></SPAN + but this can be overridden with the <EM +>-n</EM > option (see OPTIONS below). Thus <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -111,7 +106,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B > can act as a WINS proxy, relaying broadcast queries from clients that do - not understand how to talk the WINS protocol to a WINS + not understand how to talk the WINS protocol to a WIN server.</P ></DIV ><DIV @@ -163,7 +158,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >If this parameter is specified it causes the server to run "interactively", not as a daemon, even if the server is executed on the command line of a shell. Setting this - parameter negates the implicit daemon mode when run from the + parameter negates the implicit deamon mode when run from the command line. </P ></DD @@ -190,7 +185,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >.</P ></DD ><DT ->-H <filename></DT +>-H <filename></DT ><DD ><P >NetBIOS lmhosts file. The lmhosts @@ -209,24 +204,16 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></A > to resolve any NetBIOS name queries needed by the server. Note - that the contents of this file are <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->NOT</I -></SPAN + that the contents of this file are <EM +>NOT</EM > used by <B CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B > to answer any name queries. Adding a line to this file affects name NetBIOS resolution - from this host <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->ONLY</I -></SPAN + from this host <EM +>ONLY</EM >.</P ><P >The default path to this file is compiled into @@ -242,16 +229,15 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/lmhosts</TT ->. See the - <A +>. See the <A HREF="lmhosts.5.html" TARGET="_top" -><TT +> <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >lmhosts(5)</TT ></A -> - man page for details on the contents of this file.</P +> man page for details on the + contents of this file.</P ></DD ><DT >-V</DT @@ -264,7 +250,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >.</P ></DD ><DT ->-d <debug level></DT +>-d <debug level></DT ><DD ><P >debuglevel is an integer @@ -295,21 +281,21 @@ HREF="smb.conf.5.html" TARGET="_top" ><TT CLASS="FILENAME" -> smb.conf(5)</TT +> smb.conf</TT ></A > file.</P ></DD ><DT ->-l <log directory></DT +>-l <log directory></DT ><DD ><P >The -l parameter specifies a directory into which the "log.nmbd" log file will be created - for operational data from the running <B + for operational data from the running + <B CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B -> - server. The default log directory is compiled into Samba +> server. The default log directory is compiled into Samba as part of the build process. Common defaults are <TT CLASS="FILENAME" > /usr/local/samba/var/log.nmb</TT @@ -320,12 +306,8 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >/var/log/log.nmb</TT ->. <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->Beware:</I -></SPAN +>. <EM +>Beware:</EM > If the directory specified does not exist, <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -335,7 +317,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" </P ></DD ><DT ->-n <primary NetBIOS name></DT +>-n <primary NetBIOS name></DT ><DD ><P >This option allows you to override @@ -360,7 +342,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >.</P ></DD ><DT ->-p <UDP port number></DT +>-p <UDP port number></DT ><DD ><P >UDP port number is a positive integer value. @@ -373,7 +355,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" won't need help!</P ></DD ><DT ->-s <configuration file></DT +>-s <configuration file></DT ><DD ><P >The default configuration file name @@ -523,12 +505,8 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >If <B CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B -> is acting as a <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" -> browse master</I -></SPAN +> is acting as a <EM +> browse master</EM > (see the <A HREF="smb.conf.5.html#LOCALMASTER" TARGET="_top" @@ -568,12 +546,8 @@ NAME="AEN178" CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B > process it is recommended - that SIGKILL (-9) <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->NOT</I -></SPAN + that SIGKILL (-9) <EM +>NOT</EM > be used, except as a last resort, as this may leave the name database in an inconsistent state. The correct way to terminate <B diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html index 0209c4bd2b..c87d7d35db 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >nmblookup</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="NMBLOOKUP" -></A ->nmblookup</H1 +>nmblookup</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -38,7 +37,7 @@ NAME="AEN8" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >nmblookup</B -> [-M] [-R] [-S] [-r] [-A] [-h] [-B <broadcast address>] [-U <unicast address>] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-i <NetBIOS scope>] [-T] {name}</P +> [-M] [-R] [-S] [-r] [-A] [-h] [-B <broadcast address>] [-U <unicast address>] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-i <NetBIOS scope>] [-T] {name}</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" @@ -157,7 +156,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE" >Print a help (usage) message.</P ></DD ><DT ->-B <broadcast address></DT +>-B <broadcast address></DT ><DD ><P >Send the query to the given broadcast address. Without @@ -180,7 +179,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" </P ></DD ><DT ->-U <unicast address></DT +>-U <unicast address></DT ><DD ><P >Do a unicast query to the specified address or @@ -199,7 +198,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" query a WINS server.</P ></DD ><DT ->-d <debuglevel></DT +>-d <debuglevel></DT ><DD ><P >debuglevel is an integer from 0 to 10.</P @@ -235,7 +234,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > file.</P ></DD ><DT ->-s <smb.conf></DT +>-s <smb.conf></DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies the pathname to @@ -247,7 +246,7 @@ TARGET="_top" the Samba setup on the machine.</P ></DD ><DT ->-i <scope></DT +>-i <scope></DT ><DD ><P >This specifies a NetBIOS scope that @@ -257,12 +256,8 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > will use to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names. For details on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001.txt and rfc1002.txt. NetBIOS scopes are - <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->very</I -></SPAN + <EM +>very</EM > rarely used, only set this parameter if you are the system administrator in charge of all the NetBIOS systems you communicate with.</P @@ -275,12 +270,8 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" lookup to be looked up via a reverse DNS lookup into a DNS name, and printed out before each</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->IP address .... NetBIOS name</I -></SPAN +><EM +>IP address .... NetBIOS name</EM ></P ><P > pair that is the normal output.</P @@ -292,7 +283,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" >This is the NetBIOS name being queried. Depending upon the previous options this may be a NetBIOS name or IP address. If a NetBIOS name then the different name types may be specified - by appending '#<type>' to the name. This name may also be + by appending '#<type>' to the name. This name may also be '*', which will return all registered names within a broadcast area.</P ></DD diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/other-clients.html b/docs/htmldocs/other-clients.html deleted file mode 100644 index b2a0ff23b2..0000000000 --- a/docs/htmldocs/other-clients.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,586 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> -<HTML -><HEAD -><TITLE ->Samba and other CIFS clients</TITLE -><META -NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="Samba performance issues" -HREF="speed.html"><LINK -REL="NEXT" -TITLE="HOWTO Access Samba source code via CVS" -HREF="cvs-access.html"></HEAD -><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" -BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" -TEXT="#000000" -LINK="#0000FF" -VLINK="#840084" -ALINK="#0000FF" -><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="speed.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="cvs-access.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" -><H1 -><A -NAME="OTHER-CLIENTS" -></A ->Chapter 18. Samba and other CIFS clients</H1 -><P ->This chapter contains client-specific information.</P -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN2953" -></A ->18.1. Macintosh clients?</H1 -><P ->Yes. <A -HREF="http://www.thursby.com/" -TARGET="_top" ->Thursby</A -> now have a CIFS Client / Server called DAVE - see</P -><P ->They test it against Windows 95, Windows NT and samba for -compatibility issues. At the time of writing, DAVE was at version -1.0.1. The 1.0.0 to 1.0.1 update is available as a free download from -the Thursby web site (the speed of finder copies has been greatly -enhanced, and there are bug-fixes included).</P -><P -> -Alternatives - There are two free implementations of AppleTalk for -several kinds of UNIX machnes, and several more commercial ones. -These products allow you to run file services and print services -natively to Macintosh users, with no additional support required on -the Macintosh. The two free omplementations are -<A -HREF="http://www.umich.edu/~rsug/netatalk/" -TARGET="_top" ->Netatalk</A ->, and -<A -HREF="http://www.cs.mu.oz.au/appletalk/atalk.html" -TARGET="_top" ->CAP</A ->. -What Samba offers MS -Windows users, these packages offer to Macs. For more info on these -packages, Samba, and Linux (and other UNIX-based systems) see -<A -HREF="http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html" -TARGET="_top" ->http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html</A -></P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN2962" -></A ->18.2. OS2 Client</H1 -><DIV -CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 -CLASS="SECT2" -><A -NAME="AEN2964" -></A ->18.2.1. How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or - OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</H2 -><P ->A more complete answer to this question can be - found on <A -HREF="http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/warp.html" -TARGET="_top" -> http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/warp.html</A ->.</P -><P ->Basically, you need three components:</P -><P -></P -><UL -><LI -><P ->The File and Print Client ('IBM Peer') - </P -></LI -><LI -><P ->TCP/IP ('Internet support') - </P -></LI -><LI -><P ->The "NetBIOS over TCP/IP" driver ('TCPBEUI') - </P -></LI -></UL -><P ->Installing the first two together with the base operating - system on a blank system is explained in the Warp manual. If Warp - has already been installed, but you now want to install the - networking support, use the "Selective Install for Networking" - object in the "System Setup" folder.</P -><P ->Adding the "NetBIOS over TCP/IP" driver is not described - in the manual and just barely in the online documentation. Start - MPTS.EXE, click on OK, click on "Configure LAPS" and click - on "IBM OS/2 NETBIOS OVER TCP/IP" in 'Protocols'. This line - is then moved to 'Current Configuration'. Select that line, - click on "Change number" and increase it from 0 to 1. Save this - configuration.</P -><P ->If the Samba server(s) is not on your local subnet, you - can optionally add IP names and addresses of these servers - to the "Names List", or specify a WINS server ('NetBIOS - Nameserver' in IBM and RFC terminology). For Warp Connect you - may need to download an update for 'IBM Peer' to bring it on - the same level as Warp 4. See the webpage mentioned above.</P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 -CLASS="SECT2" -><A -NAME="AEN2979" -></A ->18.2.2. How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), - OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</H2 -><P ->You can use the free Microsoft LAN Manager 2.2c Client - for OS/2 from - <A -HREF="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/BusSys/Clients/LANMAN.OS2/" -TARGET="_top" -> ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/BusSys/Clients/LANMAN.OS2/</A ->. - See <A -HREF="http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/lanman.html" -TARGET="_top" -> http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/lanman.html</A -> for - more information on how to install and use this client. In - a nutshell, edit the file \OS2VER in the root directory of - the OS/2 boot partition and add the lines:</P -><P -><PRE -CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" -> 20=setup.exe - 20=netwksta.sys - 20=netvdd.sys - </PRE -></P -><P ->before you install the client. Also, don't use the - included NE2000 driver because it is buggy. Try the NE2000 - or NS2000 driver from - <A -HREF="ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/pub/os2/network/ndis/" -TARGET="_top" -> ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/pub/os2/network/ndis/</A -> instead. - </P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 -CLASS="SECT2" -><A -NAME="AEN2988" -></A ->18.2.3. Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version) - is used as a client?</H2 -><P ->When you do a NET VIEW or use the "File and Print - Client Resource Browser", no Samba servers show up. This can - be fixed by a patch from <A -HREF="http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/fix.html" -TARGET="_top" -> http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/fix.html</A ->. - The patch will be included in a later version of Samba. It also - fixes a couple of other problems, such as preserving long - filenames when objects are dragged from the Workplace Shell - to the Samba server. </P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 -CLASS="SECT2" -><A -NAME="AEN2992" -></A ->18.2.4. How do I get printer driver download working - for OS/2 clients?</H2 -><P ->First, create a share called [PRINTDRV] that is - world-readable. Copy your OS/2 driver files there. Note - that the .EA_ files must still be separate, so you will need - to use the original install files, and not copy an installed - driver from an OS/2 system.</P -><P ->Install the NT driver first for that printer. Then, - add to your smb.conf a parameter, os2 driver map = - <TT -CLASS="REPLACEABLE" -><I ->filename</I -></TT ->". Then, in the file - specified by <TT -CLASS="REPLACEABLE" -><I ->filename</I -></TT ->, map the - name of the NT driver name to the OS/2 driver name as - follows:</P -><P -><B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->nt driver name = os2 "driver - name"."device name"</B ->, e.g.: - HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET.HP LaserJet 5L</P -><P ->You can have multiple drivers mapped in this file.</P -><P ->If you only specify the OS/2 driver name, and not the - device name, the first attempt to download the driver will - actually download the files, but the OS/2 client will tell - you the driver is not available. On the second attempt, it - will work. This is fixed simply by adding the device name - to the mapping, after which it will work on the first attempt. - </P -></DIV -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN3002" -></A ->18.3. Windows for Workgroups</H1 -><DIV -CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 -CLASS="SECT2" -><A -NAME="AEN3004" -></A ->18.3.1. Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</H2 -><P ->Use the latest TCP/IP stack from microsoft if you use Windows -for workgroups.</P -><P ->The early TCP/IP stacks had lots of bugs.</P -><P -> -Microsoft has released an incremental upgrade to their TCP/IP 32-Bit -VxD drivers. The latest release can be found on their ftp site at -ftp.microsoft.com, located in /peropsys/windows/public/tcpip/wfwt32.exe. -There is an update.txt file there that describes the problems that were -fixed. New files include WINSOCK.DLL, TELNET.EXE, WSOCK.386, VNBT.386, -WSTCP.386, TRACERT.EXE, NETSTAT.EXE, and NBTSTAT.EXE.</P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 -CLASS="SECT2" -><A -NAME="AEN3009" -></A ->18.3.2. Delete .pwl files after password change</H2 -><P ->WfWg does a lousy job with passwords. I find that if I change my -password on either the unix box or the PC the safest thing to do is to -delete the .pwl files in the windows directory. The PC will complain about not finding the files, but will soon get over it, allowing you to enter the new password.</P -><P -> -If you don't do this you may find that WfWg remembers and uses the old -password, even if you told it a new one.</P -><P -> -Often WfWg will totally ignore a password you give it in a dialog box.</P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 -CLASS="SECT2" -><A -NAME="AEN3014" -></A ->18.3.3. Configure WfW password handling</H2 -><P ->There is a program call admincfg.exe -on the last disk (disk 8) of the WFW 3.11 disk set. To install it -type EXPAND A:\ADMINCFG.EX_ C:\WINDOWS\ADMINCFG.EXE Then add an icon -for it via the "Progam Manager" "New" Menu. This program allows you -to control how WFW handles passwords. ie disable Password Caching etc -for use with <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->security = user</B -></P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 -CLASS="SECT2" -><A -NAME="AEN3018" -></A ->18.3.4. Case handling of passwords</H2 -><P ->Windows for Workgroups uppercases the password before sending it to the server. Unix passwords can be case-sensitive though. Check the <A -HREF="smb.conf.5.html" -TARGET="_top" ->smb.conf(5)</A -> information on <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->password level</B -> to specify what characters samba should try to uppercase when checking.</P -></DIV -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN3023" -></A ->18.4. Windows '95/'98</H1 -><P ->When using Windows 95 OEM SR2 the following updates are recommended where Samba -is being used. Please NOTE that the above change will affect you once these -updates have been installed.</P -><P -> -There are more updates than the ones mentioned here. You are referred to the -Microsoft Web site for all currently available updates to your specific version -of Windows 95.</P -><P -></P -><OL -TYPE="1" -><LI -><P ->Kernel Update: KRNLUPD.EXE</P -></LI -><LI -><P ->Ping Fix: PINGUPD.EXE</P -></LI -><LI -><P ->RPC Update: RPCRTUPD.EXE</P -></LI -><LI -><P ->TCP/IP Update: VIPUPD.EXE</P -></LI -><LI -><P ->Redirector Update: VRDRUPD.EXE</P -></LI -></OL -><P ->Also, if using MS OutLook it is desirable to install the OLEUPD.EXE fix. This -fix may stop your machine from hanging for an extended period when exiting -OutLook and you may also notice a significant speedup when accessing network -neighborhood services.</P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN3039" -></A ->18.5. Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</H1 -><P -> -There are several annoyances with Windows 2000 SP2. One of which -only appears when using a Samba server to host user profiles -to Windows 2000 SP2 clients in a Windows domain. This assumes -that Samba is a member of the domain, but the problem will -likely occur if it is not.</P -><P -> -In order to server profiles successfully to Windows 2000 SP2 -clients (when not operating as a PDC), Samba must have -<B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->nt acl support = no</B -> -added to the file share which houses the roaming profiles. -If this is not done, then the Windows 2000 SP2 client will -complain about not being able to access the profile (Access -Denied) and create multiple copies of it on disk (DOMAIN.user.001, -DOMAIN.user.002, etc...). See the -<A -HREF="smb.conf.5.html" -TARGET="_top" ->smb.conf(5)</A -> man page -for more details on this option. Also note that the -<B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->nt acl support</B -> parameter was formally a global parameter in -releases prior to Samba 2.2.2.</P -><P -> -The following is a minimal profile share:</P -><P -><PRE -CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" -> [profile] - path = /export/profile - create mask = 0600 - directory mask = 0700 - nt acl support = no - read only = no</PRE -></P -><P ->The reason for this bug is that the Win2k SP2 client copies -the security descriptor for the profile which contains -the Samba server's SID, and not the domain SID. The client -compares the SID for SAMBA\user and realizes it is -different that the one assigned to DOMAIN\user. Hence the reason -for the "access denied" message.</P -><P ->By disabling the <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->nt acl support</B -> parameter, Samba will send -the Win2k client a response to the QuerySecurityDescriptor -trans2 call which causes the client to set a default ACL -for the profile. This default ACL includes </P -><P -><B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->DOMAIN\user "Full Control"</B -></P -><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->NOTE : This bug does not occur when using winbind to -create accounts on the Samba host for Domain users.</I -></SPAN -></P -></DIV -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="speed.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="cvs-access.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->Samba performance issues</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" ->HOWTO Access Samba source code via CVS</TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV -></BODY -></HTML ->
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/pdbedit.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/pdbedit.8.html index 3ed3dfe8e9..b1a1dea679 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/pdbedit.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/pdbedit.8.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >pdbedit</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="PDBEDIT" -></A ->pdbedit</H1 +>pdbedit</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -37,12 +36,12 @@ NAME="AEN8" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >pdbedit</B -> [-l] [-v] [-w] [-u username] [-f fullname] [-h homedir] [-d drive] [-s script] [-p profile] [-a] [-m] [-x] [-i passdb-backend] [-e passdb-backend] [-b passdb-backend] [-D debuglevel]</P +> [-l] [-v] [-w] [-u username] [-f fullname] [-h homedir] [-d drive] [-s script] [-p profile] [-a] [-m] [-x] [-i passdb-backend] [-e passdb-backend] [-D debuglevel]</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN27" +NAME="AEN26" ></A ><H2 >DESCRIPTION</H2 @@ -54,11 +53,11 @@ TARGET="_top" > suite.</P ><P >The pdbedit program is used to manage the users accounts - stored in the sam database and can only be run by root.</P + stored in the sam database and can be run only by root.</P ><P ->The pdbedit tool uses the passdb modular interface and is +>The pdbedit tool use the passdb modular interface and is independent from the kind of users database used (currently there - are smbpasswd, ldap, nis+ and tdb based and more can be added + are smbpasswd, ldap, nis+ and tdb based and more can be addedd without changing the tool).</P ><P >There are five main ways to use pdbedit: adding a user account, @@ -68,7 +67,7 @@ TARGET="_top" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN34" +NAME="AEN33" ></A ><H2 >OPTIONS</H2 @@ -81,7 +80,7 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST" >-l</DT ><DD ><P ->This option lists all the user accounts +>This option list all the user accounts present in the users database. This option prints a list of user/uid pairs separated by the ':' character.</P @@ -91,19 +90,28 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >pdbedit -l</B ></P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > sorce:500:Simo Sorce samba:45:Test User </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DD ><DT >-v</DT ><DD ><P ->This option enables the verbose listing format. - It causes pdbedit to list the users in the database, printing +>This option sets the verbose listing format. + It will make pdbedit list the users in the database printing out the account fields in a descriptive format.</P ><P >Example: <B @@ -111,6 +119,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >pdbedit -l -v</B ></P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > --------------- @@ -132,6 +146,9 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" Logon Script: Profile Path: \\BERSERKER\profile </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DD ><DT @@ -139,7 +156,7 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ><DD ><P >This option sets the "smbpasswd" listing format. - It will make pdbedit list the users in the database, printing + It will make pdbedit list the users in the database printing out the account fields in a format compatible with the <TT CLASS="FILENAME" @@ -158,32 +175,33 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >pdbedit -l -w</B ></P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > sorce:500:508818B733CE64BEAAD3B435B51404EE:D2A2418EFC466A8A0F6B1DBB5C3DB80C:[UX ]:LCT-00000000: samba:45:0F2B255F7B67A7A9AAD3B435B51404EE:BC281CE3F53B6A5146629CD4751D3490:[UX ]:LCT-3BFA1E8D: </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DD ><DT >-u username</DT ><DD ><P ->This option specifies the username to be - used for the operation requested (listing, adding, removing). - It is <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->required</I -></SPAN +>This option specifies that the username to be + used for the operation requested (listing, adding, removing) + It is <EM +>required</EM > in add, remove and modify - operations and <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->optional</I -></SPAN + operations and <EM +>optional</EM > in list operations.</P ></DD @@ -261,18 +279,27 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><DD ><P >This option is used to add a user into the - database. This command needs a user name specified with - the -u switch. When adding a new user, pdbedit will also - ask for the password to be used.</P + database. This command need the user name be specified with + the -u switch. When adding a new user pdbedit will also + ask for the password to be used</P ><P >Example: <B CLASS="COMMAND" >pdbedit -a -u sorce</B > - <PRE + <TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD +><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >new password: retype new password</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE > </P ></DD @@ -301,7 +328,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><DD ><P >This option causes pdbedit to delete an account - from the database. It needs a username specified with the + from the database. It need the username be specified with the -u switch.</P ><P >Example: <B @@ -313,52 +340,37 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >-i passdb-backend</DT ><DD ><P ->Use a different passdb backend to retrieve users - than the one specified in smb.conf. Can be used to import data into - your local user database.</P +>Use a different passdb backend to retrieve users than the one specified in smb.conf.</P ><P ->This option will ease migration from one passdb backend to - another.</P +>This option will ease migration from one passdb backend to another. + </P ><P >Example: <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->pdbedit -i smbpasswd:/etc/smbpasswd.old - </B -></P +>pdbedit -i smbpasswd:/etc/smbpasswd.old -e tdbsam:/etc/samba/passwd.tdb</B +> + </P ></DD ><DT >-e passdb-backend</DT ><DD ><P ->Exports all currently available users to the - specified password database backend.</P +>Export all currently available users to the specified password database backend.</P ><P ->This option will ease migration from one passdb backend to - another and will ease backing up.</P +>This option will ease migration from one passdb backend to another and will ease backupping</P ><P >Example: <B CLASS="COMMAND" >pdbedit -e smbpasswd:/root/samba-users.backup</B ></P ></DD -><DT ->-b passdb-backend</DT -><DD -><P ->Use a different default passdb backend. </P -><P ->Example: <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->pdbedit -b xml:/root/pdb-backup.xml -l</B -></P -></DD ></DL ></DIV ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN140" +NAME="AEN133" ></A ><H2 >NOTES</H2 @@ -368,7 +380,7 @@ NAME="AEN140" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN143" +NAME="AEN136" ></A ><H2 >VERSION</H2 @@ -379,7 +391,7 @@ NAME="AEN143" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN146" +NAME="AEN139" ></A ><H2 >SEE ALSO</H2 @@ -399,7 +411,7 @@ TARGET="_top" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN151" +NAME="AEN144" ></A ><H2 >AUTHOR</H2 diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/portability.html b/docs/htmldocs/portability.html deleted file mode 100644 index bb5fb3c59c..0000000000 --- a/docs/htmldocs/portability.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,303 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> -<HTML -><HEAD -><TITLE ->Portability</TITLE -><META -NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="Group mapping HOWTO" -HREF="groupmapping.html"></HEAD -><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" -BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" -TEXT="#000000" -LINK="#0000FF" -VLINK="#840084" -ALINK="#0000FF" -><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="groupmapping.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -> </TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" -><H1 -><A -NAME="PORTABILITY" -></A ->Chapter 22. Portability</H1 -><P ->Samba works on a wide range of platforms but the interface all the -platforms provide is not always compatible. This chapter contains -platform-specific information about compiling and using samba.</P -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN3201" -></A ->22.1. HPUX</H1 -><P ->HP's implementation of supplementary groups is, er, non-standard (for -hysterical reasons). There are two group files, /etc/group and -/etc/logingroup; the system maps UIDs to numbers using the former, but -initgroups() reads the latter. Most system admins who know the ropes -symlink /etc/group to /etc/logingroup (hard link doesn't work for reasons -too stupid to go into here). initgroups() will complain if one of the -groups you're in in /etc/logingroup has what it considers to be an invalid -ID, which means outside the range [0..UID_MAX], where UID_MAX is (I think) -60000 currently on HP-UX. This precludes -2 and 65534, the usual 'nobody' -GIDs.</P -><P ->If you encounter this problem, make sure that the programs that are failing -to initgroups() be run as users not in any groups with GIDs outside the -allowed range.</P -><P ->This is documented in the HP manual pages under setgroups(2) and passwd(4).</P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN3206" -></A ->22.2. SCO Unix</H1 -><P -> -If you run an old version of SCO Unix then you may need to get important -TCP/IP patches for Samba to work correctly. Without the patch, you may -encounter corrupt data transfers using samba.</P -><P ->The patch you need is UOD385 Connection Drivers SLS. It is available from -SCO (ftp.sco.com, directory SLS, files uod385a.Z and uod385a.ltr.Z).</P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN3210" -></A ->22.3. DNIX</H1 -><P ->DNIX has a problem with seteuid() and setegid(). These routines are -needed for Samba to work correctly, but they were left out of the DNIX -C library for some reason.</P -><P ->For this reason Samba by default defines the macro NO_EID in the DNIX -section of includes.h. This works around the problem in a limited way, -but it is far from ideal, some things still won't work right.</P -><P -> -To fix the problem properly you need to assemble the following two -functions and then either add them to your C library or link them into -Samba.</P -><P -> -put this in the file <TT -CLASS="FILENAME" ->setegid.s</TT ->:</P -><P -><PRE -CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" -> .globl _setegid -_setegid: - moveq #47,d0 - movl #100,a0 - moveq #1,d1 - movl 4(sp),a1 - trap #9 - bccs 1$ - jmp cerror -1$: - clrl d0 - rts</PRE -></P -><P ->put this in the file <TT -CLASS="FILENAME" ->seteuid.s</TT ->:</P -><P -><PRE -CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" -> .globl _seteuid -_seteuid: - moveq #47,d0 - movl #100,a0 - moveq #0,d1 - movl 4(sp),a1 - trap #9 - bccs 1$ - jmp cerror -1$: - clrl d0 - rts</PRE -></P -><P ->after creating the above files you then assemble them using</P -><P -><B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->as seteuid.s</B -></P -><P -><B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->as setegid.s</B -></P -><P ->that should produce the files <TT -CLASS="FILENAME" ->seteuid.o</TT -> and -<TT -CLASS="FILENAME" ->setegid.o</TT -></P -><P ->then you need to add these to the LIBSM line in the DNIX section of -the Samba Makefile. Your LIBSM line will then look something like this:</P -><P -><PRE -CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ->LIBSM = setegid.o seteuid.o -ln</PRE -></P -><P -> -You should then remove the line:</P -><P -><PRE -CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ->#define NO_EID</PRE -></P -><P ->from the DNIX section of <TT -CLASS="FILENAME" ->includes.h</TT -></P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN3239" -></A ->22.4. RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</H1 -><P ->By default RedHat Rembrandt-II during installation adds an -entry to /etc/hosts as follows: -<PRE -CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" -> 127.0.0.1 loopback "hostname"."domainname"</PRE -></P -><P ->This causes Samba to loop back onto the loopback interface. -The result is that Samba fails to communicate correctly with -the world and therefor may fail to correctly negotiate who -is the master browse list holder and who is the master browser.</P -><P ->Corrective Action: Delete the entry after the word loopback - in the line starting 127.0.0.1</P -></DIV -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="groupmapping.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->Group mapping HOWTO</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV -></BODY -></HTML ->
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/printing.html b/docs/htmldocs/printer_driver2.html index b6f5fb78ce..5a6e6586da 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/printing.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/printer_driver2.html @@ -1,85 +1,36 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >Printing Support in Samba 2.2.x</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists" -HREF="unix-permissions.html"><LINK -REL="NEXT" -TITLE="Debugging Printing Problems" -HREF="printingdebug.html"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="ARTICLE" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#840084" ALINK="#0000FF" ><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="unix-permissions.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="printingdebug.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV +CLASS="ARTICLE" ><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="TITLEPAGE" ><H1 +CLASS="TITLE" ><A NAME="PRINTING" -></A ->Chapter 7. Printing Support in Samba 2.2.x</H1 +>Printing Support in Samba 2.2.x</A +></H1 +><HR></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN905" -></A ->7.1. Introduction</H1 +NAME="AEN3" +>Introduction</A +></H1 ><P >Beginning with the 2.2.0 release, Samba supports the native Windows NT printing mechanisms implemented via @@ -145,13 +96,10 @@ As a side note, Samba does not use these drivers in any way to process spooled files. They are utilized entirely by the clients.</P ><P >The following MS KB article, may be of some help if you are dealing with -Windows 2000 clients: <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +Windows 2000 clients: <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >How to Add Printers with No User Interaction in Windows 2000</I -></SPAN ></P ><P ><A @@ -162,42 +110,30 @@ TARGET="_top" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN927" -></A ->7.2. Configuration</H1 +NAME="AEN25" +>Configuration</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="WARNING" ><P ></P ><TABLE CLASS="WARNING" +BORDER="1" WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" ><TR ><TD -WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" -VALIGN="TOP" -><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/warning.gif" -HSPACE="5" -ALT="Warning"></TD -><TH -ALIGN="LEFT" -VALIGN="CENTER" ><B >[print$] vs. [printer$]</B -></TH +></TD ></TR ><TR ><TD -> </TD -><TD ALIGN="LEFT" -VALIGN="TOP" ><P >Previous versions of Samba recommended using a share named [printer$]. This name was taken from the printer$ service created by Windows 9x @@ -232,7 +168,7 @@ file</I > parameter, are being deprecated and should not be used in new installations. For more information on this change, you should refer to the <A -HREF="printing.html#MIGRATION" +HREF="#MIGRATION" >Migration section</A > of this document.</P @@ -242,12 +178,12 @@ of this document.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN938" -></A ->7.2.1. Creating [print$]</H2 +NAME="AEN36" +>Creating [print$]</A +></H2 ><P >In order to support the uploading of printer driver files, you must first configure a file share named [print$]. @@ -314,35 +250,11 @@ site is configured. If users will be guaranteed to have an account on the Samba host, then this is a non-issue.</P ><DIV CLASS="NOTE" -><P -></P -><TABLE +><BLOCKQUOTE CLASS="NOTE" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="25" -ALIGN="CENTER" -VALIGN="TOP" -><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/note.gif" -HSPACE="5" -ALT="Note"></TD -><TH -ALIGN="LEFT" -VALIGN="CENTER" -><B ->Author's Note</B -></TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -> </TD -><TD -ALIGN="LEFT" -VALIGN="TOP" ><P +><B +>Author's Note: </B >The non-issue is that if all your Windows NT users are guaranteed to be authenticated by the Samba server (such as a domain member server and the NT user has already been validated by the Domain Controller in @@ -360,9 +272,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > in the [global] section as well. Make sure you understand what this parameter does before using it though. --jerry</P -></TD -></TR -></TABLE +></BLOCKQUOTE ></DIV ><P >In order for a Windows NT print server to support @@ -389,30 +299,18 @@ CLASS="WARNING" ></P ><TABLE CLASS="WARNING" +BORDER="1" WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" ><TR ><TD -WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" -VALIGN="TOP" -><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/warning.gif" -HSPACE="5" -ALT="Warning"></TD -><TH -ALIGN="LEFT" -VALIGN="CENTER" ><B >ATTENTION! REQUIRED PERMISSIONS</B -></TH +></TD ></TR ><TR ><TD -> </TD -><TD ALIGN="LEFT" -VALIGN="TOP" ><P >In order to currently add a new driver to you Samba host, one of two conditions must hold true:</P @@ -465,22 +363,19 @@ that matches the printer shares defined on your Samba host.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN973" -></A ->7.2.2. Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</H2 +NAME="AEN71" +>Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</A +></H2 ><P >The initial listing of printers in the Samba host's Printers folder will have no real printer driver assigned to them. By default, in Samba 2.2.0 this driver name was set to -<SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I +<I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >NO PRINTER DRIVER AVAILABLE FOR THIS PRINTER</I -></SPAN >. Later versions changed this to a NULL string to allow the use tof the local Add Printer Wizard on NT/2000 clients. @@ -488,19 +383,16 @@ Attempting to view the printer properties for a printer which has this default driver assigned will result in the error message:</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >Device settings cannot be displayed. The driver for the specified printer is not installed, only spooler properties will be displayed. Do you want to install the driver now?</I -></SPAN ></P ><P >Click "No" in the error dialog and you will be presented with -the printer properties window. The way to assign a driver to a +the printer properties window. The way assign a driver to a printer is to either</P ><P ></P @@ -545,17 +437,17 @@ permissions to the "Everyone" well-known group.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN990" -></A ->7.2.3. Support a large number of printers</H2 +NAME="AEN88" +>Support a large number of printers</A +></H2 ><P >One issue that has arisen during the development phase of Samba 2.2 is the need to support driver downloads for 100's of printers. Using the Windows NT APW is somewhat -awkward to say the list. If more than one printer are using the +awkward to say the least. If more than one printer is using the same driver, the <A HREF="rpcclient.1.html" TARGET="_top" @@ -565,7 +457,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" setdriver command</B ></A > can be used to set the driver -associated with an installed driver. The following is example +associated with an installed driver. The following is an example of how this could be accomplished:</P ><P ><PRE @@ -611,18 +503,18 @@ Successfully set hp-print to driver HP LaserJet 4000 Series PS.</PRE ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1001" -></A ->7.2.4. Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</H2 +NAME="AEN99" +>Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</A +></H2 ><P >By default, Samba offers all printer shares defined in <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >smb.conf</TT > -in the "Printers..." folder. Also existing in this folder is the Windows NT +in the "Printers..." folder. Also in this folder is the Windows NT Add Printer Wizard icon. The APW will be show only if</P ><P ></P @@ -688,7 +580,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >add printer command</I ></TT -> and reparse to the <TT +> and reparse the <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >smb.conf</TT > @@ -714,83 +606,20 @@ printer command</I ></A > for removing entries from the "Printers..." folder.</P -><P ->The following is an example <A -HREF="smb.conf.5.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAN" -TARGET="_top" -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->add printer command</I -></TT -></A -> script. It adds the appropriate entries to <TT -CLASS="FILENAME" ->/etc/printcap.local</TT -> (change that to what you need) and returns a line of 'Done' which is needed for the whole process to work.</P -><PRE -CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ->#!/bin/sh - -# Script to insert a new printer entry into printcap.local -# -# $1, printer name, used as the descriptive name -# $2, share name, used as the printer name for Linux -# $3, port name -# $4, driver name -# $5, location, used for the device file of the printer -# $6, win9x location - -# -# Make sure we use the location that RedHat uses for local printer defs -PRINTCAP=/etc/printcap.local -DATE=`date +%Y%m%d-%H%M%S` -LP=lp -RESTART="service lpd restart" - -# Keep a copy -cp $PRINTCAP $PRINTCAP.$DATE -# Add the printer to $PRINTCAP -echo "" >> $PRINTCAP -echo "$2|$1:\\" >> $PRINTCAP -echo " :sd=/var/spool/lpd/$2:\\" >> $PRINTCAP -echo " :mx=0:ml=0:sh:\\" >> $PRINTCAP -echo " :lp=/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn:" >> $PRINTCAP - -touch "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" >> /tmp/printadd.$$ 2>&1 -chown $LP "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" >> /tmp/printadd.$$ 2>&1 - -mkdir /var/spool/lpd/$2 -chmod 700 /var/spool/lpd/$2 -chown $LP /var/spool/lpd/$2 -#echo $1 >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -#echo $2 >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -#echo $3 >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -#echo $4 >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -#echo $5 >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -#echo $6 >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -$RESTART >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -# Not sure if this is needed -touch /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf -# -# You need to return a value, but I am not sure what it means. -# -echo "Done" -exit 0</PRE ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1031" -></A ->7.2.5. Samba and Printer Ports</H2 +NAME="AEN124" +>Samba and Printer Ports</A +></H2 ><P >Windows NT/2000 print servers associate a port with each printer. These normally take the form of LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:, etc... Samba must also support the concept of ports associated with a printer. By default, only one printer port, -named "Samba Printer Port", exists on a system. Samba does not really a port in +named "Samba Printer Port", exists on a system. Samba does not really need a port in order to print, rather it is a requirement of Windows clients. </P ><P >Note that Samba does not support the concept of "Printer Pooling" internally @@ -817,12 +646,12 @@ that generates a listing of ports on a system.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1039" -></A ->7.3. The Imprints Toolset</H1 +NAME="AEN132" +>The Imprints Toolset</A +></H1 ><P >The Imprints tool set provides a UNIX equivalent of the Windows NT Add Printer Wizard. For complete information, please @@ -835,12 +664,12 @@ TARGET="_top" only provide a brief introduction to the features of Imprints.</P ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1043" -></A ->7.3.1. What is Imprints?</H2 +NAME="AEN136" +>What is Imprints?</A +></H2 ><P >Imprints is a collection of tools for supporting the goals of</P @@ -867,12 +696,12 @@ NAME="AEN1043" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1053" -></A ->7.3.2. Creating Printer Driver Packages</H2 +NAME="AEN146" +>Creating Printer Driver Packages</A +></H2 ><P >The process of creating printer driver packages is beyond the scope of this document (refer to Imprints.txt also included @@ -883,12 +712,12 @@ NAME="AEN1053" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1056" -></A ->7.3.3. The Imprints server</H2 +NAME="AEN149" +>The Imprints server</A +></H2 ><P >The Imprints server is really a database server that may be queried via standard HTTP mechanisms. Each printer @@ -896,23 +725,20 @@ NAME="AEN1056" downloading of the package. Each package is digitally signed via GnuPG which can be used to verify that package downloaded is actually the one referred in the Imprints database. It is - <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I + <I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >not</I -></SPAN > recommended that this security check be disabled.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 +><HR><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1060" -></A ->7.3.4. The Installation Client</H2 +NAME="AEN153" +>The Installation Client</A +></H2 ><P >More information regarding the Imprints installation client is available in the <TT @@ -1001,15 +827,15 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1082" -></A ->7.4. <A +NAME="AEN175" +><A NAME="MIGRATION" ></A ->Migration to from Samba 2.0.x to 2.2.x</H1 +>Migration to from Samba 2.0.x to 2.2.x</A +></H1 ><P >Given that printer driver management has changed (we hope improved) in 2.2 over prior releases, migration from an existing setup to 2.2 can @@ -1080,30 +906,18 @@ CLASS="WARNING" ></P ><TABLE CLASS="WARNING" +BORDER="1" WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" ><TR ><TD -WIDTH="25" ALIGN="CENTER" -VALIGN="TOP" -><IMG -SRC="/docbook-dsssl/warning.gif" -HSPACE="5" -ALT="Warning"></TD -><TH -ALIGN="LEFT" -VALIGN="CENTER" ><B >Achtung!</B -></TH +></TD ></TR ><TR ><TD -> </TD -><TD ALIGN="LEFT" -VALIGN="TOP" ><P >The following <TT CLASS="FILENAME" @@ -1164,68 +978,10 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >use client driver</I ></TT >). Both of -these options are described in the smb.coinf(5) man page and are +these options are described in the smb.conf(5) man page and are disabled by default.</P ></DIV ></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="unix-permissions.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="printingdebug.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" ->Debugging Printing Problems</TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ></BODY ></HTML ->
\ No newline at end of file +> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html index 3669e19b03..9ffca61437 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >rpcclient</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="RPCCLIENT" -></A ->rpcclient</H1 +>rpcclient</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -38,7 +37,7 @@ NAME="AEN8" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >rpcclient</B -> [-A authfile] [-c <command string>] [-d debuglevel] [-h] [-l logfile] [-N] [-s <smb config file>] [-U username[%password]] [-W workgroup] [-N] [-I destinationIP] {server}</P +> [-A authfile] [-c <command string>] [-d debuglevel] [-h] [-l logfile] [-N] [-s <smb config file>] [-U username[%password]] [-W workgroup] [-N] [-I destinationIP] {server}</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" @@ -105,12 +104,21 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" password used in the connection. The format of the file is </P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" -> username = <value> - password = <value> - domain = <value> +> username = <value> + password = <value> + domain = <value> </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Make certain that the permissions on the file restrict @@ -179,8 +187,8 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" >'.client'</TT -> will be appended. The log file is - never removed by the client. +> will be appended. The log file is never removed + by the client. </P ></DD ><DT @@ -194,20 +202,19 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" for a password. By default, <B CLASS="COMMAND" >rpcclient</B -> will - prompt for a password. See also the <TT +> will prompt + for a password. See also the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I >-U</I ></TT -> - option.</P +> option.</P ></DD ><DT >-s|--conf=smb.conf</DT ><DD ><P ->Specifies the location of the all-important +>Specifies the location of the all important <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >smb.conf</TT @@ -236,8 +243,8 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" ><P >A third option is to use a credentials file which contains the plaintext of the username and password. This - option is mainly provided for scripts where the admin does not - wish to pass the credentials on the command line or via environment + option is mainly provided for scripts where the admin doesn't + desire to pass the credentials on the command line or via environment variables. If this method is used, make certain that the permissions on the file restrict access from unwanted users. See the <TT @@ -280,12 +287,8 @@ NAME="AEN101" ><H2 >COMMANDS</H2 ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->LSARPC</I -></SPAN +><EM +>LSARPC</EM ></P ><P ></P @@ -311,7 +314,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >lookupnames</B -> - Resolve a list +> - Resolve s list of usernames to SIDs. </P ></LI @@ -326,12 +329,8 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P > </P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->SAMR</I -></SPAN +><EM +>SAMR</EM ></P ><P ></P @@ -396,12 +395,8 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P > </P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->SPOOLSS</I -></SPAN +><EM +>SPOOLSS</EM ></P ><P ></P @@ -410,7 +405,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><P ><B CLASS="COMMAND" ->adddriver <arch> <config></B +>adddriver <arch> <config></B > - Execute an AddPrinterDriver() RPC to install the printer driver information on the server. Note that the driver files should @@ -437,6 +432,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > parameter is defined as follows: </P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > Long Printer Name:\ @@ -448,6 +449,9 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" Default Data Type:\ Comma Separated list of Files </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Any empty fields should be enter as the string "NULL". </P @@ -463,8 +467,8 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ><P ><B CLASS="COMMAND" ->addprinter <printername> - <sharename> <drivername> <port></B +>addprinter <printername> + <sharename> <drivername> <port></B > - Add a printer on the remote server. This printer will be automatically shared. Be aware that the printer driver @@ -510,9 +514,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P ><B CLASS="COMMAND" ->enumjobs <printer></B +>enumjobs <printer></B > - - List the jobs and status of a given printer. + - List the jobs and status of a given printer. This command corresponds to the MS Platform SDK EnumJobs() function (* This command is currently unimplemented).</P ></LI @@ -552,7 +556,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P ><B CLASS="COMMAND" ->getdata <printername></B +>getdata <printername></B > - Retrieve the data for a given printer setting. See the <B @@ -566,7 +570,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P ><B CLASS="COMMAND" ->getdriver <printername></B +>getdriver <printername></B > - Retrieve the printer driver information (such as driver file, config file, dependent files, etc...) for @@ -578,10 +582,10 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P ><B CLASS="COMMAND" ->getdriverdir <arch></B +>getdriverdir <arch></B > - Execute a GetPrinterDriverDirectory() - RPC to retrieve the SMB share name and subdirectory for + RPC to retreive the SMB share name and subdirectory for storing printer driver files for a given architecture. Possible values for <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" @@ -596,7 +600,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P ><B CLASS="COMMAND" ->getprinter <printername></B +>getprinter <printername></B > - Retrieve the current printer information. This command corresponds to the GetPrinter() MS Platform SDK function. @@ -606,7 +610,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P ><B CLASS="COMMAND" ->openprinter <printername></B +>openprinter <printername></B > - Execute an OpenPrinterEx() and ClosePrinter() RPC against a given printer. </P @@ -615,12 +619,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P ><B CLASS="COMMAND" ->setdriver <printername> - <drivername></B -> - - Execute a SetPrinter() command to update the printer driver - associated with an installed printer. The printer driver must - already be correctly installed on the print server. </P +>setdriver <printername> <drivername></B +> + - Execute a SetPrinter() command to update the printer driver associated + with an installed printer. The printer driver must already be correctly + installed on the print server. </P ><P >See also the <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -634,12 +637,8 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></LI ></UL ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->GENERAL OPTIONS</I -></SPAN +><EM +>GENERAL OPTIONS</EM ></P ><P ></P @@ -649,8 +648,8 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >debuglevel</B -> - Set the current - debug level used to log information.</P +> - Set the current debug level + used to log information.</P ></LI ><LI ><P @@ -692,12 +691,8 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >From Luke Leighton's original rpcclient man page:</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->"WARNING!</I -></SPAN +><EM +>"WARNING!</EM > The MSRPC over SMB code has been developed from examining Network traces. No documentation is available from the original creators (Microsoft) on how MSRPC over diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/samba.7.html b/docs/htmldocs/samba.7.html index 0851e99bd5..6fb9eac578 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/samba.7.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/samba.7.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >samba</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="SAMBA" -></A ->samba</H1 +>samba</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -50,13 +49,8 @@ NAME="AEN11" >The Samba software suite is a collection of programs that implements the Server Message Block (commonly abbreviated as SMB) protocol for UNIX systems. This protocol is sometimes - also referred to as the Common Internet File System (CIFS). For a - more thorough description, see <A -HREF="http://www.ubiqx.org/cifs/" -TARGET="_top" -> http://www.ubiqx.org/cifs/</A ->. Samba also implements the NetBIOS - protocol in nmbd.</P + also referred to as the Common Internet File System (CIFS), + LanManager or NetBIOS protocol.</P ><P ></P ><DIV @@ -93,7 +87,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B > - daemon provides NetBIOS nameservice and browsing + daemon provides NetBIOS nameserving and browsing support. The configuration file for this daemon is described in <TT CLASS="FILENAME" @@ -148,7 +142,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" utility supports testing printer names defined in your <TT CLASS="FILENAME" ->printcap</TT +>printcap></TT > file used by Samba.</P ></DD @@ -220,7 +214,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN76" +NAME="AEN75" ></A ><H2 >COMPONENTS</H2 @@ -229,27 +223,17 @@ NAME="AEN76" component is described in a separate manual page. It is strongly recommended that you read the documentation that comes with Samba and the manual pages of those components that you use. If the - manual pages and documents aren't clear enough then please visit - <A -HREF="http://devel.samba.org/" -TARGET="_top" ->http://devel.samba.org</A -> - for information on how to file a bug report or submit a patch.</P -><P ->If you require help, visit the Samba webpage at - <A -HREF="http://samba.org/" + manual pages aren't clear enough then please send a patch or + bug report to <A +HREF="mailto:samba@samba.org" TARGET="_top" ->http://www.samba.org/</A -> and - explore the many option available to you. - </P +> samba@samba.org</A +></P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN82" +NAME="AEN79" ></A ><H2 >AVAILABILITY</H2 @@ -286,7 +270,7 @@ TARGET="_top" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN90" +NAME="AEN87" ></A ><H2 >VERSION</H2 @@ -297,7 +281,7 @@ NAME="AEN90" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN93" +NAME="AEN90" ></A ><H2 >CONTRIBUTIONS</H2 @@ -311,14 +295,11 @@ TARGET="_top" >. </P ><P ->If you have patches to submit, visit - <A -HREF="http://devel.samba.org/" -TARGET="_top" ->http://devel.samba.org/</A -> - for information on how to do it properly. We prefer patches in - <B +>If you have patches to submit or bugs to report + then you may mail them directly to samba-patches@samba.org. + Note, however, that due to the enormous popularity of this + package the Samba Team may take some time to respond to mail. We + prefer patches in <B CLASS="COMMAND" >diff -u</B > format.</P @@ -326,7 +307,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN100" +NAME="AEN96" ></A ><H2 >CONTRIBUTORS</H2 @@ -358,7 +339,7 @@ TARGET="_top" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN107" +NAME="AEN103" ></A ><H2 >AUTHOR</H2 diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/securitylevels.html b/docs/htmldocs/security_level.html index 20850b99d3..e26e1ea78b 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/securitylevels.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/security_level.html @@ -1,85 +1,36 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >Security levels</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="Debugging Printing Problems" -HREF="printingdebug.html"><LINK -REL="NEXT" -TITLE="security = domain in Samba 2.x" -HREF="domain-security.html"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="ARTICLE" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#0000FF" VLINK="#840084" ALINK="#0000FF" ><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="printingdebug.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="domain-security.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV +CLASS="ARTICLE" ><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" +CLASS="TITLEPAGE" ><H1 +CLASS="TITLE" ><A -NAME="SECURITYLEVELS" -></A ->Chapter 9. Security levels</H1 +NAME="SECURITY_LEVELS" +>Security levels</A +></H1 +><HR></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1231" -></A ->9.1. Introduction</H1 +NAME="AEN3" +>Introduction</A +></H1 ><P >Samba supports the following options to the global smb.conf parameter</P ><P @@ -120,12 +71,12 @@ Windows NT server, the later natively capable of encrypted password support.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 +><HR><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1242" -></A ->9.2. More complete description of security levels</H1 +NAME="AEN14" +>More complete description of security levels</A +></H1 ><P >A SMB server tells the client at startup what "security level" it is running. There are two options "share level" and "user level". Which @@ -213,64 +164,6 @@ to SMB style encryption, although there are some fairly simple management schemes by which the two could be kept in sync.</P ></DIV ></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="printingdebug.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="domain-security.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->Debugging Printing Problems</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" ->security = domain in Samba 2.x</TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV ></BODY ></HTML >
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html b/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html index 14820cb623..5d1cc21da7 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ >smb.conf</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+ +"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -15,9 +16,7 @@ VLINK="#840084" ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A -NAME="SMB.CONF" -></A ->smb.conf</H1 +NAME="SMB.CONF">smb.conf</H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -184,7 +183,7 @@ CLASS="SCREEN" CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT" > [foo] path = /home/bar - read only = no + writeable = true </TT > </PRE @@ -207,9 +206,9 @@ CLASS="SCREEN" CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT" > [aprinter] path = /usr/spool/public - read only = yes - printable = yes - guest ok = yes + writeable = false + printable = true + guest ok = true </TT > </PRE @@ -309,7 +308,7 @@ CLASS="SCREEN" > <TT CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT" > [homes] - read only = no + writeable = yes </TT > </PRE @@ -901,7 +900,7 @@ NAME="AEN255" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT" +HREF="index.html#ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -913,7 +912,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ADDGROUPSCRIPT" +HREF="index.html#ADDGROUPSCRIPT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -925,7 +924,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -937,7 +936,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ADDSHARECOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#ADDSHARECOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -949,7 +948,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ADDUSERSCRIPT" +HREF="index.html#ADDUSERSCRIPT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -961,7 +960,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT" +HREF="index.html#ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -973,7 +972,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ADDMACHINESCRIPT" +HREF="index.html#ADDMACHINESCRIPT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -985,7 +984,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DELETEGROUPSCRIPT" +HREF="index.html#DELETEGROUPSCRIPT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -997,7 +996,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ADSSERVER" +HREF="index.html#ADSSERVER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1009,7 +1008,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ALGORITHMICRIDBASE" +HREF="index.html#ALGORITHMICRIDBASE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1021,7 +1020,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS" +HREF="index.html#ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1033,7 +1032,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ANNOUNCEAS" +HREF="index.html#ANNOUNCEAS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1045,7 +1044,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ANNOUNCEVERSION" +HREF="index.html#ANNOUNCEVERSION" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1057,7 +1056,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#AUTHMETHODS" +HREF="index.html#AUTHMETHODS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1069,7 +1068,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#AUTOSERVICES" +HREF="index.html#AUTOSERVICES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1081,7 +1080,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#BINDINTERFACESONLY" +HREF="index.html#BINDINTERFACESONLY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1093,7 +1092,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#BROWSELIST" +HREF="index.html#BROWSELIST" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1105,7 +1104,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#CHANGENOTIFYTIMEOUT" +HREF="index.html#CHANGENOTIFYTIMEOUT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1117,7 +1116,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#CHANGESHARECOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1129,7 +1128,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#CONFIGFILE" +HREF="index.html#CONFIGFILE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1141,7 +1140,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DEADTIME" +HREF="index.html#DEADTIME" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1153,7 +1152,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP" +HREF="index.html#DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1165,7 +1164,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DEBUGPID" +HREF="index.html#DEBUGPID" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1177,7 +1176,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" +HREF="index.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1189,7 +1188,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DEBUGUID" +HREF="index.html#DEBUGUID" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1201,7 +1200,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DEBUGLEVEL" +HREF="index.html#DEBUGLEVEL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1213,7 +1212,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DEFAULT" +HREF="index.html#DEFAULT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1225,7 +1224,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DEFAULTSERVICE" +HREF="index.html#DEFAULTSERVICE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1237,7 +1236,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1249,7 +1248,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DELETESHARECOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#DELETESHARECOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1261,7 +1260,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DELETEUSERSCRIPT" +HREF="index.html#DELETEUSERSCRIPT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1273,7 +1272,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT" +HREF="index.html#DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1285,7 +1284,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DFREECOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#DFREECOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1297,7 +1296,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DISABLENETBIOS" +HREF="index.html#DISABLENETBIOS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1309,7 +1308,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DISABLESPOOLSS" +HREF="index.html#DISABLESPOOLSS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1321,7 +1320,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DISPLAYCHARSET" +HREF="index.html#DISPLAYCHARSET" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1333,7 +1332,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DNSPROXY" +HREF="index.html#DNSPROXY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1345,11 +1344,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DOMAINLOGONS" +HREF="index.html#DOMAINADMINGROUP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->domain logons</I +>domain admin group</I ></TT ></A ></P @@ -1357,11 +1356,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DOMAINMASTER" +HREF="index.html#DOMAINGUESTGROUP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->domain master</I +>domain guest group</I ></TT ></A ></P @@ -1369,11 +1368,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DOSCHARSET" +HREF="index.html#DOMAINLOGONS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->dos charset</I +>domain logons</I ></TT ></A ></P @@ -1381,11 +1380,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" +HREF="index.html#DOMAINMASTER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->encrypt passwords</I +>domain master</I ></TT ></A ></P @@ -1393,11 +1392,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ENHANCEDBROWSING" +HREF="index.html#DOSCHARSET" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->enhanced browsing</I +>dos charset</I ></TT ></A ></P @@ -1405,11 +1404,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ENUMPORTSCOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->enumports command</I +>encrypt passwords</I ></TT ></A ></P @@ -1417,11 +1416,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#GETWDCACHE" +HREF="index.html#ENHANCEDBROWSING" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->getwd cache</I +>enhanced browsing</I ></TT ></A ></P @@ -1429,11 +1428,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#HIDELOCALUSERS" +HREF="index.html#ENUMPORTSCOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->hide local users</I +>enumports command</I ></TT ></A ></P @@ -1441,11 +1440,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#HIDEUNREADABLE" +HREF="index.html#GETWDCACHE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->hide unreadable</I +>getwd cache</I ></TT ></A ></P @@ -1453,11 +1452,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES" +HREF="index.html#HIDELOCALUSERS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->hide unwriteable files</I +>hide local users</I ></TT ></A ></P @@ -1465,11 +1464,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#HIDESPECIALFILES" +HREF="index.html#HIDEUNREADABLE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->hide special files</I +>hide unreadable</I ></TT ></A ></P @@ -1477,7 +1476,19 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#HOMEDIRMAP" +HREF="index.html#HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES" +><TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +>hide unwriteable files</I +></TT +></A +></P +></LI +><LI +><P +><A +HREF="index.html#HOMEDIRMAP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1489,7 +1500,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#HOSTMSDFS" +HREF="index.html#HOSTMSDFS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1501,7 +1512,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#HOSTNAMELOOKUPS" +HREF="index.html#HOSTNAMELOOKUPS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1513,7 +1524,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#HOSTSEQUIV" +HREF="index.html#HOSTSEQUIV" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1525,7 +1536,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#INTERFACES" +HREF="index.html#INTERFACES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1537,7 +1548,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#KEEPALIVE" +HREF="index.html#KEEPALIVE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1549,7 +1560,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#KERNELOPLOCKS" +HREF="index.html#KERNELOPLOCKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1561,7 +1572,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LANMANAUTH" +HREF="index.html#LANMANAUTH" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1573,7 +1584,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LARGEREADWRITE" +HREF="index.html#LARGEREADWRITE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1585,7 +1596,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LDAPADMINDN" +HREF="index.html#LDAPADMINDN" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1597,7 +1608,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LDAPFILTER" +HREF="index.html#LDAPFILTER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1609,7 +1620,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LDAPSSL" +HREF="index.html#LDAPSSL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1621,7 +1632,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LDAPSUFFIX" +HREF="index.html#LDAPSUFFIX" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1633,23 +1644,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LDAPUSERSUFFIX" -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->ldap user suffix</I -></TT -></A -></P -></LI -><LI -><P -><A -HREF="#LDAPMACHINESUFFIX" +HREF="index.html#LDAPUSERSUFFIX" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->ldap machine suffix</I +>ldap suffix</I ></TT ></A ></P @@ -1657,11 +1656,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LDAPPASSWDSYNC" +HREF="index.html#LDAPMACHINESUFFIX" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->ldap passwd sync</I +>ldap suffix</I ></TT ></A ></P @@ -1669,7 +1668,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LMANNOUNCE" +HREF="index.html#LMANNOUNCE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1681,7 +1680,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LMINTERVAL" +HREF="index.html#LMINTERVAL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1693,7 +1692,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LOADPRINTERS" +HREF="index.html#LOADPRINTERS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1705,7 +1704,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LOCALMASTER" +HREF="index.html#LOCALMASTER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1717,7 +1716,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LOCKDIR" +HREF="index.html#LOCKDIR" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1729,7 +1728,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LOCKDIRECTORY" +HREF="index.html#LOCKDIRECTORY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1741,7 +1740,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LOCKSPINCOUNT" +HREF="index.html#LOCKSPINCOUNT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1753,7 +1752,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LOCKSPINTIME" +HREF="index.html#LOCKSPINTIME" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1765,7 +1764,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PIDDIRECTORY" +HREF="index.html#PIDDIRECTORY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1777,7 +1776,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LOGFILE" +HREF="index.html#LOGFILE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1789,7 +1788,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LOGLEVEL" +HREF="index.html#LOGLEVEL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1801,7 +1800,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LOGONDRIVE" +HREF="index.html#LOGONDRIVE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1813,7 +1812,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LOGONHOME" +HREF="index.html#LOGONHOME" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1825,7 +1824,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LOGONPATH" +HREF="index.html#LOGONPATH" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1837,7 +1836,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LOGONSCRIPT" +HREF="index.html#LOGONSCRIPT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1849,7 +1848,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LPQCACHETIME" +HREF="index.html#LPQCACHETIME" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1861,7 +1860,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT" +HREF="index.html#MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1873,7 +1872,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MANGLEDSTACK" +HREF="index.html#MANGLEDSTACK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1885,7 +1884,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MAPTOGUEST" +HREF="index.html#MAPTOGUEST" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1897,7 +1896,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MAXDISKSIZE" +HREF="index.html#MAXDISKSIZE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1909,7 +1908,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MAXLOGSIZE" +HREF="index.html#MAXLOGSIZE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1921,7 +1920,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MAXMUX" +HREF="index.html#MAXMUX" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1933,7 +1932,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MAXOPENFILES" +HREF="index.html#MAXOPENFILES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1945,7 +1944,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MAXPROTOCOL" +HREF="index.html#MAXPROTOCOL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1957,7 +1956,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MAXSMBDPROCESSES" +HREF="index.html#MAXSMBDPROCESSES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1969,7 +1968,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MAXTTL" +HREF="index.html#MAXTTL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1981,7 +1980,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MAXWINSTTL" +HREF="index.html#MAXWINSTTL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -1993,7 +1992,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MAXXMIT" +HREF="index.html#MAXXMIT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2005,7 +2004,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MESSAGECOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#MESSAGECOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2017,7 +2016,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MINPASSWDLENGTH" +HREF="index.html#MINPASSWDLENGTH" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2029,7 +2028,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MINPASSWORDLENGTH" +HREF="index.html#MINPASSWORDLENGTH" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2041,7 +2040,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MINPROTOCOL" +HREF="index.html#MINPROTOCOL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2053,7 +2052,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MINWINSTTL" +HREF="index.html#MINWINSTTL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2065,7 +2064,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#NAMECACHETIMEOUT" +HREF="index.html#NAMECACHETIMEOUT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2077,7 +2076,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#NAMERESOLVEORDER" +HREF="index.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2089,7 +2088,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#NETBIOSALIASES" +HREF="index.html#NETBIOSALIASES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2101,7 +2100,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#NETBIOSNAME" +HREF="index.html#NETBIOSNAME" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2113,7 +2112,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#NETBIOSSCOPE" +HREF="index.html#NETBIOSSCOPE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2125,7 +2124,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#NISHOMEDIR" +HREF="index.html#NISHOMEDIR" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2137,7 +2136,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#NTLMAUTH" +HREF="index.html#NTLMAUTH" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2149,7 +2148,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE" +HREF="index.html#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2161,7 +2160,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#NTPIPESUPPORT" +HREF="index.html#NTPIPESUPPORT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2173,7 +2172,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#NTSTATUSSUPPORT" +HREF="index.html#NTSTATUSSUPPORT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2185,7 +2184,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#NULLPASSWORDS" +HREF="index.html#NULLPASSWORDS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2197,7 +2196,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS" +HREF="index.html#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2209,7 +2208,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME" +HREF="index.html#OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2221,7 +2220,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#OSLEVEL" +HREF="index.html#OSLEVEL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2233,7 +2232,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#OS2DRIVERMAP" +HREF="index.html#OS2DRIVERMAP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2245,7 +2244,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" +HREF="index.html#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2257,7 +2256,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PANICACTION" +HREF="index.html#PANICACTION" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2269,7 +2268,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY" +HREF="index.html#PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2281,7 +2280,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PASSDBBACKEND" +HREF="index.html#PASSDBBACKEND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2293,7 +2292,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PASSWDCHAT" +HREF="index.html#PASSWDCHAT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2305,7 +2304,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PASSWDCHATDEBUG" +HREF="index.html#PASSWDCHATDEBUG" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2317,7 +2316,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM" +HREF="index.html#PASSWDPROGRAM" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2329,7 +2328,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PASSWORDLEVEL" +HREF="index.html#PASSWORDLEVEL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2341,7 +2340,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PASSWORDSERVER" +HREF="index.html#PASSWORDSERVER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2353,7 +2352,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PREFEREDMASTER" +HREF="index.html#PREFEREDMASTER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2365,7 +2364,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PREFERREDMASTER" +HREF="index.html#PREFERREDMASTER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2377,7 +2376,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PRELOAD" +HREF="index.html#PRELOAD" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2389,7 +2388,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PRINTCAP" +HREF="index.html#PRINTCAP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2401,7 +2400,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PRINTCAPNAME" +HREF="index.html#PRINTCAPNAME" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2413,7 +2412,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PRINTERDRIVERFILE" +HREF="index.html#PRINTERDRIVERFILE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2425,7 +2424,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PRIVATEDIR" +HREF="index.html#PRIVATEDIR" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2437,7 +2436,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PROTOCOL" +HREF="index.html#PROTOCOL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2449,7 +2448,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#READBMPX" +HREF="index.html#READBMPX" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2461,7 +2460,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#READRAW" +HREF="index.html#READRAW" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2473,7 +2472,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#READSIZE" +HREF="index.html#READSIZE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2485,7 +2484,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#REALM" +HREF="index.html#REALM" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2497,7 +2496,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#REMOTEANNOUNCE" +HREF="index.html#REMOTEANNOUNCE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2509,7 +2508,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#REMOTEBROWSESYNC" +HREF="index.html#REMOTEBROWSESYNC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2521,7 +2520,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#RESTRICTANONYMOUS" +HREF="index.html#RESTRICTANONYMOUS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2533,7 +2532,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ROOT" +HREF="index.html#ROOT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2545,7 +2544,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ROOTDIR" +HREF="index.html#ROOTDIR" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2557,7 +2556,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ROOTDIRECTORY" +HREF="index.html#ROOTDIRECTORY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2569,7 +2568,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#SECURITY" +HREF="index.html#SECURITY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2581,7 +2580,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#SERVERSTRING" +HREF="index.html#SERVERSTRING" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2593,7 +2592,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD" +HREF="index.html#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2605,7 +2604,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT" +HREF="index.html#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2617,7 +2616,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#SMBPASSWDFILE" +HREF="index.html#SMBPASSWDFILE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2629,7 +2628,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#SMBPORTS" +HREF="index.html#SMBPORTS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2641,7 +2640,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#SOCKETADDRESS" +HREF="index.html#SOCKETADDRESS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2653,7 +2652,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#SOCKETOPTIONS" +HREF="index.html#SOCKETOPTIONS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2665,7 +2664,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#SOURCEENVIRONMENT" +HREF="index.html#SOURCEENVIRONMENT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2677,7 +2676,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#SPNEGO" +HREF="index.html#SPNEGO" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2689,7 +2688,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#STATCACHE" +HREF="index.html#STATCACHE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2701,7 +2700,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#STATCACHESIZE" +HREF="index.html#STATCACHESIZE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2713,7 +2712,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#STRIPDOT" +HREF="index.html#STRIPDOT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2725,7 +2724,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#SYSLOG" +HREF="index.html#SYSLOG" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2737,7 +2736,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#SYSLOGONLY" +HREF="index.html#SYSLOGONLY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2749,7 +2748,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR" +HREF="index.html#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2761,7 +2760,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#TEMPLATESHELL" +HREF="index.html#TEMPLATESHELL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2773,7 +2772,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#TIMEOFFSET" +HREF="index.html#TIMEOFFSET" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2785,7 +2784,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#TIMESERVER" +HREF="index.html#TIMESERVER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2797,7 +2796,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#TIMESTAMPLOGS" +HREF="index.html#TIMESTAMPLOGS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2809,7 +2808,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#TOTALPRINTJOBS" +HREF="index.html#TOTALPRINTJOBS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2821,7 +2820,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#UNICODE" +HREF="index.html#UNICODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2833,7 +2832,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#UNIXCHARSET" +HREF="index.html#UNIXCHARSET" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2845,7 +2844,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#UNIXEXTENSIONS" +HREF="index.html#UNIXEXTENSIONS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2857,7 +2856,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" +HREF="index.html#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2869,7 +2868,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#UPDATEENCRYPTED" +HREF="index.html#UPDATEENCRYPTED" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2881,7 +2880,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#USEMMAP" +HREF="index.html#USEMMAP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2893,7 +2892,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#USERHOSTS" +HREF="index.html#USERHOSTS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2905,19 +2904,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#USESENDFILE" -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->use sendfile</I -></TT -></A -></P -></LI -><LI -><P -><A -HREF="#USERNAMELEVEL" +HREF="index.html#USERNAMELEVEL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2929,7 +2916,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#USERNAMEMAP" +HREF="index.html#USERNAMEMAP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2941,7 +2928,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#UTMP" +HREF="index.html#UTMP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2953,7 +2940,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#UTMPDIRECTORY" +HREF="index.html#UTMPDIRECTORY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2965,7 +2952,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WTMPDIRECTORY" +HREF="index.html#WTMPDIRECTORY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2977,7 +2964,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WINBINDCACHETIME" +HREF="index.html#WINBINDCACHETIME" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -2989,7 +2976,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WINBINDENUMUSERS" +HREF="index.html#WINBINDENUMUSERS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3001,7 +2988,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WINBINDENUMGROUPS" +HREF="index.html#WINBINDENUMGROUPS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3013,7 +3000,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WINBINDGID" +HREF="index.html#WINBINDGID" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3025,7 +3012,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WINBINDSEPARATOR" +HREF="index.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3037,7 +3024,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WINBINDUID" +HREF="index.html#WINBINDUID" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3049,7 +3036,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN" +HREF="index.html#WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3061,7 +3048,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WINSHOOK" +HREF="index.html#WINSHOOK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3073,7 +3060,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WINSPARTNERS" +HREF="index.html#WINSPARTNERS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3085,7 +3072,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WINSPROXY" +HREF="index.html#WINSPROXY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3097,7 +3084,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WINSSERVER" +HREF="index.html#WINSSERVER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3109,7 +3096,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WINSSUPPORT" +HREF="index.html#WINSSUPPORT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3121,7 +3108,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WORKGROUP" +HREF="index.html#WORKGROUP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3133,7 +3120,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WRITERAW" +HREF="index.html#WRITERAW" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3147,7 +3134,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1007" +NAME="AEN1003" ></A ><H2 >COMPLETE LIST OF SERVICE PARAMETERS</H2 @@ -3160,7 +3147,7 @@ NAME="AEN1007" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ADMINUSERS" +HREF="index.html#ADMINUSERS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3172,7 +3159,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ALLOWHOSTS" +HREF="index.html#ALLOWHOSTS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3184,7 +3171,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#AVAILABLE" +HREF="index.html#AVAILABLE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3196,7 +3183,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#BLOCKINGLOCKS" +HREF="index.html#BLOCKINGLOCKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3208,7 +3195,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#BLOCKSIZE" +HREF="index.html#BLOCKSIZE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3220,7 +3207,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#BROWSABLE" +HREF="index.html#BROWSABLE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3232,7 +3219,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#BROWSEABLE" +HREF="index.html#BROWSEABLE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3244,7 +3231,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#CASESENSITIVE" +HREF="index.html#CASESENSITIVE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3256,7 +3243,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#CASESIGNAMES" +HREF="index.html#CASESIGNAMES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3268,7 +3255,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#COMMENT" +HREF="index.html#COMMENT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3280,7 +3267,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#COPY" +HREF="index.html#COPY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3292,7 +3279,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#CREATEMASK" +HREF="index.html#CREATEMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3304,7 +3291,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#CREATEMODE" +HREF="index.html#CREATEMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3316,7 +3303,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#CSCPOLICY" +HREF="index.html#CSCPOLICY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3328,7 +3315,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DEFAULTCASE" +HREF="index.html#DEFAULTCASE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3340,7 +3327,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DEFAULTDEVMODE" +HREF="index.html#DEFAULTDEVMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3352,7 +3339,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DELETEREADONLY" +HREF="index.html#DELETEREADONLY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3364,7 +3351,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DELETEVETOFILES" +HREF="index.html#DELETEVETOFILES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3376,7 +3363,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DENYHOSTS" +HREF="index.html#DENYHOSTS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3388,7 +3375,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DIRECTORY" +HREF="index.html#DIRECTORY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3400,7 +3387,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DIRECTORYMASK" +HREF="index.html#DIRECTORYMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3412,7 +3399,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DIRECTORYMODE" +HREF="index.html#DIRECTORYMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3424,7 +3411,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" +HREF="index.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3436,7 +3423,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DONTDESCEND" +HREF="index.html#DONTDESCEND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3448,7 +3435,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DOSFILEMODE" +HREF="index.html#DOSFILEMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3460,7 +3447,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION" +HREF="index.html#DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3472,7 +3459,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#DOSFILETIMES" +HREF="index.html#DOSFILETIMES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3484,7 +3471,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#EXEC" +HREF="index.html#EXEC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3496,7 +3483,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES" +HREF="index.html#FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3508,7 +3495,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#FAKEOPLOCKS" +HREF="index.html#FAKEOPLOCKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3520,7 +3507,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#FOLLOWSYMLINKS" +HREF="index.html#FOLLOWSYMLINKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3532,7 +3519,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#FORCECREATEMODE" +HREF="index.html#FORCECREATEMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3544,7 +3531,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" +HREF="index.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3556,7 +3543,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE" +HREF="index.html#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3568,7 +3555,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#FORCEGROUP" +HREF="index.html#FORCEGROUP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3580,7 +3567,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#FORCESECURITYMODE" +HREF="index.html#FORCESECURITYMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3592,7 +3579,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#FORCEUSER" +HREF="index.html#FORCEUSER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3604,7 +3591,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#FSTYPE" +HREF="index.html#FSTYPE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3616,7 +3603,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#GROUP" +HREF="index.html#GROUP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3628,7 +3615,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT" +HREF="index.html#GUESTACCOUNT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3640,7 +3627,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#GUESTOK" +HREF="index.html#GUESTOK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3652,7 +3639,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#GUESTONLY" +HREF="index.html#GUESTONLY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3664,7 +3651,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#HIDEDOTFILES" +HREF="index.html#HIDEDOTFILES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3676,7 +3663,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#HIDEFILES" +HREF="index.html#HIDEFILES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3688,7 +3675,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#HOSTSALLOW" +HREF="index.html#HOSTSALLOW" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3700,7 +3687,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#HOSTSDENY" +HREF="index.html#HOSTSDENY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3712,7 +3699,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#INCLUDE" +HREF="index.html#INCLUDE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3724,7 +3711,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#INHERITACLS" +HREF="index.html#INHERITACLS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3736,7 +3723,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#INHERITPERMISSIONS" +HREF="index.html#INHERITPERMISSIONS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3748,7 +3735,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#INVALIDUSERS" +HREF="index.html#INVALIDUSERS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3760,7 +3747,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS" +HREF="index.html#LEVEL2OPLOCKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3772,7 +3759,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LOCKING" +HREF="index.html#LOCKING" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3784,7 +3771,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LPPAUSECOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#LPPAUSECOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3796,7 +3783,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LPQCOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#LPQCOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3808,7 +3795,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LPRESUMECOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#LPRESUMECOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3820,7 +3807,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#LPRMCOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#LPRMCOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3832,7 +3819,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MAGICOUTPUT" +HREF="index.html#MAGICOUTPUT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3844,7 +3831,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MAGICSCRIPT" +HREF="index.html#MAGICSCRIPT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3856,7 +3843,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MANGLECASE" +HREF="index.html#MANGLECASE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3868,7 +3855,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MANGLEDMAP" +HREF="index.html#MANGLEDMAP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3880,7 +3867,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MANGLEDNAMES" +HREF="index.html#MANGLEDNAMES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3892,7 +3879,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MANGLINGCHAR" +HREF="index.html#MANGLINGCHAR" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3904,7 +3891,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MANGLINGMETHOD" +HREF="index.html#MANGLINGMETHOD" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3916,7 +3903,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MAPARCHIVE" +HREF="index.html#MAPARCHIVE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3928,7 +3915,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MAPHIDDEN" +HREF="index.html#MAPHIDDEN" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3940,7 +3927,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MAPSYSTEM" +HREF="index.html#MAPSYSTEM" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3952,7 +3939,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MAXCONNECTIONS" +HREF="index.html#MAXCONNECTIONS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3964,7 +3951,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MAXPRINTJOBS" +HREF="index.html#MAXPRINTJOBS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3976,7 +3963,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MINPRINTSPACE" +HREF="index.html#MINPRINTSPACE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -3988,7 +3975,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#MSDFSROOT" +HREF="index.html#MSDFSROOT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4000,7 +3987,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#NTACLSUPPORT" +HREF="index.html#NTACLSUPPORT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4012,7 +3999,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ONLYGUEST" +HREF="index.html#ONLYGUEST" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4024,7 +4011,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ONLYUSER" +HREF="index.html#ONLYUSER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4036,7 +4023,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT" +HREF="index.html#OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4048,7 +4035,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#OPLOCKS" +HREF="index.html#OPLOCKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4060,7 +4047,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PATH" +HREF="index.html#PATH" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4072,7 +4059,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#POSIXLOCKING" +HREF="index.html#POSIXLOCKING" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4084,7 +4071,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#POSTEXEC" +HREF="index.html#POSTEXEC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4096,7 +4083,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#POSTSCRIPT" +HREF="index.html#POSTSCRIPT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4108,7 +4095,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PREEXEC" +HREF="index.html#PREEXEC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4120,7 +4107,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PREEXECCLOSE" +HREF="index.html#PREEXECCLOSE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4132,7 +4119,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PRESERVECASE" +HREF="index.html#PRESERVECASE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4144,7 +4131,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PRINTCOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#PRINTCOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4156,7 +4143,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PRINTOK" +HREF="index.html#PRINTOK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4168,7 +4155,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PRINTABLE" +HREF="index.html#PRINTABLE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4180,7 +4167,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PRINTER" +HREF="index.html#PRINTER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4192,7 +4179,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PRINTERADMIN" +HREF="index.html#PRINTERADMIN" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4204,7 +4191,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PRINTERDRIVER" +HREF="index.html#PRINTERDRIVER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4216,7 +4203,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PRINTERDRIVERLOCATION" +HREF="index.html#PRINTERDRIVERLOCATION" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4228,7 +4215,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PRINTERNAME" +HREF="index.html#PRINTERNAME" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4240,7 +4227,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PRINTING" +HREF="index.html#PRINTING" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4252,7 +4239,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#PUBLIC" +HREF="index.html#PUBLIC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4264,7 +4251,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4276,7 +4263,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#QUEUERESUMECOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#QUEUERESUMECOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4288,7 +4275,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#READLIST" +HREF="index.html#READLIST" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4300,7 +4287,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#READONLY" +HREF="index.html#READONLY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4312,7 +4299,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ROOTPOSTEXEC" +HREF="index.html#ROOTPOSTEXEC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4324,7 +4311,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ROOTPREEXEC" +HREF="index.html#ROOTPREEXEC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4336,7 +4323,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#ROOTPREEXECCLOSE" +HREF="index.html#ROOTPREEXECCLOSE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4348,7 +4335,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#SECURITYMASK" +HREF="index.html#SECURITYMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4360,7 +4347,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#SETDIRECTORY" +HREF="index.html#SETDIRECTORY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4372,7 +4359,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#SHAREMODES" +HREF="index.html#SHAREMODES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4384,7 +4371,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#SHORTPRESERVECASE" +HREF="index.html#SHORTPRESERVECASE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4396,7 +4383,19 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#STRICTALLOCATE" +HREF="index.html#STATUS" +><TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +>status</I +></TT +></A +></P +></LI +><LI +><P +><A +HREF="index.html#STRICTALLOCATE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4408,7 +4407,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#STRICTLOCKING" +HREF="index.html#STRICTLOCKING" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4420,7 +4419,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#STRICTSYNC" +HREF="index.html#STRICTSYNC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4432,7 +4431,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#SYNCALWAYS" +HREF="index.html#SYNCALWAYS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4444,7 +4443,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#USECLIENTDRIVER" +HREF="index.html#USECLIENTDRIVER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4456,7 +4455,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#USER" +HREF="index.html#USER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4468,7 +4467,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#USERNAME" +HREF="index.html#USERNAME" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4480,7 +4479,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#USERS" +HREF="index.html#USERS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4492,7 +4491,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#VALIDUSERS" +HREF="index.html#VALIDUSERS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4504,7 +4503,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#VETOFILES" +HREF="index.html#VETOFILES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4516,7 +4515,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#VETOOPLOCKFILES" +HREF="index.html#VETOOPLOCKFILES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4528,7 +4527,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#VFSPATH" +HREF="index.html#VFSPATH" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4540,7 +4539,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#VFSOBJECT" +HREF="index.html#VFSOBJECT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4552,7 +4551,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#VFSOPTIONS" +HREF="index.html#VFSOPTIONS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4564,7 +4563,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#VOLUME" +HREF="index.html#VOLUME" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4576,7 +4575,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WIDELINKS" +HREF="index.html#WIDELINKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4588,7 +4587,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WRITABLE" +HREF="index.html#WRITABLE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4600,7 +4599,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WRITECACHESIZE" +HREF="index.html#WRITECACHESIZE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4612,7 +4611,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WRITELIST" +HREF="index.html#WRITELIST" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4624,7 +4623,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WRITEOK" +HREF="index.html#WRITEOK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4636,7 +4635,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><LI ><P ><A -HREF="#WRITEABLE" +HREF="index.html#WRITEABLE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4683,7 +4682,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></A > that should stop a shutdown procedure issued by the <A -HREF="#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT" +HREF="index.html#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4839,7 +4838,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4847,7 +4846,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#PRINTING" +HREF="index.html#PRINTING" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4856,7 +4855,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></A >, <A -HREF="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD" +HREF="index.html#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4978,7 +4977,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P > This parameter is only used for add file shares. To add printer shares, see the <A -HREF="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4990,7 +4989,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" </P ><P > See also <A -HREF="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#CHANGESHARECOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -4999,7 +4998,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#DELETESHARECOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#DELETESHARECOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -5196,7 +5195,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" match existing Windows NT accounts.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#SECURITY" +HREF="index.html#SECURITY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -5204,7 +5203,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#PASSWORDSERVER" +HREF="index.html#PASSWORDSERVER" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -5213,7 +5212,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></A >, <A -HREF="#DELETEUSERSCRIPT" +HREF="index.html#DELETEUSERSCRIPT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -5253,20 +5252,12 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" HREF="smbd.8.html" TARGET="_top" >smbd(8)</A -> when a new group is - requested. It will expand any - <TT +> when a new group is requested. It will expand any <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I >%g</I ></TT -> to the group name passed. - This script is only useful for installations using the - Windows NT domain administration tools. The script is - free to create a group with an arbitrary name to - circumvent unix group name restrictions. In that case - the script must print the numeric gid of the created - group on stdout. +> to the group name passed. This script is only useful for installations using the Windows NT domain administration tools. </P ></DD ><DT @@ -5350,7 +5341,7 @@ NAME="ALLOWHOSTS" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#HOSTSALLOW" +HREF="index.html#HOSTSALLOW" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -5399,7 +5390,7 @@ NAME="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS" ><DD ><P >This option only takes effect when the <A -HREF="#SECURITY" +HREF="index.html#SECURITY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -5503,7 +5494,7 @@ NAME="AUTOSERVICES" ><DD ><P >This is a synonym for the <A -HREF="#PRELOAD" +HREF="index.html#PRELOAD" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -5525,7 +5516,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >smbd</B > will use when authenticating a user. This option defaults to sensible values based on <A -HREF="#SECURITY" +HREF="index.html#SECURITY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -5603,7 +5594,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B > to bind to ports 137 and 138 on the interfaces listed in the <A -HREF="#INTERFACES" +HREF="index.html#INTERFACES" >interfaces</A > parameter. <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -5657,7 +5648,7 @@ TARGET="_top" >smbd(8)</A > to bind only to the interface list given in the <A -HREF="#INTERFACES" +HREF="index.html#INTERFACES" > interfaces</A > parameter. This restricts the networks that <B @@ -5835,7 +5826,7 @@ TARGET="_top" ><P >If this parameter is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</TT +>false</TT >, then Samba 2.2 will behave as previous versions of Samba would and will fail the lock request immediately if the lock range @@ -5891,7 +5882,7 @@ NAME="BROWSABLE" ><DD ><P >See the <A -HREF="#BROWSEABLE" +HREF="index.html#BROWSEABLE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -5921,7 +5912,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > call. Normally set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT >. You should never need to change this.</P ><P @@ -5953,7 +5944,7 @@ NAME="CASESENSITIVE" ><DD ><P >See the discussion in the section <A -HREF="#AEN203" +HREF="index.html#AEN203" >NAME MANGLING</A >.</P ><P @@ -5970,7 +5961,7 @@ NAME="CASESIGNAMES" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#CASESENSITIVE" +HREF="index.html#CASESENSITIVE" >case sensitive</A >.</P @@ -6114,7 +6105,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" </P ><P > See also <A -HREF="#ADDSHARECOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#ADDSHARECOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6123,7 +6114,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#DELETESHARECOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#DELETESHARECOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6164,7 +6155,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >If you want to set the string that is displayed next to the machine name then see the <A -HREF="#SERVERSTRING" +HREF="index.html#SERVERSTRING" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6257,7 +6248,7 @@ NAME="CREATEMASK" ><P >A synonym for this parameter is <A -HREF="#CREATEMODE" +HREF="index.html#CREATEMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6286,7 +6277,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><P >Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode created from this parameter with the value of the <A -HREF="#FORCECREATEMODE" +HREF="index.html#FORCECREATEMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6298,7 +6289,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P >This parameter does not affect directory modes. See the parameter <A -HREF="#DIRECTORYMODE" +HREF="index.html#DIRECTORYMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6309,7 +6300,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > for details.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#FORCECREATEMODE" +HREF="index.html#FORCECREATEMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6319,7 +6310,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></A > parameter for forcing particular mode bits to be set on created files. See also the <A -HREF="#DIRECTORYMODE" +HREF="index.html#DIRECTORYMODE" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6328,7 +6319,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></A > parameter for masking mode bits on created directories. See also the <A -HREF="#INHERITPERMISSIONS" +HREF="index.html#INHERITPERMISSIONS" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6340,7 +6331,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <A -HREF="#SECURITYMASK" +HREF="index.html#SECURITYMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6367,7 +6358,7 @@ NAME="CREATEMODE" ><DD ><P >This is a synonym for <A -HREF="#CREATEMASK" +HREF="index.html#CREATEMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6462,7 +6453,7 @@ NAME="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP" message header when turned on.</P ><P >Note that the parameter <A -HREF="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" +HREF="index.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6494,7 +6485,7 @@ TARGET="_top" to the timestamp message headers in the logfile when turned on.</P ><P >Note that the parameter <A -HREF="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" +HREF="index.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6518,7 +6509,7 @@ NAME="DEBUGTIMESTAMP" ><P >Samba 2.2 debug log messages are timestamped by default. If you are running at a high <A -HREF="#DEBUGLEVEL" +HREF="index.html#DEBUGLEVEL" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6547,7 +6538,7 @@ NAME="DEBUGUID" in the log file if turned on.</P ><P >Note that the parameter <A -HREF="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" +HREF="index.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6570,7 +6561,7 @@ NAME="DEBUGLEVEL" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#LOGLEVEL" +HREF="index.html#LOGLEVEL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6587,7 +6578,7 @@ NAME="DEFAULT" ><DD ><P >A synonym for <A -HREF="#DEFAULTSERVICE" +HREF="index.html#DEFAULTSERVICE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6604,10 +6595,10 @@ NAME="DEFAULTCASE" ><DD ><P >See the section on <A -HREF="#AEN203" +HREF="index.html#AEN203" > NAME MANGLING</A >. Also note the <A -HREF="#SHORTPRESERVECASE" +HREF="index.html#SHORTPRESERVECASE" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6629,7 +6620,7 @@ NAME="DEFAULTDEVMODE" ><DD ><P >This parameter is only applicable to <A -HREF="#PRINTOK" +HREF="index.html#PRINTOK" >printable</A > services. When smbd is serving Printer Drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients, each printer on the Samba @@ -6695,7 +6686,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" service results in an error.</P ><P >Typically the default service would be a <A -HREF="#GUESTOK" +HREF="index.html#GUESTOK" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6703,7 +6694,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#READONLY" +HREF="index.html#READONLY" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6823,7 +6814,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6831,7 +6822,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#PRINTING" +HREF="index.html#PRINTING" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6840,7 +6831,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></A >, <A -HREF="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD" +HREF="index.html#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6959,7 +6950,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P > This parameter is only used to remove file shares. To delete printer shares, see the <A -HREF="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6971,7 +6962,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" </P ><P > See also <A -HREF="#ADDSHARECOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#ADDSHARECOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -6980,7 +6971,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#CHANGESHARECOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -7101,7 +7092,7 @@ NAME="DELETEVETOFILES" >This option is used when Samba is attempting to delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed directories (see the <A -HREF="#VETOFILES" +HREF="index.html#VETOFILES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -7111,14 +7102,14 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > option). If this option is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</TT +>false</TT > (the default) then if a vetoed directory contains any non-vetoed files or directories then the directory delete will fail. This is usually what you want.</P ><P >If this option is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT >, then Samba will attempt to recursively delete any files and directories within the vetoed directory. This can be useful for integration with file @@ -7137,7 +7128,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" is deleted (so long as the user has permissions to do so).</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#VETOFILES" +HREF="index.html#VETOFILES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -7160,7 +7151,7 @@ NAME="DENYHOSTS" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#HOSTSDENY" +HREF="index.html#HOSTSDENY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -7261,7 +7252,7 @@ NAME="DIRECTORY" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#PATH" +HREF="index.html#PATH" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -7302,7 +7293,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><P >Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode created from this parameter with the value of the <A -HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" +HREF="index.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -7316,7 +7307,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <A -HREF="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" +HREF="index.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -7326,7 +7317,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >.</P ><P >See the <A -HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" +HREF="index.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -7338,7 +7329,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" bits to always be set on created directories.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#CREATEMODE" +HREF="index.html#CREATEMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -7348,7 +7339,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></A > parameter for masking mode bits on created files, and the <A -HREF="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" +HREF="index.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -7359,7 +7350,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > parameter.</P ><P >Also refer to the <A -HREF="#INHERITPERMISSIONS" +HREF="index.html#INHERITPERMISSIONS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -7386,7 +7377,7 @@ NAME="DIRECTORYMODE" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#DIRECTORYMASK" +HREF="index.html#DIRECTORYMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -7433,7 +7424,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" >.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE" +HREF="index.html#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -7441,7 +7432,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#SECURITYMASK" +HREF="index.html#SECURITYMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -7450,7 +7441,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></A >, <A -HREF="#FORCESECURITYMODE" +HREF="index.html#FORCESECURITYMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -7521,7 +7512,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" </P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#USECLIENTDRIVER" +HREF="index.html#USECLIENTDRIVER" >use client driver</A > </P @@ -7585,7 +7576,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" action.</P ><P >See also the parameter <A -HREF="#WINSSUPPORT" +HREF="index.html#WINSSUPPORT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -7601,6 +7592,112 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></DD ><DT ><A +NAME="DOMAINADMINGROUP" +></A +>domain admin group (G)</DT +><DD +><P +>This parameter is intended as a temporary solution + to enable users to be a member of the "Domain Admins" group when + a Samba host is acting as a PDC. A complete solution will be provided + by a system for mapping Windows NT/2000 groups onto UNIX groups. + Please note that this parameter has a somewhat confusing name. It + accepts a list of usernames and of group names in standard + <TT +CLASS="FILENAME" +>smb.conf</TT +> notation. + </P +><P +>See also <A +HREF="index.html#DOMAINGUESTGROUP" +><TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +>domain + guest group</I +></TT +></A +>, <A +HREF="index.html#DOMAINLOGONS" +><TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +>domain + logons</I +></TT +></A +> + </P +><P +>Default: <SPAN +CLASS="emphasis" +><I +CLASS="EMPHASIS" +>no domain administrators</I +></SPAN +></P +><P +>Example: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>domain admin group = root @wheel</B +></P +></DD +><DT +><A +NAME="DOMAINGUESTGROUP" +></A +>domain guest group (G)</DT +><DD +><P +>This parameter is intended as a temporary solution + to enable users to be a member of the "Domain Guests" group when + a Samba host is acting as a PDC. A complete solution will be provided + by a system for mapping Windows NT/2000 groups onto UNIX groups. + Please note that this parameter has a somewhat confusing name. It + accepts a list of usernames and of group names in standard + <TT +CLASS="FILENAME" +>smb.conf</TT +> notation. + </P +><P +>See also <A +HREF="index.html#DOMAINADMINGROUP" +><TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +>domain + admin group</I +></TT +></A +>, <A +HREF="index.html#DOMAINLOGONS" +><TT +CLASS="PARAMETER" +><I +>domain + logons</I +></TT +></A +> + </P +><P +>Default: <SPAN +CLASS="emphasis" +><I +CLASS="EMPHASIS" +>no domain guests</I +></SPAN +></P +><P +>Example: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>domain guest group = nobody @guest</B +></P +></DD +><DT +><A NAME="DOMAINLOGONS" ></A >domain logons (G)</DT @@ -7608,10 +7705,10 @@ NAME="DOMAINLOGONS" ><P >If set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT >, the Samba server will serve Windows 95/98 Domain logons for the <A -HREF="#WORKGROUP" +HREF="index.html#WORKGROUP" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -7653,7 +7750,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > to claim a special domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies it as a domain master browser for its given <A -HREF="#WORKGROUP" +HREF="index.html#WORKGROUP" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -7713,7 +7810,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" strangely and may fail.</P ><P >If <A -HREF="#DOMAINLOGONS" +HREF="index.html#DOMAINLOGONS" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >domain logons = yes</B @@ -7883,7 +7980,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > is acting on behalf of is not the file owner. Setting this option to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" -> yes</TT +> true</TT > allows DOS semantics and <A HREF="smbd.8.html" TARGET="_top" @@ -7939,7 +8036,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></A > program for information on how to set up and maintain this file), or set the <A -HREF="#SECURITY" +HREF="index.html#SECURITY" >security = [server|domain|ads]</A > parameter which causes <B @@ -8042,7 +8139,7 @@ NAME="EXEC" ><DD ><P >This is a synonym for <A -HREF="#PREEXEC" +HREF="index.html#PREEXEC" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8119,7 +8216,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" the file.</P ><P >It is generally much better to use the real <A -HREF="#OPLOCKS" +HREF="index.html#OPLOCKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8211,7 +8308,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" parameter is applied.</P ><P >See also the parameter <A -HREF="#CREATEMASK" +HREF="index.html#CREATEMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8222,7 +8319,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > for details on masking mode bits on files.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#INHERITPERMISSIONS" +HREF="index.html#INHERITPERMISSIONS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8274,7 +8371,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" applied.</P ><P >See also the parameter <A -HREF="#DIRECTORYMASK" +HREF="index.html#DIRECTORYMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8285,7 +8382,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" on created directories.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#INHERITPERMISSIONS" +HREF="index.html#INHERITPERMISSIONS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8342,7 +8439,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" it set as 0000.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" +HREF="index.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8350,7 +8447,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#SECURITYMASK" +HREF="index.html#SECURITYMASK" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8359,7 +8456,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></A >, <A -HREF="#FORCESECURITYMODE" +HREF="index.html#FORCESECURITYMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8411,7 +8508,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" other users will retain their ordinary primary group.</P ><P >If the <A -HREF="#FORCEUSER" +HREF="index.html#FORCEUSER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8434,7 +8531,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#FORCEUSER" +HREF="index.html#FORCEUSER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8492,7 +8589,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" this set to 0000.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE" +HREF="index.html#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8501,7 +8598,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></A >, <A -HREF="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" +HREF="index.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8510,7 +8607,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#SECURITYMASK" +HREF="index.html#SECURITYMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8553,7 +8650,7 @@ NAME="FORCEUSER" as the primary group of the connecting user (this was a bug).</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#FORCEGROUP" +HREF="index.html#FORCEGROUP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8629,7 +8726,7 @@ NAME="GETWDCACHE" caching algorithm will be used to reduce the time taken for getwd() calls. This can have a significant impact on performance, especially when the <A -HREF="#WIDELINKS" +HREF="index.html#WIDELINKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8639,7 +8736,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" </A >parameter is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</TT +>false</TT >.</P ><P >Default: <B @@ -8655,7 +8752,7 @@ NAME="GROUP" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#FORCEGROUP" +HREF="index.html#FORCEGROUP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8674,7 +8771,7 @@ NAME="GUESTACCOUNT" ><P >This is a username which will be used for access to services which are specified as <A -HREF="#GUESTOK" +HREF="index.html#GUESTOK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8703,9 +8800,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > lp(1)</B >.</P ><P ->This paramater does not accept % macros, because +>This paramater does not accept % marcos, becouse many parts of the system require this value to be - constant for correct operation.</P + constant for correct operation</P ><P >Default: <SPAN CLASS="emphasis" @@ -8734,7 +8831,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" > for a service, then no password is required to connect to the service. Privileges will be those of the <A -HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT" +HREF="index.html#GUESTACCOUNT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8744,7 +8841,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >.</P ><P >See the section below on <A -HREF="#SECURITY" +HREF="index.html#SECURITY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8772,7 +8869,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" > for a service, then only guest connections to the service are permitted. This parameter will have no effect if <A -HREF="#GUESTOK" +HREF="index.html#GUESTOK" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8782,7 +8879,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > is not set for the service.</P ><P >See the section below on <A -HREF="#SECURITY" +HREF="index.html#SECURITY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8839,7 +8936,7 @@ NAME="HIDEFILES" as they are scanned.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#HIDEDOTFILES" +HREF="index.html#HIDEDOTFILES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8848,7 +8945,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#VETOFILES" +HREF="index.html#VETOFILES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8856,7 +8953,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A > and <A -HREF="#CASESENSITIVE" +HREF="index.html#CASESENSITIVE" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8937,30 +9034,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></DD ><DT ><A -NAME="HIDESPECIALFILES" -></A ->hide special files (G)</DT -><DD -><P ->This parameter prevents clients from seeing - special files such as sockets, devices and fifo's in directory - listings. - </P -><P ->Default: <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->hide special files = no</B -></P -></DD -><DT -><A NAME="HOMEDIRMAP" ></A >homedir map (G)</DT ><DD ><P >If<A -HREF="#NISHOMEDIR" +HREF="index.html#NISHOMEDIR" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -8970,7 +9050,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></A > is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT >, and <A HREF="smbd.8.html" TARGET="_top" @@ -9009,7 +9089,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" the system for this option to work.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#NISHOMEDIR" +HREF="index.html#NISHOMEDIR" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9018,7 +9098,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > </A >, <A -HREF="#DOMAINLOGONS" +HREF="index.html#DOMAINLOGONS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9057,7 +9137,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" to browse Dfs trees hosted on the server.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#MSDFSROOT" +HREF="index.html#MSDFSROOT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9145,7 +9225,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ><P >Note that the localhost address 127.0.0.1 will always be allowed access unless specifically denied by a <A -HREF="#HOSTSDENY" +HREF="index.html#HOSTSDENY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9284,7 +9364,7 @@ NAME="HOSTSEQUIV" </P ><P >This is not be confused with <A -HREF="#HOSTSALLOW" +HREF="index.html#HOSTSALLOW" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9419,7 +9499,7 @@ NAME="INHERITPERMISSIONS" ><P >The permissions on new files and directories are normally governed by <A -HREF="#CREATEMASK" +HREF="index.html#CREATEMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9427,7 +9507,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#DIRECTORYMASK" +HREF="index.html#DIRECTORYMASK" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9435,7 +9515,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#FORCECREATEMODE" +HREF="index.html#FORCECREATEMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9444,7 +9524,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > </A > and <A -HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" +HREF="index.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9461,7 +9541,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >New files inherit their read/write bits from the parent directory. Their execute bits continue to be determined by <A -HREF="#MAPARCHIVE" +HREF="index.html#MAPARCHIVE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9470,7 +9550,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > </A >, <A -HREF="#MAPHIDDEN" +HREF="index.html#MAPHIDDEN" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9479,7 +9559,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > </A > and <A -HREF="#MAPSYSTEM" +HREF="index.html#MAPSYSTEM" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9503,7 +9583,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" share to be used flexibly by each user.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#CREATEMASK" +HREF="index.html#CREATEMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9512,7 +9592,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#DIRECTORYMASK" +HREF="index.html#DIRECTORYMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9520,7 +9600,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#FORCECREATEMODE" +HREF="index.html#FORCECREATEMODE" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9528,7 +9608,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A > and <A -HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" +HREF="index.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9604,7 +9684,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" The netmasks of the latter two interfaces would be set to 255.255.255.0.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#BINDINTERFACESONLY" +HREF="index.html#BINDINTERFACESONLY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9675,7 +9755,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" This is useful in the [homes] section.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#VALIDUSERS" +HREF="index.html#VALIDUSERS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9719,7 +9799,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P >Keepalives should, in general, not be needed if the socket being used has the SO_KEEPALIVE attribute set on it (see <A -HREF="#SOCKETOPTIONS" +HREF="index.html#SOCKETOPTIONS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9747,7 +9827,7 @@ NAME="KERNELOPLOCKS" ><DD ><P >For UNIXes that support kernel based <A -HREF="#OPLOCKS" +HREF="index.html#OPLOCKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9791,7 +9871,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" You should never need to touch this parameter.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#OPLOCKS" +HREF="index.html#OPLOCKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9800,7 +9880,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > </A > and <A -HREF="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS" +HREF="index.html#LEVEL2OPLOCKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -9963,45 +10043,26 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >ldap ssl</I ></TT > can be set to one of three values: - </P -><P -></P -><UL -><LI -><P -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->On</I -></TT -> = Always use SSL when contacting the - <TT + (a) <TT +CLASS="CONSTANT" +>on</TT +> - Always use SSL when contacting the + <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I >ldap server</I ></TT ->.</P -></LI -><LI -><P -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->Off</I -></TT -> = Never use SSL when querying the directory.</P -></LI -><LI -><P -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->Start_tls</I -></TT -> = Use the LDAPv3 StartTLS extended operation - (RFC2830) for communicating with the directory server.</P -></LI -></UL +>, (b) <TT +CLASS="CONSTANT" +>off</TT +> - + Never use SSL when querying the directory, or (c) <TT +CLASS="CONSTANT" +>start_tls</TT +> + - Use the LDAPv3 StartTLS extended operation + (RFC2830) for communicating with the directory server. + </P ><P >Default : <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -10062,64 +10123,6 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ></DD ><DT ><A -NAME="LDAPPASSWDSYNC" -></A ->ldap passwd sync (G)</DT -><DD -><P ->This option is used to define whether - or not Samba should sync the LDAP password with the NT - and LM hashes for normal accounts (NOT for - workstation, server or domain trusts) on a password - change via SAMBA. - </P -><P -> The <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->ldap passwd sync</I -></TT -> can be set to one of three values: - </P -><P -></P -><UL -><LI -><P -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->Yes</I -></TT -> = Try to update the LDAP, NT and LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</P -></LI -><LI -><P -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->No</I -></TT -> = Update NT and LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</P -></LI -><LI -><P -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->Only</I -></TT -> = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest.</P -></LI -></UL -><P ->Default : <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->ldap passwd sync = no</B -></P -></DD -><DT -><A NAME="LEVEL2OPLOCKS" ></A >level2 oplocks (S)</DT @@ -10149,7 +10152,7 @@ NAME="LEVEL2OPLOCKS" >For more discussions on level2 oplocks see the CIFS spec.</P ><P >Currently, if <A -HREF="#KERNELOPLOCKS" +HREF="index.html#KERNELOPLOCKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -10163,7 +10166,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" >yes</TT >). Note also, the <A -HREF="#OPLOCKS" +HREF="index.html#OPLOCKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -10173,12 +10176,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" </A > parameter must be set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT > on this share in order for this parameter to have any effect.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#OPLOCKS" +HREF="index.html#OPLOCKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -10187,7 +10190,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > </A > and <A -HREF="#OPLOCKS" +HREF="index.html#OPLOCKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -10221,10 +10224,10 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" the Samba server in their browse list. This parameter can have three values, <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT >, <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</TT +>false</TT >, or <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" @@ -10235,11 +10238,11 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" >. If set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</TT +>false</TT > Samba will never produce these broadcasts. If set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT > Samba will produce Lanman announce broadcasts at a frequency set by the parameter <TT @@ -10262,7 +10265,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#LMINTERVAL" +HREF="index.html#LMINTERVAL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -10291,7 +10294,7 @@ NAME="LMINTERVAL" ><P >If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce broadcasts needed by OS/2 clients (see the <A -HREF="#LMANNOUNCE" +HREF="index.html#LMANNOUNCE" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -10310,7 +10313,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" parameter.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#LMANNOUNCE" +HREF="index.html#LMANNOUNCE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -10340,7 +10343,7 @@ NAME="LOADPRINTERS" >A boolean variable that controls whether all printers in the printcap will be loaded for browsing by default. See the <A -HREF="#AEN79" +HREF="index.html#AEN79" >printers</A > section for more details.</P @@ -10367,7 +10370,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > to try and become a local master browser on a subnet. If set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</TT +>false</TT > then <B CLASS="COMMAND" > nmbd</B @@ -10375,10 +10378,10 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" on a subnet and will also lose in all browsing elections. By default this value is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT >. Setting this value to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT > doesn't mean that Samba will <SPAN CLASS="emphasis" @@ -10400,7 +10403,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><P >Setting this value to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</TT +>false</TT > will cause <B CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B @@ -10426,7 +10429,7 @@ NAME="LOCKDIR" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#LOCKDIRECTORY" +HREF="index.html#LOCKDIRECTORY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -10445,7 +10448,7 @@ NAME="LOCKDIRECTORY" >This option specifies the directory where lock files will be placed. The lock files are used to implement the <A -HREF="#MAXCONNECTIONS" +HREF="index.html#MAXCONNECTIONS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -10499,7 +10502,7 @@ NAME="LOCKSPINTIME" >The time in microseconds that smbd should pause before attempting to gain a failed lock. See <A -HREF="#LOCKSPINCOUNT" +HREF="index.html#LOCKSPINCOUNT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -10623,7 +10626,7 @@ NAME="LOGONDRIVE" ><P >This parameter specifies the local path to which the home directory will be connected (see <A -HREF="#LOGONHOME" +HREF="index.html#LOGONHOME" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -10692,7 +10695,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" but use the whole string when dealing with profiles.</P ><P >Note that in prior versions of Samba, the <A -HREF="#LOGONPATH" +HREF="index.html#LOGONPATH" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -10739,7 +10742,7 @@ NAME="LOGONPATH" stored. Contrary to previous versions of these manual pages, it has nothing to do with Win 9X roaming profiles. To find out how to handle roaming profiles for Win 9X system, see the <A -HREF="#LOGONHOME" +HREF="index.html#LOGONHOME" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -10823,7 +10826,7 @@ NAME="LOGONSCRIPT" ><P >The script must be a relative path to the [netlogon] service. If the [netlogon] service specifies a <A -HREF="#PATH" +HREF="index.html#PATH" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -10934,7 +10937,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" in the lppause command as the PATH may not be available to the server.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#PRINTING" +HREF="index.html#PRINTING" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -11028,7 +11031,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >A value of 0 will disable caching completely.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#PRINTING" +HREF="index.html#PRINTING" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -11112,7 +11115,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" print queue listing.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#PRINTING" +HREF="index.html#PRINTING" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -11154,7 +11157,7 @@ NAME="LPRESUMECOMMAND" >This command should be a program or script which takes a printer name and job number to resume the print job. See also the <A -HREF="#LPPAUSECOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#LPPAUSECOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -11188,7 +11191,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" be available to the server.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#PRINTING" +HREF="index.html#PRINTING" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -11274,7 +11277,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" available to the server.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#PRINTING" +HREF="index.html#PRINTING" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -11319,7 +11322,7 @@ NAME="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT" ><P >If a Samba server is a member of a Windows NT Domain (see the <A -HREF="#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN" +HREF="index.html#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN" >security = domain</A >) parameter) then periodically a running <A @@ -11344,7 +11347,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" </B ></A >, and the <A -HREF="#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN" +HREF="index.html#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN" > security = domain</A >) parameter.</P ><P @@ -11363,7 +11366,7 @@ NAME="MAGICOUTPUT" >This parameter specifies the name of a file which will contain output created by a magic script (see the <A -HREF="#MAGICSCRIPT" +HREF="index.html#MAGICSCRIPT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -11411,7 +11414,7 @@ NAME="MAGICSCRIPT" ><P >If the script generates output, output will be sent to the file specified by the <A -HREF="#MAGICOUTPUT" +HREF="index.html#MAGICOUTPUT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -11468,7 +11471,7 @@ NAME="MANGLECASE" ><DD ><P >See the section on <A -HREF="#AEN203" +HREF="index.html#AEN203" > NAME MANGLING</A ></P ><P @@ -11544,7 +11547,7 @@ NAME="MANGLEDNAMES" or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored.</P ><P >See the section on <A -HREF="#AEN203" +HREF="index.html#AEN203" > NAME MANGLING</A > for details on how to control the mangling process.</P ><P @@ -11570,7 +11573,7 @@ HREF="#AEN203" ><P >Note that the character to use may be specified using the <A -HREF="#MANGLINGCHAR" +HREF="index.html#MANGLINGCHAR" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -11696,7 +11699,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" >magic</I ></SPAN > character in <A -HREF="#AEN203" +HREF="index.html#AEN203" >name mangling</A >. The default is a '~' but this may interfere with some software. Use this option to set @@ -11734,7 +11737,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > parameter to be set such that owner execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 100). See the parameter <A -HREF="#CREATEMASK" +HREF="index.html#CREATEMASK" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -11766,7 +11769,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > to be set such that the world execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 001). See the parameter <A -HREF="#CREATEMASK" +HREF="index.html#CREATEMASK" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -11798,7 +11801,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > to be set such that the group execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 010). See the parameter <A -HREF="#CREATEMASK" +HREF="index.html#CREATEMASK" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -11820,7 +11823,7 @@ NAME="MAPTOGUEST" ><DD ><P >This parameter is only useful in <A -HREF="#SECURITY" +HREF="index.html#SECURITY" > security</A > modes other than <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" @@ -11870,7 +11873,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" logins with an invalid password are rejected, unless the username does not exist, in which case it is treated as a guest login and mapped into the <A -HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT" +HREF="index.html#GUESTACCOUNT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -11887,7 +11890,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" > - Means user logins with an invalid password are treated as a guest login and mapped into the <A -HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT" +HREF="index.html#GUESTACCOUNT" >guest account</A >. Note that this can cause problems as it means that any user incorrectly typing @@ -11966,7 +11969,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P >Record lock files are used to implement this feature. The lock files will be stored in the directory specified by the <A -HREF="#LOCKDIRECTORY" +HREF="index.html#LOCKDIRECTORY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -12118,7 +12121,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></A > will remote "Out of Space" to the client. See all <A -HREF="#TOTALPRINTJOBS" +HREF="index.html#TOTALPRINTJOBS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -12206,7 +12209,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" the appropriate protocol.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#MINPROTOCOL" +HREF="index.html#MINPROTOCOL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -12302,7 +12305,7 @@ TARGET="_top" >nmbd(8) </A > when acting as a WINS server (<A -HREF="#WINSSUPPORT" +HREF="index.html#WINSSUPPORT" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -12318,7 +12321,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" parameter. The default is 6 days (518400 seconds).</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#MINWINSTTL" +HREF="index.html#MINWINSTTL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -12492,7 +12495,7 @@ NAME="MINPASSWDLENGTH" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#MINPASSWORDLENGTH" +HREF="index.html#MINPASSWORDLENGTH" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -12516,7 +12519,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" UNIX password changing.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" +HREF="index.html#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -12525,7 +12528,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM" +HREF="index.html#PASSWDPROGRAM" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -12533,7 +12536,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A > and <A -HREF="#PASSWDCHATDEBUG" +HREF="index.html#PASSWDCHATDEBUG" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -12561,7 +12564,7 @@ NAME="MINPRINTSPACE" means a user can always spool a print job.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#PRINTING" +HREF="index.html#PRINTING" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -12591,7 +12594,7 @@ NAME="MINPROTOCOL" >The value of the parameter (a string) is the lowest SMB protocol dialect than Samba will support. Please refer to the <A -HREF="#MAXPROTOCOL" +HREF="index.html#MAXPROTOCOL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -12609,7 +12612,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ><P >If you are viewing this parameter as a security measure, you should also refer to the <A -HREF="#LANMANAUTH" +HREF="index.html#LANMANAUTH" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -12644,7 +12647,7 @@ TARGET="_top" >nmbd(8)</A > when acting as a WINS server (<A -HREF="#WINSSUPPORT" +HREF="index.html#WINSSUPPORT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -12695,7 +12698,7 @@ TARGET="_top" >.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#HOSTMSDFS" +HREF="index.html#HOSTMSDFS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -12790,7 +12793,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" >wins</TT > : Query a name with the IP address listed in the <A -HREF="#WINSSERVER" +HREF="index.html#WINSSERVER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -12807,7 +12810,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" >bcast</TT > : Do a broadcast on each of the known local interfaces listed in the <A -HREF="#INTERFACES" +HREF="index.html#INTERFACES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -12857,7 +12860,7 @@ TARGET="_top" with these capabilities.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#NETBIOSNAME" +HREF="index.html#NETBIOSNAME" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -12895,7 +12898,7 @@ NAME="NETBIOSNAME" advertised under.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#NETBIOSALIASES" +HREF="index.html#NETBIOSALIASES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -12954,7 +12957,7 @@ NAME="NISHOMEDIR" it will be mounted on the Samba client directly from the directory server. When Samba is returning the home share to the client, it will consult the NIS map specified in <A -HREF="#HOMEDIRMAP" +HREF="index.html#HOMEDIRMAP" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13113,7 +13116,7 @@ NAME="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS" default behavior is to use PAM for clear text authentication only and to ignore any account or session management. Note that Samba always ignores PAM for authentication in the case of <A -HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" +HREF="index.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13154,7 +13157,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT > list and is only really useful in <A -HREF="#SECURITYEQUALSSHARE" +HREF="index.html#SECURITYEQUALSSHARE" >shave level</A > security.</P @@ -13175,7 +13178,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" name of the user.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#USER" +HREF="index.html#USER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13198,7 +13201,7 @@ NAME="ONLYGUEST" ><DD ><P >A synonym for <A -HREF="#GUESTONLY" +HREF="index.html#GUESTONLY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13313,7 +13316,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ><P >Oplocks may be selectively turned off on certain files with a share. See the <A -HREF="#VETOOPLOCKFILES" +HREF="index.html#VETOOPLOCKFILES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13332,7 +13335,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > parameter for details.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#KERNELOPLOCKS" +HREF="index.html#KERNELOPLOCKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13341,7 +13344,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A > and <A -HREF="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS" +HREF="index.html#LEVEL2OPLOCKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13486,7 +13489,7 @@ NAME="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" flag for Samba. If enabled, then PAM will be used for password changes when requested by an SMB client instead of the program listed in <A -HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM" +HREF="index.html#PASSWDPROGRAM" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13496,7 +13499,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >. It should be possible to enable this without changing your <A -HREF="#PASSWDCHAT" +HREF="index.html#PASSWDCHAT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13600,7 +13603,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" Takes a path to the smbpasswd file as an optional argument.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE" +HREF="index.html#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13617,7 +13620,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > - The TDB based password storage backend. Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb.tdb in the <A -HREF="#PRIVATEDIR" +HREF="index.html#PRIVATEDIR" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13634,7 +13637,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > - The TDB based password storage backend, with non unix account support. Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb.tdb in the <A -HREF="#PRIVATEDIR" +HREF="index.html#PRIVATEDIR" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13644,7 +13647,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > directory.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE" +HREF="index.html#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13678,7 +13681,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >)</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE" +HREF="index.html#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13774,7 +13777,7 @@ TARGET="_top" > smbd(8)</A > uses to determine what to send to the <A -HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM" +HREF="index.html#PASSWDPROGRAM" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13790,7 +13793,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" etc).</P ><P >Note that this parameter only is only used if the <A -HREF="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" +HREF="index.html#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13813,7 +13816,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" password cleartext. This means that root must be able to reset the user's password without knowing the text of the previous password. In the presence of NIS/YP, this means that the <A -HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM" +HREF="index.html#PASSWDPROGRAM" >passwd program</A > must be executed on the NIS master. @@ -13849,7 +13852,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" if the expect string is a full stop then no string is expected.</P ><P >If the <A -HREF="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" +HREF="index.html#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13857,16 +13860,13 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" password change</I ></TT ></A -> parameter is set to <TT -CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT ->, the chat pairs +> parameter is set to true, the chat pairs may be matched in any order, and success is determined by the PAM result, not any particular output. The \n macro is ignored for PAM conversions. </P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" +HREF="index.html#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13875,7 +13875,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM" +HREF="index.html#PASSWDPROGRAM" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13883,7 +13883,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A > ,<A -HREF="#PASSWDCHATDEBUG" +HREF="index.html#PASSWDCHATDEBUG" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13891,7 +13891,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A > and <A -HREF="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" +HREF="index.html#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13935,7 +13935,7 @@ TARGET="_top" >smbd(8)</A > log with a <A -HREF="#DEBUGLEVEL" +HREF="index.html#DEBUGLEVEL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13962,7 +13962,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > and should be turned off after this has been done. This option has no effect if the <A -HREF="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" +HREF="index.html#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13973,7 +13973,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" paramter is set. This parameter is off by default.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#PASSWDCHAT" +HREF="index.html#PASSWDCHAT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13982,7 +13982,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > </A >, <A -HREF="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" +HREF="index.html#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -13991,7 +13991,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > </A >, <A -HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM" +HREF="index.html#PASSWDPROGRAM" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -14049,7 +14049,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT > parameter is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes +>true </TT > then this program is called <SPAN CLASS="emphasis" @@ -14098,11 +14098,11 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT > is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</TT +>false</TT >.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" +HREF="index.html#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -14212,7 +14212,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ><P >The name of the password server is looked up using the parameter <A -HREF="#NAMERESOLVEORDER" +HREF="index.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -14358,7 +14358,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></UL ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#SECURITY" +HREF="index.html#SECURITY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -14421,7 +14421,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" up pseudo home directories for users.</P ><P >Note that this path will be based on <A -HREF="#ROOTDIR" +HREF="index.html#ROOTDIR" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -14512,7 +14512,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#PREEXEC" +HREF="index.html#PREEXEC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -14583,7 +14583,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >Of course, this could get annoying after a while :-)</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#PREEXECCLOSE" +HREF="index.html#PREEXECCLOSE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -14592,7 +14592,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A > and <A -HREF="#POSTEXEC" +HREF="index.html#POSTEXEC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -14625,7 +14625,7 @@ NAME="PREEXECCLOSE" ><P >This boolean option controls whether a non-zero return code from <A -HREF="#PREEXEC" +HREF="index.html#PREEXEC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -14656,7 +14656,7 @@ TARGET="_top" ><P >If this is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT >, on startup, <B CLASS="COMMAND" >nmbd</B @@ -14666,7 +14666,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" used in conjunction with <B CLASS="COMMAND" ><A -HREF="#DOMAINMASTER" +HREF="index.html#DOMAINMASTER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -14687,7 +14687,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" capabilities.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#OSLEVEL" +HREF="index.html#OSLEVEL" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -14710,7 +14710,7 @@ NAME="PREFEREDMASTER" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#PREFERREDMASTER" +HREF="index.html#PREFERREDMASTER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -14723,7 +14723,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><A NAME="PRELOAD" ></A ->preload (G)</DT +>preload</DT ><DD ><P >This is a list of services that you want to be @@ -14733,7 +14733,7 @@ NAME="PRELOAD" ><P >Note that if you just want all printers in your printcap file loaded then the <A -HREF="#LOADPRINTERS" +HREF="index.html#LOADPRINTERS" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -14765,7 +14765,7 @@ NAME="PRESERVECASE" > This controls if new filenames are created with the case that the client passes, or if they are forced to be the <A -HREF="#DEFAULTCASE" +HREF="index.html#DEFAULTCASE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -14781,7 +14781,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></P ><P >See the section on <A -HREF="#AEN203" +HREF="index.html#AEN203" >NAME MANGLING</A > for a fuller discussion.</P @@ -14869,7 +14869,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" >nobody</TT > account. If this happens then create an alternative guest account that can print and set the <A -HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT" +HREF="index.html#GUESTACCOUNT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -14893,7 +14893,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >You may have to vary this command considerably depending on how you normally print files on your system. The default for the parameter varies depending on the setting of the <A -HREF="#PRINTING" +HREF="index.html#PRINTING" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -14935,7 +14935,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><P >For printing = CUPS : If SAMBA is compiled against libcups, then <A -HREF="#PRINTING" +HREF="index.html#PRINTING" >printcap = cups</A > uses the CUPS API to @@ -14966,7 +14966,7 @@ NAME="PRINTOK" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#PRINTABLE" +HREF="index.html#PRINTABLE" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -14992,11 +14992,11 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" >Note that a printable service will ALWAYS allow writing to the service path (user privileges permitting) via the spooling of print data. The <A -HREF="#READONLY" +HREF="index.html#WRITEABLE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->read only +>writeable </I ></TT ></A @@ -15016,7 +15016,7 @@ NAME="PRINTCAP" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#PRINTCAPNAME" +HREF="index.html#PRINTCAPNAME" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -15037,7 +15037,7 @@ NAME="PRINTCAPNAME" CLASS="FILENAME" > /etc/printcap</TT >). See the discussion of the <A -HREF="#AEN79" +HREF="index.html#AEN79" >[printers]</A > section above for reasons why you might want to do this.</P @@ -15048,7 +15048,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" </B >. This should be supplemented by an addtional setting <A -HREF="#PRINTING" +HREF="index.html#PRINTING" >printing = cups</A > in the [global] section. <B @@ -15188,7 +15188,7 @@ TARGET="_top" sensitive) that describes the appropriate printer driver for your system. If you don't know the exact string to use then you should first try with no <A -HREF="#PRINTERDRIVER" +HREF="index.html#PRINTERDRIVER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -15200,7 +15200,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" shown in a scroll box after you have chosen the printer manufacturer.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#PRINTERDRIVERFILE" +HREF="index.html#PRINTERDRIVERFILE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -15271,7 +15271,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#PRINTERDRIVERLOCATION" +HREF="index.html#PRINTERDRIVERLOCATION" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -15341,7 +15341,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#PRINTERDRIVERFILE" +HREF="index.html#PRINTERDRIVERFILE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -15400,7 +15400,7 @@ NAME="PRINTER" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#PRINTERNAME" +HREF="index.html#PRINTERNAME" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -15493,7 +15493,7 @@ TARGET="_top" >This option can be set on a per printer basis</P ><P >See also the discussion in the <A -HREF="#AEN79" +HREF="index.html#AEN79" > [printers]</A > section.</P ></DD @@ -15528,7 +15528,7 @@ NAME="PROTOCOL" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#MAXPROTOCOL" +HREF="index.html#MAXPROTOCOL" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -15545,7 +15545,7 @@ NAME="PUBLIC" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#GUESTOK" +HREF="index.html#GUESTOK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -15616,7 +15616,7 @@ NAME="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND" executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the previous parameter (<A -HREF="#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -15651,7 +15651,7 @@ CLASS="emphasis" ><I CLASS="EMPHASIS" >depends on the setting of <A -HREF="#PRINTING" +HREF="index.html#PRINTING" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -15703,17 +15703,17 @@ NAME="READLIST" >This is a list of users that are given read-only access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list then they will not be given write access, no matter what the <A -HREF="#READONLY" +HREF="index.html#WRITEABLE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->read only</I +>writeable</I ></TT ></A > option is set to. The list can include group names using the syntax described in the <A -HREF="#INVALIDUSERS" +HREF="index.html#INVALIDUSERS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -15723,7 +15723,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > parameter.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#WRITELIST" +HREF="index.html#WRITELIST" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -15731,7 +15731,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A > parameter and the <A -HREF="#INVALIDUSERS" +HREF="index.html#INVALIDUSERS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -15758,40 +15758,15 @@ NAME="READONLY" >read only (S)</DT ><DD ><P ->An inverted synonym is <A -HREF="#WRITEABLE" -> <TT +>Note that this is an inverted synonym for <A +HREF="index.html#WRITEABLE" +><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I >writeable</I ></TT ></A >.</P -><P ->If this parameter is <TT -CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT ->, then users - of a service may not create or modify files in the service's - directory.</P -><P ->Note that a printable service (<B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->printable = yes</B ->) - will <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->ALWAYS</I -></SPAN -> allow writing to the directory - (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations.</P -><P ->Default: <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->read only = yes</B -></P ></DD ><DT ><A @@ -15814,7 +15789,7 @@ NAME="READRAW" ><P >In general this parameter should be viewed as a system tuning tool and left severely alone. See also <A -HREF="#WRITERAW" +HREF="index.html#WRITERAW" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -15928,7 +15903,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" to the two given IP addresses using the given workgroup names. If you leave out the workgroup name then the one given in the <A -HREF="#WORKGROUP" +HREF="index.html#WORKGROUP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16016,13 +15991,13 @@ NAME="RESTRICTANONYMOUS" ><P >This is a boolean parameter. If it is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT >, then anonymous access to the server will be restricted, namely in the case where the server is expecting the client to send a username, but it doesn't. Setting it to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT > will force these anonymous connections to be denied, and the client will be required to always supply a username and password when connecting. Use of this parameter @@ -16035,7 +16010,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" ><P >When restrict anonymous is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT >, all anonymous connections are denied no matter what they are for. This can effect the ability of a machine to access the Samba Primary Domain Controller to revalidate @@ -16059,7 +16034,7 @@ NAME="ROOT" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#ROOTDIRECTORY" +HREF="index.html#ROOTDIRECTORY" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16076,7 +16051,7 @@ NAME="ROOTDIR" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#ROOTDIRECTORY" +HREF="index.html#ROOTDIRECTORY" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16102,7 +16077,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" It may also check for, and deny access to, soft links to other parts of the filesystem, or attempts to use ".." in file names to access other directories (depending on the setting of the <A -HREF="#WIDELINKS" +HREF="index.html#WIDELINKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16177,7 +16152,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" (such as CDROMs) after a connection is closed.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#POSTEXEC" +HREF="index.html#POSTEXEC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16210,7 +16185,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" connection is opened.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#PREEXEC" +HREF="index.html#PREEXEC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16218,7 +16193,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A > and <A -HREF="#PREEXECCLOSE" +HREF="index.html#PREEXECCLOSE" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16249,7 +16224,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > parameter except that the command is run as root.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#PREEXEC" +HREF="index.html#PREEXEC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16257,7 +16232,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A > and <A -HREF="#PREEXECCLOSE" +HREF="index.html#PREEXECCLOSE" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16351,7 +16326,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >security = user</B >, see the <A -HREF="#MAPTOGUEST" +HREF="index.html#MAPTOGUEST" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16372,7 +16347,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ></SPAN > where it is offers both user and share level security under different <A -HREF="#NETBIOSALIASES" +HREF="index.html#NETBIOSALIASES" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16439,7 +16414,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><LI ><P >If the <A -HREF="#GUESTONLY" +HREF="index.html#GUESTONLY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16449,7 +16424,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></A > parameter is set, then all the other stages are missed and only the <A -HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT" +HREF="index.html#GUESTACCOUNT" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16463,7 +16438,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P >Is a username is sent with the share connection request, then this username (after mapping - see <A -HREF="#USERNAMEMAP" +HREF="index.html#USERNAMEMAP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16499,7 +16474,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><LI ><P >Any users on the <A -HREF="#USER" +HREF="index.html#USER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16547,7 +16522,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" be used in granting access.</P ><P >See also the section <A -HREF="#AEN236" +HREF="index.html#AEN236" > NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</A >.</P ><P @@ -16566,7 +16541,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" >This is the default security setting in Samba 2.2. With user-level security a client must first "log-on" with a valid username and password (which can be mapped using the <A -HREF="#USERNAMEMAP" +HREF="index.html#USERNAMEMAP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16575,7 +16550,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></A > parameter). Encrypted passwords (see the <A -HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" +HREF="index.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16584,7 +16559,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></A > parameter) can also be used in this security mode. Parameters such as <A -HREF="#USER" +HREF="index.html#USER" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16592,7 +16567,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A > and <A -HREF="#GUESTONLY" +HREF="index.html#GUESTONLY" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16620,7 +16595,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing the server to automatically map unknown users into the <A -HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT" +HREF="index.html#GUESTACCOUNT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16629,7 +16604,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></A >. See the <A -HREF="#MAPTOGUEST" +HREF="index.html#MAPTOGUEST" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16640,7 +16615,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > parameter for details on doing this.</P ><P >See also the section <A -HREF="#AEN236" +HREF="index.html#AEN236" > NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</A >.</P ><P @@ -16712,7 +16687,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing the server to automatically map unknown users into the <A -HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT" +HREF="index.html#GUESTACCOUNT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16721,7 +16696,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></A >. See the <A -HREF="#MAPTOGUEST" +HREF="index.html#MAPTOGUEST" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16732,12 +16707,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > parameter for details on doing this.</P ><P >See also the section <A -HREF="#AEN236" +HREF="index.html#AEN236" > NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</A >.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#PASSWORDSERVER" +HREF="index.html#PASSWORDSERVER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16746,7 +16721,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A > parameter and the <A -HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" +HREF="index.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16774,7 +16749,7 @@ TARGET="_top" >smbpasswd(8)</A > has been used to add this machine into a Windows NT Domain. It expects the <A -HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" +HREF="index.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16784,7 +16759,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" </A > parameter to be set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT >. In this mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing it to a Windows NT Primary or Backup Domain Controller, in exactly @@ -16834,7 +16809,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing the server to automatically map unknown users into the <A -HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT" +HREF="index.html#GUESTACCOUNT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16843,7 +16818,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></A >. See the <A -HREF="#MAPTOGUEST" +HREF="index.html#MAPTOGUEST" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16871,12 +16846,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" Domain Controller. This issue will be addressed in a future release.</P ><P >See also the section <A -HREF="#AEN236" +HREF="index.html#AEN236" > NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</A >.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#PASSWORDSERVER" +HREF="index.html#PASSWORDSERVER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16885,7 +16860,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A > parameter and the <A -HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" +HREF="index.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16943,7 +16918,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" >.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE" +HREF="index.html#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16952,7 +16927,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></A >, <A -HREF="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" +HREF="index.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -16961,7 +16936,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#FORCESECURITYMODE" +HREF="index.html#FORCESECURITYMODE" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -17124,7 +17099,7 @@ NAME="SHORTPRESERVECASE" which conform to 8.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced to be the <A -HREF="#DEFAULTCASE" +HREF="index.html#DEFAULTCASE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -17133,7 +17108,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >. This option can be use with <A -HREF="#PRESERVECASE" +HREF="index.html#PRESERVECASE" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >preserve case = yes</B @@ -17143,7 +17118,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" names are lowered. </P ><P >See the section on <A -HREF="#AEN203" +HREF="index.html#AEN203" > NAME MANGLING</A >.</P ><P @@ -17197,7 +17172,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" administrative privilege on an individual printer.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -17206,7 +17181,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" +HREF="index.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -17214,7 +17189,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#PRINTERADMIN" +HREF="index.html#PRINTERADMIN" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -17335,7 +17310,7 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" </P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT" +HREF="index.html#ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -17646,6 +17621,33 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></DD ><DT ><A +NAME="STATUS" +></A +>status (G)</DT +><DD +><P +>This enables or disables logging of connections + to a status file that <A +HREF="smbstatus.1.html" +TARGET="_top" +>smbstatus(1)</A +> + can read.</P +><P +>With this disabled <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>smbstatus</B +> won't be able + to tell you what connections are active. You should never need to + change this parameter.</P +><P +>Default: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>status = yes</B +></P +></DD +><DT +><A NAME="STRICTALLOCATE" ></A >strict allocate (S)</DT @@ -17743,7 +17745,7 @@ TARGET="_top" explorer shell file copies.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#SYNCALWAYS" +HREF="index.html#SYNCALWAYS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -17785,13 +17787,13 @@ NAME="SYNCALWAYS" whether writes will always be written to stable storage before the write call returns. If this is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</TT +>false</TT > then the server will be guided by the client's request in each write call (clients can set a bit indicating that a particular write should be synchronous). If this is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT > then every write will be followed by a <B CLASS="COMMAND" >fsync() @@ -17810,7 +17812,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" any affect.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#STRICTSYNC" +HREF="index.html#STRICTSYNC" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -17980,7 +17982,7 @@ NAME="TIMESTAMPLOGS" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" +HREF="index.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -18009,7 +18011,7 @@ TARGET="_top" can be used to prevent a server from exceeding its capacity and is designed as a printing throttle. See also <A -HREF="#MAXPRINTJOBS" +HREF="index.html#MAXPRINTJOBS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -18093,7 +18095,7 @@ NAME="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC" when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed. If this is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT > the program specified in the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -18112,7 +18114,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" access to the old password cleartext, only the new).</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM" +HREF="index.html#PASSWDPROGRAM" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -18121,7 +18123,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A >, <A -HREF="#PASSWDCHAT" +HREF="index.html#PASSWDCHAT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -18160,7 +18162,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" >.</P ><P >In order for this parameter to work correctly the <A -HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" +HREF="index.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -18234,7 +18236,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ></P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#DISABLESPOOLSS" +HREF="index.html#DISABLESPOOLSS" >disable spoolss</A > </P @@ -18256,7 +18258,7 @@ NAME="USEMMAP" mmap/read-write system memory cache. Currently only HPUX does not have such a coherent cache, and so this parameter is set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</TT +>false</TT > by default on HPUX. On all other systems this parameter should be left alone. This parameter is provided to help the Samba developers track down problems with @@ -18277,7 +18279,7 @@ NAME="USERHOSTS" ><P >If this global parameter is <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT >, it specifies that the UNIX user's <TT CLASS="FILENAME" @@ -18321,7 +18323,7 @@ NAME="USER" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#USERNAME" +HREF="index.html#USERNAME" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -18338,7 +18340,7 @@ NAME="USERS" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#USERNAME" +HREF="index.html#USERNAME" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -18397,7 +18399,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><P >To restrict a service to a particular set of users you can use the <A -HREF="#VALIDUSERS" +HREF="index.html#VALIDUSERS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -18427,7 +18429,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" search.</P ><P >See the section <A -HREF="#AEN236" +HREF="index.html#AEN236" >NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</A > for more information on how @@ -18510,16 +18512,16 @@ NAME="USERNAMEMAP" >If any line begins with a '#' or a ';' then it is ignored</P ><P ->If any line begins with an '!' then the processing - will stop after that line if a mapping was done by the line. - Otherwise mapping continues with every line being processed. - Using '!' is most useful when you have a wildcard mapping line +>If any line begins with an '!' then the processing + will stop after that line if a mapping was done by the line. + Otherwise mapping continues with every line being processed. + Using '!' is most useful when you have a wildcard mapping line later in the file.</P ><P >For example to map from the name <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" >admin</TT -> +> or <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" >administrator</TT @@ -18536,7 +18538,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >Or to map anyone in the UNIX group <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" >system</TT -> +> to the UNIX name <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" >sys</TT @@ -18547,10 +18549,10 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >sys = @system</B ></P ><P ->You can have as many mappings as you like in a username +>You can have as many mappings as you like in a username map file.</P ><P ->If your system supports the NIS NETGROUP option then +>If your system supports the NIS NETGROUP option then the netgroup database is checked before the <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/group @@ -18565,12 +18567,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >tridge = "Andrew Tridgell"</B ></P ><P ->would map the windows username "Andrew Tridgell" to the +>would map the windows username "Andrew Tridgell" to the unix username "tridge".</P ><P ->The following example would map mary and fred to the - unix user sys, and map the rest to guest. Note the use of the - '!' to tell Samba to stop processing if it gets a match on +>The following example would map mary and fred to the + unix user sys, and map the rest to guest. Note the use of the + '!' to tell Samba to stop processing if it gets a match on that line.</P ><P ><PRE @@ -18580,38 +18582,38 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" </PRE ></P ><P ->Note that the remapping is applied to all occurrences +>Note that the remapping is applied to all occurrences of usernames. Thus if you connect to \\server\fred and <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" > fred</TT > is remapped to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" >mary</TT -> then you - will actually be connecting to \\server\mary and will need to +> then you + will actually be connecting to \\server\mary and will need to supply a password suitable for <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" >mary</TT -> not +> not <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" >fred</TT ->. The only exception to this is the +>. The only exception to this is the username passed to the <A -HREF="#PASSWORDSERVER" +HREF="index.html#PASSWORDSERVER" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I > password server</I ></TT ></A -> (if you have one). The password - server will receive whatever username the client supplies without +> (if you have one). The password + server will receive whatever username the client supplies without modification.</P ><P ->Also note that no reverse mapping is done. The main effect - this has is with printing. Users who have been mapped may have - trouble deleting print jobs as PrintManager under WfWg will think +>Also note that no reverse mapping is done. The main effect + this has is with printing. Users who have been mapped may have + trouble deleting print jobs as PrintManager under WfWg will think they don't own the print job.</P ><P >Default: <SPAN @@ -18630,42 +18632,18 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ></DD ><DT ><A -NAME="USESENDFILE" -></A ->use sendfile (S)</DT -><DD -><P ->If this parameter is <TT -CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT ->, and Samba - was built with the --with-sendfile-support option, and the underlying operating - system supports sendfile system call, then some SMB read calls (mainly ReadAndX - and ReadRaw) will use the more efficient sendfile system call for files that - are exclusively oplocked. This may make more efficient use of the system CPU's - and cause Samba to be faster. This is off by default as it's effects are unknown - as yet. - </P -><P ->Default: <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->use sendfile = no</B -></P -></DD -><DT -><A NAME="UTMP" ></A >utmp (G)</DT ><DD ><P ->This boolean parameter is only available if +>This boolean parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option <B CLASS="COMMAND" > --with-utmp</B >. If set to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT > then Samba will attempt to add utmp or utmpx records (depending on the UNIX system) whenever a connection is made to a Samba server. Sites may use this to record the @@ -18678,7 +18656,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" performance on large installations. </P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#UTMPDIRECTORY" +HREF="index.html#UTMPDIRECTORY" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -18706,7 +18684,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the utmp or utmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that record user connections to a Samba server. See also the <A -HREF="#UTMP" +HREF="index.html#UTMP" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -18752,7 +18730,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" has logged out. See also the <A -HREF="#UTMP" +HREF="index.html#UTMP" > <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -18815,7 +18793,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >. This is useful in the [homes] section.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#INVALIDUSERS" +HREF="index.html#INVALIDUSERS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -18899,7 +18877,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" for a match as they are scanned.</P ><P >See also <A -HREF="#HIDEFILES" +HREF="index.html#HIDEFILES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -18908,7 +18886,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT ></A > and <A -HREF="#CASESENSITIVE" +HREF="index.html#CASESENSITIVE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -18946,7 +18924,7 @@ NAME="VETOOPLOCKFILES" ><DD ><P >This parameter is only valid when the <A -HREF="#OPLOCKS" +HREF="index.html#OPLOCKS" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -18958,7 +18936,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" to selectively turn off the granting of oplocks on selected files that match a wildcarded list, similar to the wildcarded list used in the <A -HREF="#VETOFILES" +HREF="index.html#VETOFILES" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -19051,7 +19029,7 @@ NAME="VFSOPTIONS" to the vfs layer at initialization time. The Samba VFS layer is new to Samba 2.2 and must be enabled at compile time with --with-vfs. See also <A -HREF="#VFSOBJECT" +HREF="index.html#VFSOBJECT" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -19162,10 +19140,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >winbind enum users</I ></TT > parameter is - <TT -CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</TT ->, calls to the <B + false, calls to the <B CLASS="COMMAND" >getpwent</B > system call @@ -19220,10 +19195,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >winbind enum groups</I ></TT > parameter is - <TT -CLASS="CONSTANT" ->no</TT ->, calls to the <B + false, calls to the <B CLASS="COMMAND" >getgrent()</B > system @@ -19347,7 +19319,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >winbind use default domain, <A NAME="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN" ></A ->winbind use default domain (G)</DT +>winbind use default domain</DT ><DD ><P >This parameter specifies whether the <A @@ -19362,13 +19334,13 @@ TARGET="_top" ><P >Default: <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->winbind use default domain = <no> +>winbind use default domain = <falseg> </B ></P ><P >Example: <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->winbind use default domain = yes</B +>winbind use default domain = true</B ></P ></DD ><DT @@ -19521,7 +19493,7 @@ TARGET="_top" > process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should not set this to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT > unless you have a multi-subnetted network and you wish a particular <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -19535,7 +19507,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ></SPAN > set this to <TT CLASS="CONSTANT" ->yes</TT +>true</TT > on more than one machine in your network.</P ><P @@ -19554,7 +19526,7 @@ NAME="WORKGROUP" >This controls what workgroup your server will appear to be in when queried by clients. Note that this parameter also controls the Domain name used with the <A -HREF="#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN" +HREF="index.html#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >security = domain</B @@ -19583,7 +19555,7 @@ NAME="WRITABLE" ><DD ><P >Synonym for <A -HREF="#WRITEABLE" +HREF="index.html#WRITEABLE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -19646,11 +19618,11 @@ NAME="WRITELIST" >This is a list of users that are given read-write access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list then they will be given write access, no matter what the <A -HREF="#READONLY" +HREF="index.html#WRITEABLE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->read only</I +>writeable</I ></TT ></A > @@ -19661,7 +19633,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" write list then they will be given write access.</P ><P >See also the <A -HREF="#READLIST" +HREF="index.html#READLIST" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I @@ -19714,12 +19686,12 @@ NAME="WRITEOK" >write ok (S)</DT ><DD ><P ->Inverted synonym for <A -HREF="#READONLY" +>Synonym for <A +HREF="index.html#WRITEABLE" ><TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I -> read only</I +> writeable</I ></TT ></A >.</P @@ -19747,15 +19719,40 @@ NAME="WRITEABLE" >writeable (S)</DT ><DD ><P ->Inverted synonym for <A -HREF="#READONLY" -><TT +>An inverted synonym is <A +HREF="index.html#READONLY" +> <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I -> read only</I +>read only</I ></TT ></A >.</P +><P +>If this parameter is <TT +CLASS="CONSTANT" +>no</TT +>, then users + of a service may not create or modify files in the service's + directory.</P +><P +>Note that a printable service (<B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>printable = yes</B +>) + will <SPAN +CLASS="emphasis" +><I +CLASS="EMPHASIS" +>ALWAYS</I +></SPAN +> allow writing to the directory + (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations.</P +><P +>Default: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>writeable = no</B +></P ></DD ></DL ></DIV @@ -19763,7 +19760,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN6113" +NAME="AEN6109" ></A ><H2 >WARNINGS</H2 @@ -19793,7 +19790,7 @@ TARGET="_top" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN6119" +NAME="AEN6115" ></A ><H2 >VERSION</H2 @@ -19804,7 +19801,7 @@ NAME="AEN6119" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN6122" +NAME="AEN6118" ></A ><H2 >SEE ALSO</H2 @@ -19883,7 +19880,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN6142" +NAME="AEN6138" ></A ><H2 >AUTHOR</H2 diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html index e0425d481d..637720fa6b 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >smbcacls</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="SMBCACLS" -></A ->smbcacls</H1 +>smbcacls</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -56,8 +55,8 @@ TARGET="_top" >The <B CLASS="COMMAND" >smbcacls</B -> program manipulates NT Access Control - Lists (ACLs) on SMB file shares. </P +> program manipulates NT Access Control Lists + (ACLs) on SMB file shares. </P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" @@ -107,7 +106,7 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST" ><P >This command sets the ACLs on the file with only the ones specified on the command line. All other ACLs are - erased. Note that the ACL specified must contain at least a revision, + erased. Note that the ACL specified must contain at least a revision, type, owner and group for the call to succeed. </P ></DD ><DT @@ -190,14 +189,23 @@ NAME="AEN75" >The format of an ACL is one or more ACL entries separated by either commas or newlines. An ACL entry is one of the following: </P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > -REVISION:<revision number> -OWNER:<sid or name> -GROUP:<sid or name> -ACL:<sid or name>:<type>/<flags>/<mask> +REVISION:<revision number> +OWNER:<sid or name> +GROUP:<sid or name> +ACL:<sid or name>:<type>/<flags>/<mask> </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The revision of the ACL specifies the internal Windows @@ -254,62 +262,38 @@ ACL:<sid or name>:<type>/<flags>/<mask> ><UL ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->R</I -></SPAN +><EM +>R</EM > - Allow read access </P ></LI ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->W</I -></SPAN +><EM +>W</EM > - Allow write access</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->X</I -></SPAN +><EM +>X</EM > - Execute permission on the object</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->D</I -></SPAN +><EM +>D</EM > - Delete the object</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->P</I -></SPAN +><EM +>P</EM > - Change permissions</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->O</I -></SPAN +><EM +>O</EM > - Take ownership</P ></LI ></UL @@ -320,34 +304,22 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><UL ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->READ</I -></SPAN +><EM +>READ</EM > - Equivalent to 'RX' permissions</P ></LI ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->CHANGE</I -></SPAN +><EM +>CHANGE</EM > - Equivalent to 'RXWD' permissions </P ></LI ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->FULL</I -></SPAN +><EM +>FULL</EM > - Equivalent to 'RWXDPO' permissions</P ></LI diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbclient.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbclient.1.html index 1e251c2ca5..4c770f9eb2 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbclient.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbclient.1.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >smbclient</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="SMBCLIENT" -></A ->smbclient</H1 +>smbclient</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -38,7 +37,7 @@ NAME="AEN8" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >smbclient</B -> {servicename} [password] [-b <buffer size>] [-d debuglevel] [-D Directory] [-U username] [-W workgroup] [-M <netbios name>] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-l logfile] [-L <netbios name>] [-I destinationIP] [-E <terminal code>] [-c <command string>] [-i scope] [-O <socket options>] [-p port] [-R <name resolve order>] [-s <smb config file>] [-T<c|x>IXFqgbNan]</P +> {servicename} [password] [-b <buffer size>] [-d debuglevel] [-D Directory] [-U username] [-W workgroup] [-M <netbios name>] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-l logfile] [-L <netbios name>] [-I destinationIP] [-E <terminal code>] [-c <command string>] [-i scope] [-O <socket options>] [-p port] [-R <name resolve order>] [-s <smb config file>] [-T<c|x>IXFqgbNan]</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" @@ -196,7 +195,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" options. </P ></DD ><DT ->-R <name resolve order></DT +>-R <name resolve order></DT ><DD ><P >This option is used by the programs in the Samba @@ -349,12 +348,8 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > for a description of how to handle incoming WinPopup messages in Samba. </P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->Note</I -></SPAN +><EM +>Note</EM >: Copy WinPopup into the startup group on your WfWg PCs if you want them to always be able to receive messages. </P @@ -373,12 +368,8 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" CLASS="FILENAME" >rfc1002.txt</TT >. - NetBIOS scopes are <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->very</I -></SPAN + NetBIOS scopes are <EM +>very</EM > rarely used, only set this parameter if you are the system administrator in charge of all the NetBIOS systems you communicate with. </P @@ -435,20 +426,12 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE" ><I >debuglevel</I ></TT -> is set to the letter 'A', then <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" +> is set to the letter 'A', then <EM >all - </I -></SPAN + </EM > debug messages will be printed. This setting - is for developers only (and people who <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->really</I -></SPAN + is for developers only (and people who <EM +>really</EM > want to know how the code works internally). </P ><P @@ -610,12 +593,21 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" password used in the connection. The format of the file is </P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ->username = <value> -password = <value> -domain = <value> +>username = <value> +password = <value> +domain = <value> </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >If the domain parameter is missing the current workgroup name @@ -651,18 +643,10 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > how to interpret filenames coming from the remote server. Usually Asian language multibyte UNIX implementations use different character sets than - SMB/CIFS servers (<SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->EUC</I -></SPAN -> instead of <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" -> SJIS</I -></SPAN + SMB/CIFS servers (<EM +>EUC</EM +> instead of <EM +> SJIS</EM > for example). Setting this parameter will let <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -876,12 +860,8 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></LI ></UL ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->Tar Long File Names</I -></SPAN +><EM +>Tar Long File Names</EM ></P ><P ><B @@ -897,24 +877,16 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" files in the archive with relative names, not absolute names. </P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->Tar Filenames</I -></SPAN +><EM +>Tar Filenames</EM ></P ><P >All file names can be given as DOS path names (with '\' as the component separator) or as UNIX path names (with '/' as the component separator). </P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->Examples</I -></SPAN +><EM +>Examples</EM ></P ><P >Restore from tar file <TT @@ -1016,7 +988,7 @@ NAME="AEN310" ><P ><TT CLASS="PROMPT" ->smb:\> </TT +>smb:\> </TT ></P ><P >The backslash ("\") indicates the current working directory @@ -1036,7 +1008,7 @@ CLASS="PROMPT" ><P >Parameters shown in square brackets (e.g., "[parameter]") are optional. If not given, the command will use suitable defaults. Parameters - shown in angle brackets (e.g., "<parameter>") are required. + shown in angle brackets (e.g., "<parameter>") are required. </P ><P >Note that all commands operating on the server are actually @@ -1127,7 +1099,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE" directory on the server will be reported. </P ></DD ><DT ->del <mask></DT +>del <mask></DT ><DD ><P >The client will request that the server attempt @@ -1140,7 +1112,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE" directory on the server. </P ></DD ><DT ->dir <mask></DT +>dir <mask></DT ><DD ><P >A list of the files matching <TT @@ -1160,7 +1132,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE" from the program. </P ></DD ><DT ->get <remote file name> [local file name]</DT +>get <remote file name> [local file name]</DT ><DD ><P >Copy the file called <TT @@ -1225,13 +1197,13 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE" lowercase filenames are the norm on UNIX systems. </P ></DD ><DT ->ls <mask></DT +>ls <mask></DT ><DD ><P >See the dir command above. </P ></DD ><DT ->mask <mask></DT +>mask <mask></DT ><DD ><P >This command allows the user to set up a mask @@ -1257,13 +1229,13 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE" mask back to "*" after using the mget or mput commands. </P ></DD ><DT ->md <directory name></DT +>md <directory name></DT ><DD ><P >See the mkdir command. </P ></DD ><DT ->mget <mask></DT +>mget <mask></DT ><DD ><P >Copy all files matching <TT @@ -1288,14 +1260,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" > are binary. See also the lowercase command. </P ></DD ><DT ->mkdir <directory name></DT +>mkdir <directory name></DT ><DD ><P >Create a new directory on the server (user access privileges permitting) with the specified name. </P ></DD ><DT ->mput <mask></DT +>mput <mask></DT ><DD ><P >Copy all files matching <TT @@ -1321,7 +1293,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" are binary. </P ></DD ><DT ->print <file name></DT +>print <file name></DT ><DD ><P >Print the specified file from the local machine @@ -1330,7 +1302,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >See also the printmode command.</P ></DD ><DT ->printmode <graphics or text></DT +>printmode <graphics or text></DT ><DD ><P >Set the print mode to suit either binary data @@ -1350,7 +1322,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" </P ></DD ><DT ->put <local file name> [remote file name]</DT +>put <local file name> [remote file name]</DT ><DD ><P >Copy the file called <TT @@ -1382,7 +1354,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >See the exit command. </P ></DD ><DT ->rd <directory name></DT +>rd <directory name></DT ><DD ><P >See the rmdir command. </P @@ -1407,7 +1379,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" using the mask command will be ignored. </P ></DD ><DT ->rm <mask></DT +>rm <mask></DT ><DD ><P >Remove all files matching <TT @@ -1419,14 +1391,14 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE" working directory on the server. </P ></DD ><DT ->rmdir <directory name></DT +>rmdir <directory name></DT ><DD ><P >Remove the specified directory (user access privileges permitting) from the server. </P ></DD ><DT ->setmode <filename> <perm=[+|\-]rsha></DT +>setmode <filename> <perm=[+|\-]rsha></DT ><DD ><P >A version of the DOS attrib command to set @@ -1451,7 +1423,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" </P ></DD ><DT ->tar <c|x>[IXbgNa]</DT +>tar <c|x>[IXbgNa]</DT ><DD ><P >Performs a tar operation - see the <TT @@ -1467,7 +1439,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" </P ></DD ><DT ->blocksize <blocksize></DT +>blocksize <blocksize></DT ><DD ><P >Blocksize. Must be followed by a valid (greater @@ -1480,7 +1452,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE" >*TBLOCK (usually 512 byte) blocks. </P ></DD ><DT ->tarmode <full|inc|reset|noreset></DT +>tarmode <full|inc|reset|noreset></DT ><DD ><P >Changes tar's behavior with regard to archive @@ -1568,12 +1540,8 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > /usr/samba/bin/</TT > directory, this directory readable by all, writeable only by root. The client program itself should - be executable by all. The client should <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->NOT</I -></SPAN + be executable by all. The client should <EM +>NOT</EM > be setuid or setgid! </P ><P diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbcontrol.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbcontrol.1.html index 12662dcc04..74c2854a86 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbcontrol.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbcontrol.1.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >smbcontrol</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="SMBCONTROL" -></A ->smbcontrol</H1 +>smbcontrol</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -250,7 +249,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" >printnotify</TT > message-type sends a message to smbd which in turn sends a printer notify message to - any Windows NT clients connected to a printer. This message-type + any Windows NT clients connected to a printer. This message-type takes the following arguments: <P diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbd.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbd.8.html index 22340139ed..6a4996d938 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbd.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbd.8.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >smbd</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="SMBD" -></A ->smbd</H1 +>smbd</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -37,7 +36,7 @@ NAME="AEN8" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >smbd</B -> [-D] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-P] [-h] [-V] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-l <log directory>] [-p <port number>] [-O <socket option>] [-s <configuration file>]</P +> [-D] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-P] [-h] [-V] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-l <log directory>] [-p <port number>] [-O <socket option>] [-s <configuration file>]</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" @@ -206,7 +205,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" Samba was built.</P ></DD ><DT ->-d <debug level></DT +>-d <debug level></DT ><DD ><P ><TT @@ -247,7 +246,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > file.</P ></DD ><DT ->-l <log directory></DT +>-l <log directory></DT ><DD ><P >If specified, @@ -273,12 +272,8 @@ TARGET="_top" CLASS="FILENAME" > smb.conf(5)</TT ></A -> file. <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->Beware:</I -></SPAN +> file. <EM +>Beware:</EM > If the directory specified does not exist, <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -291,7 +286,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" compile time.</P ></DD ><DT ->-O <socket options></DT +>-O <socket options></DT ><DD ><P >See the <A @@ -310,7 +305,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > file for details.</P ></DD ><DT ->-p <port number></DT +>-p <port number></DT ><DD ><P ><TT @@ -341,7 +336,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE" in the above situation.</P ></DD ><DT ->-s <configuration file></DT +>-s <configuration file></DT ><DD ><P >The file specified contains the @@ -549,12 +544,8 @@ TARGET="_top" ><UL ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->Account Validation</I -></SPAN +><EM +>Account Validation</EM >: All acccesses to a samba server are checked against PAM to see if the account is vaild, not disabled and is permitted to @@ -563,12 +554,8 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ></LI ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->Session Management</I -></SPAN +><EM +>Session Management</EM >: When not using share level secuirty, users must pass PAM's session checks before access is granted. Note however, that this is bypassed in share level secuirty. @@ -637,12 +624,8 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" that <B CLASS="COMMAND" >SIGKILL (-9)</B -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->NOT</I -></SPAN +> <EM +>NOT</EM > be used, except as a last resort, as this may leave the shared memory area in an inconsistent state. The safe way to terminate diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbgroupedit.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbgroupedit.8.html index b93e900dcd..4af49672ca 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbgroupedit.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbgroupedit.8.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >smbgroupedit</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="SMBGROUPEDIT" -></A ->smbgroupedit</H1 +>smbgroupedit</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -37,7 +36,7 @@ NAME="AEN8" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >smbroupedit</B -> [-v [l|s]] [-a UNIX-groupname [-d NT-groupname|-p privilege|]]</P +> [-v [l|s]] [-a UNIX-groupname [-d NT-groupname|-p prividge|]</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" @@ -89,6 +88,12 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST" ><P >give a long listing, of the format:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >"NT Group Name" @@ -97,18 +102,30 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" Group type : Comment : Privilege :</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >For examples,</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >Users - SID : S-1-5-32-545 + SID : S-1-5-32-545 Unix group: -1 Group type: Local group - Comment : + Comment : Privilege : No privilege</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DD ><DT @@ -117,16 +134,34 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ><P >display a short listing of the format:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >NTGroupName(SID) -> UnixGroupName</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >For example,</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >Users (S-1-5-32-545) -> -1</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DD ></DL @@ -211,6 +246,12 @@ TYPE="a" >Get the SID for the Windows NT "Domain Admins" group:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ><TT @@ -221,6 +262,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >smbgroupedit -vs | grep "Domain Admins"</B > Domain Admins (S-1-5-21-1108995562-3116817432-1375597819-512) -> -1</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></LI ><LI @@ -229,6 +273,12 @@ Domain Admins (S-1-5-21-1108995562-3116817432-1375597819-512) -> -1</PRE "Domain Admins" group, by running the command: </P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ><TT @@ -240,14 +290,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" -c S-1-5-21-1108995562-3116817432-1375597819-512 \ -u domadm</B ></PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P -> <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->warning:</I -></SPAN +> <EM +>warning:</EM > don't copy and paste this sample, the Domain Admins SID (the S-1-5-21-...-512) is different for every PDC. </P @@ -256,8 +305,14 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ></LI ></OL ><P ->To verify that your mapping has taken effect:</P +>To verify that you mapping has taken effect:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ><TT @@ -268,12 +323,21 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >smbgroupedit -vs|grep "Domain Admins"</B > Domain Admins (S-1-5-21-1108995562-3116817432-1375597819-512) -> domadm</PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >To give access to a certain directory on a domain member machine (an NT/W2K or a samba server running winbind) to some users who are member of a group on your samba PDC, flag that group as a domain group:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" ><TT @@ -283,6 +347,9 @@ CLASS="PROMPT" CLASS="COMMAND" >smbgroupedit -a unixgroup -td</B ></PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ></DIV ><DIV diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbmnt.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbmnt.8.html index 06b9fb1fd3..a7d10b6e19 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbmnt.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbmnt.8.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >smbmnt</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="SMBMNT" -></A ->smbmnt</H1 +>smbmnt</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -37,7 +36,7 @@ NAME="AEN8" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >smbmnt</B -> {mount-point} [-s <share>] [-r] [-u <uid>] [-g <gid>] [-f <mask>] [-d <mask>] [-o <options>]</P +> {mount-point} [-s <share>] [-r] [-u <uid>] [-g <gid>] [-f <mask>] [-d <mask>] [-o <options>]</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbmount.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbmount.8.html index 81a3ac04b2..9d620f1397 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbmount.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbmount.8.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >smbmount</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="SMBMOUNT" -></A ->smbmount</H1 +>smbmount</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -86,12 +85,8 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >smbmount</B > process may also be called mount.smbfs.</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->NOTE:</I -></SPAN +><EM +>NOTE:</EM > <B CLASS="COMMAND" >smbmount</B @@ -119,7 +114,7 @@ NAME="AEN31" CLASS="VARIABLELIST" ><DL ><DT ->username=<arg></DT +>username=<arg></DT ><DD ><P >specifies the username to connect as. If @@ -132,7 +127,7 @@ CLASS="ENVAR" to be specified as part of the username.</P ></DD ><DT ->password=<arg></DT +>password=<arg></DT ><DD ><P >specifies the SMB password. If this @@ -148,7 +143,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" for a passeword, unless the guest option is given. </P ><P -> Note that passwords which contain the argument delimiter +> Note that password which contain the arguement delimiter character (i.e. a comma ',') will failed to be parsed correctly on the command line. However, the same password defined in the PASSWD environment variable or a credentials file (see @@ -156,17 +151,26 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" </P ></DD ><DT ->credentials=<filename></DT +>credentials=<filename></DT ><DD ><P >specifies a file that contains a username and/or password. The format of the file is:</P ><P -> <PRE +> <TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="90%" +><TR +><TD +><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" -> username = <value> - password = <value> +> username = <value> + password = <value> </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE > </P ><P @@ -179,14 +183,14 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" </P ></DD ><DT ->netbiosname=<arg></DT +>netbiosname=<arg></DT ><DD ><P >sets the source NetBIOS name. It defaults to the local hostname. </P ></DD ><DT ->uid=<arg></DT +>uid=<arg></DT ><DD ><P >sets the uid that will own all files on @@ -195,7 +199,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" </P ></DD ><DT ->gid=<arg></DT +>gid=<arg></DT ><DD ><P >sets the gid that will own all files on @@ -204,14 +208,14 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" gid. </P ></DD ><DT ->port=<arg></DT +>port=<arg></DT ><DD ><P >sets the remote SMB port number. The default is 139. </P ></DD ><DT ->fmask=<arg></DT +>fmask=<arg></DT ><DD ><P >sets the file mask. This determines the @@ -219,7 +223,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" The default is based on the current umask. </P ></DD ><DT ->dmask=<arg></DT +>dmask=<arg></DT ><DD ><P >sets the directory mask. This determines the @@ -227,7 +231,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" The default is based on the current umask. </P ></DD ><DT ->debug=<arg></DT +>debug=<arg></DT ><DD ><P >sets the debug level. This is useful for @@ -236,20 +240,20 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" output, possibly hiding the useful output.</P ></DD ><DT ->ip=<arg></DT +>ip=<arg></DT ><DD ><P >sets the destination host or IP address. </P ></DD ><DT ->workgroup=<arg></DT +>workgroup=<arg></DT ><DD ><P >sets the workgroup on the destination </P ></DD ><DT ->sockopt=<arg></DT +>sockopt=<arg></DT ><DD ><P >sets the TCP socket options. See the <A @@ -269,7 +273,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" </P ></DD ><DT ->scope=<arg></DT +>scope=<arg></DT ><DD ><P >sets the NetBIOS scope </P @@ -293,7 +297,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >mount read-write </P ></DD ><DT ->iocharset=<arg></DT +>iocharset=<arg></DT ><DD ><P > sets the charset used by the Linux side for codepage @@ -303,7 +307,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" </P ></DD ><DT ->codepage=<arg></DT +>codepage=<arg></DT ><DD ><P > sets the codepage the server uses. See the iocharset @@ -312,10 +316,10 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" </P ></DD ><DT ->ttl=<arg></DT +>ttl=<arg></DT ><DD ><P -> sets how long a directory listing is cached in milliseconds +> how long a directory listing is cached in milliseconds (also affects visibility of file size and date changes). A higher value means that changes on the server take longer to be noticed but it can give diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.5.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.5.html index 04fab30ed6..1f862b6611 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.5.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.5.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >smbpasswd</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="SMBPASSWD" -></A ->smbpasswd</H1 +>smbpasswd</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -119,29 +118,17 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT" > and the user will not be able to log onto the Samba server. </P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->WARNING !!</I -></SPAN +><EM +>WARNING !!</EM > Note that, due to the challenge-response nature of the SMB/CIFS authentication protocol, anyone with a knowledge of this password hash will be able to impersonate the user on the network. For this - reason these hashes are known as <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" + reason these hashes are known as <EM >plain text - equivalents</I -></SPAN -> and must <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->NOT</I -></SPAN + equivalents</EM +> and must <EM +>NOT</EM > be made available to anyone but the root user. To protect these passwords the smbpasswd file is placed in a directory with read and @@ -166,29 +153,17 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" password this entry will be identical (i.e. the password is not "salted" as the UNIX password is). </P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->WARNING !!</I -></SPAN +><EM +>WARNING !!</EM >. Note that, due to the challenge-response nature of the SMB/CIFS authentication protocol, anyone with a knowledge of this password hash will be able to impersonate the user on the network. For this - reason these hashes are known as <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" + reason these hashes are known as <EM >plain text - equivalents</I -></SPAN -> and must <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->NOT</I -></SPAN + equivalents</EM +> and must <EM +>NOT</EM > be made available to anyone but the root user. To protect these passwords the smbpasswd file is placed in a directory with read and @@ -211,12 +186,8 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><UL ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->U</I -></SPAN +><EM +>U</EM > - This means this is a "User" account, i.e. an ordinary user. Only User and Workstation Trust accounts are currently supported @@ -224,12 +195,8 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ></LI ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->N</I -></SPAN +><EM +>N</EM > - This means the account has no password (the passwords in the fields LANMAN Password Hash and NT Password Hash are ignored). Note that this @@ -250,24 +217,16 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ></LI ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->D</I -></SPAN +><EM +>D</EM > - This means the account is disabled and no SMB/CIFS logins will be allowed for this user. </P ></LI ><LI ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->W</I -></SPAN +><EM +>W</EM > - This means this account is a "Workstation Trust" account. This kind of account is used in the Samba PDC code stream to allow Windows NT Workstations diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.8.html index fa7b4b2520..a8b39b37e5 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.8.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >smbpasswd</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="SMBPASSWD" -></A ->smbpasswd</H1 +>smbpasswd</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -37,12 +36,12 @@ NAME="AEN8" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >smbpasswd</B -> [-a] [-x] [-d] [-e] [-D debuglevel] [-n] [-r <remote machine>] [-R <name resolve order>] [-m] [-U username[%password]] [-h] [-s] [-w pass] [username]</P +> [-a] [-x] [-d] [-e] [-D debuglevel] [-n] [-r <remote machine>] [-R <name resolve order>] [-m] [-j DOMAIN] [-U username[%password]] [-h] [-s] [-w pass] [username]</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN25" +NAME="AEN26" ></A ><H2 >DESCRIPTION</H2 @@ -54,12 +53,8 @@ TARGET="_top" > suite.</P ><P >The smbpasswd program has several different - functions, depending on whether it is run by the <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->root</I -></SPAN + functions, depending on whether it is run by the <EM +>root</EM > user or not. When run as a normal user it allows the user to change the password used for their SMB sessions on any machines that store @@ -75,12 +70,8 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" CLASS="COMMAND" >smbpasswd</B > differs from how the passwd program works - however in that it is not <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->setuid root</I -></SPAN + however in that it is not <EM +>setuid root</EM > but works in a client-server mode and communicates with a locally running <B @@ -94,13 +85,13 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >smbpasswd(5)</TT > file. </P ><P ->When run by an ordinary user with no options, smbpasswd +>When run by an ordinary user with no options. smbpasswd will prompt them for their old SMB password and then ask them for their new password twice, to ensure that the new password was typed correctly. No passwords will be echoed on the screen whilst being typed. If you have a blank SMB password (specified by the string "NO PASSWORD" in the smbpasswd file) then just press - the <Enter> key when asked for your old password. </P + the <Enter> key when asked for your old password. </P ><P >smbpasswd can also be used by a normal user to change their SMB password on remote machines, such as Windows NT Primary Domain @@ -119,7 +110,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN41" +NAME="AEN42" ></A ><H2 >OPTIONS</H2 @@ -134,7 +125,7 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST" ><P >This option specifies that the username following should be added to the local smbpasswd file, with the - new password typed (type <Enter> for the old password). This + new password typed (type <Enter> for the old password). This option is ignored if the username following already exists in the smbpasswd file and it is treated like a regular change password command. Note that the default passdb backends require @@ -143,7 +134,7 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST" CLASS="FILENAME" >/etc/passwd</TT >), else the request to add the - user will fail. </P + user will fail. </P ><P >This option is only available when running smbpasswd as root. </P @@ -303,12 +294,8 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" copy of the user account database and will not allow the password change).</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->Note</I -></SPAN +><EM +>Note</EM > that Windows 95/98 do not have a real password database so it is not possible to change passwords specifying a Win95/98 machine as remote machine target. </P @@ -317,12 +304,12 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" >-R name resolve order</DT ><DD ><P ->This option allows the user of smbpasswd to determine +>This option allows the user of smbpasswd to determine what name resolution services to use when looking up the NetBIOS name of the host being connected to. </P ><P ->The options are :"lmhosts", "host", "wins" and "bcast". They - cause names to be resolved as follows : </P +>The options are :"lmhosts", "host", "wins" and "bcast". They cause + names to be resolved as follows : </P ><P ></P ><UL @@ -372,8 +359,8 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >wins server</I ></TT > - parameter. If no WINS server has been specified this method - will be ignored.</P + parameter. If no WINS server has been specified this method + will be ignored.</P ></LI ><LI ><P @@ -388,8 +375,8 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >interfaces</I ></TT > parameter. This is the least - reliable of the name resolution methods as it depends on the - target host being on a locally connected subnet.</P + reliable of the name resolution methods as it depends on the + target host being on a locally connected subnet.</P ></LI ></UL ><P @@ -412,7 +399,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" being changed is a MACHINE account. Currently this is used when Samba is being used as an NT Primary Domain Controller.</P ><P ->This option is only available when running smbpasswd as root. +>This option is only available when running smbpasswd as root. </P ></DD ><DT @@ -461,8 +448,8 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" >-w password</DT ><DD ><P ->This parameter is only available if Samba - has been configured to use the experimental +>This parameter is only available is Samba + has been configured to use the experiemental <B CLASS="COMMAND" >--with-ldapsam</B @@ -494,7 +481,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >ldap admin dn</I ></TT -> ever changes, the password will need to be +> ever changes, the password will beed to be manually updated as well. </P ></DD @@ -503,12 +490,8 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><DD ><P >This specifies the username for all of the - <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->root only</I -></SPAN + <EM +>root only</EM > options to operate on. Only root can specify this parameter as only root has the permission needed to modify attributes directly in the local smbpasswd file. @@ -520,7 +503,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN162" +NAME="AEN163" ></A ><H2 >NOTES</H2 @@ -563,7 +546,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN172" +NAME="AEN173" ></A ><H2 >VERSION</H2 @@ -574,7 +557,7 @@ NAME="AEN172" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN175" +NAME="AEN176" ></A ><H2 >SEE ALSO</H2 @@ -597,7 +580,7 @@ TARGET="_top" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN181" +NAME="AEN182" ></A ><H2 >AUTHOR</H2 diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbsh.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbsh.1.html index 72dbda5418..ba2cc7b492 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbsh.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbsh.1.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >smbsh</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="SMBSH" -></A ->smbsh</H1 +>smbsh</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -38,7 +37,7 @@ NAME="AEN8" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >smbsh</B -> [-W workgroup] [-U username] [-P prefix] [-R <name resolve order>] [-d <debug level>] [-l logfile] [-L libdir]</P +> [-W workgroup] [-U username] [-P prefix] [-R <name resolve order>] [-d <debug level>] [-l logfile] [-L libdir]</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" @@ -115,17 +114,13 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >This option allows the user to set the directory prefix for SMB access. The default value if this option is not specified is - <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->smb</I -></SPAN + <EM +>smb</EM >. </P ></DD ><DT ->-R <name resolve order></DT +>-R <name resolve order></DT ><DD ><P >This option is used to determine what naming @@ -236,7 +231,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" order. </P ></DD ><DT ->-d <debug level></DT +>-d <debug level></DT ><DD ><P >debug level is an integer from 0 to 10.</P @@ -305,6 +300,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" that authenticates you to the machine running the Windows NT operating system.</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" > <TT @@ -335,6 +336,9 @@ CLASS="USERINPUT" ></TT > </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Any dynamically linked command you execute from @@ -354,7 +358,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" the workgroup MYGROUP. The command <B CLASS="COMMAND" ->ls /smb/MYGROUP/<machine-name></B +>ls /smb/MYGROUP/<machine-name></B > will show the share names for that machine. You could then, for example, use the <B CLASS="COMMAND" diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbspool.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbspool.8.html index 8dc2fbbd63..254abe9a9d 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbspool.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbspool.8.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >smbspool</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="SMBSPOOL" -></A ->smbspool</H1 +>smbspool</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -25,7 +24,7 @@ NAME="AEN5" ></A ><H2 >Name</H2 ->smbspool -- send a print file to an SMB printer</DIV +>smbspool -- send print file to an SMB printer</DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV" ><A @@ -59,12 +58,8 @@ TARGET="_top" Printing System, but you can use smbspool with any printing system or from a program or script.</P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->DEVICE URI</I -></SPAN +><EM +>DEVICE URI</EM ></P ><P >smbspool specifies the destination using a Uniform Resource @@ -141,13 +136,13 @@ NAME="AEN39" ><P >The copies argument (argv[4]) contains the number of copies to be printed of the named file. If - no filename is provided then this argument is not used by + no filename is provided than this argument is not used by smbspool.</P ></LI ><LI ><P >The options argument (argv[5]) contains - the print options in a single string and is currently + the print options in a single string and is presently not used by smbspool.</P ></LI ><LI diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbstatus.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbstatus.1.html index fb7e14fadd..1d3dc9f952 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbstatus.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbstatus.1.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >smbstatus</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="SMBSTATUS" -></A ->smbstatus</H1 +>smbstatus</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -37,12 +36,12 @@ NAME="AEN8" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >smbstatus</B -> [-P] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-v] [-L] [-B] [-p] [-S] [-s <configuration file>] [-u <username>]</P +> [-P] [-b] [-d] [-L] [-p] [-S] [-s <configuration file>] [-u <username>]</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN21" +NAME="AEN19" ></A ><H2 >DESCRIPTION</H2 @@ -62,7 +61,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN27" +NAME="AEN25" ></A ><H2 >OPTIONS</H2 @@ -72,7 +71,7 @@ NAME="AEN27" CLASS="VARIABLELIST" ><DL ><DT ->-P|--profile</DT +>-P</DT ><DD ><P >If samba has been compiled with the @@ -80,38 +79,25 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST" shared memory area.</P ></DD ><DT ->-b|--brief</DT +>-b</DT ><DD ><P >gives brief output.</P ></DD ><DT ->-d|--debug=<debuglevel></DT -><DD -><P ->sets debugging to specified level</P -></DD -><DT ->-v|--verbose</DT +>-d</DT ><DD ><P >gives verbose output.</P ></DD ><DT ->-L|--locks</DT +>-L</DT ><DD ><P >causes smbstatus to only list locks.</P ></DD ><DT ->-B|--byterange</DT -><DD -><P ->causes smbstatus to include byte range locks. - </P -></DD -><DT ->-p|--processes</DT +>-p</DT ><DD ><P >print a list of <A @@ -125,13 +111,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" Useful for scripting.</P ></DD ><DT ->-S|--shares</DT +>-S</DT ><DD ><P >causes smbstatus to only list shares.</P ></DD ><DT ->-s|--conf=<configuration file></DT +>-s <configuration file></DT ><DD ><P >The default configuration file name is @@ -147,7 +133,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > for more information.</P ></DD ><DT ->-u|--user=<username></DT +>-u <username></DT ><DD ><P >selects information relevant to @@ -164,18 +150,18 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN75" +NAME="AEN65" ></A ><H2 >VERSION</H2 ><P ->This man page is correct for version 3.0 of +>This man page is correct for version 2.2 of the Samba suite.</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN78" +NAME="AEN68" ></A ><H2 >SEE ALSO</H2 @@ -197,7 +183,7 @@ TARGET="_top" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN84" +NAME="AEN74" ></A ><H2 >AUTHOR</H2 diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbtar.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbtar.1.html index d3215c6901..47c41a015a 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbtar.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbtar.1.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >smbtar</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="SMBTAR" -></A ->smbtar</H1 +>smbtar</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -231,7 +230,7 @@ NAME="AEN99" CLASS="COMMAND" >smbtar</B > script has different - options from ordinary tar and from smbclient's tar command. </P + options from ordinary tar and tar called from smbclient. </P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" @@ -243,7 +242,7 @@ NAME="AEN103" ><P >Sites that are more careful about security may not like the way the script handles PC passwords. Backup and restore work - on entire shares; should work on file lists. smbtar works best + on entire shares, should work on file lists. smbtar works best with GNU tar and may not work well with other versions. </P ></DIV ><DIV @@ -254,12 +253,8 @@ NAME="AEN106" ><H2 >DIAGNOSTICS</H2 ><P ->See the <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->DIAGNOSTICS</I -></SPAN +>See the <EM +>DIAGNOSTICS</EM > section for the <A HREF="smbclient.1.html" @@ -279,7 +274,7 @@ NAME="AEN112" ><H2 >VERSION</H2 ><P ->This man page is correct for version 3.0 of +>This man page is correct for version 2.2 of the Samba suite.</P ></DIV ><DIV diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbumount.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbumount.8.html index 993436f0c6..68929fd5f9 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbumount.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbumount.8.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >smbumount</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="SMBUMOUNT" -></A ->smbumount</H1 +>smbumount</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/swat.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/swat.8.html index f101a7bc26..386fe5bc7a 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/swat.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/swat.8.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >swat</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="SWAT" -></A ->swat</H1 +>swat</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -37,7 +36,7 @@ NAME="AEN8" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >swat</B -> [-s <smb config file>] [-a]</P +> [-s <smb config file>] [-a]</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" @@ -132,13 +131,9 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" >smb.conf</TT > file. </P ><P -><SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->WARNING: Do NOT enable this option on a production - server. </I -></SPAN +><EM +>Do NOT enable this option on a production + server. </EM ></P ></DD ></DL @@ -350,7 +345,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" > and <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->copy= +>copy=" </I ></TT > options. If you have a carefully crafted <TT diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/testparm.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/testparm.1.html index 0fc94cd880..bae907c687 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/testparm.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/testparm.1.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >testparm</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="TESTPARM" -></A ->testparm</H1 +>testparm</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -38,12 +37,12 @@ NAME="AEN8" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >testparm</B -> [-s] [-h] [-v] [-L <servername>] {config filename} [hostname hostIP]</P +> [-s] [-h] [-L <servername>] {config filename} [hostname hostIP]</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN17" +NAME="AEN16" ></A ><H2 >DESCRIPTION</H2 @@ -69,12 +68,8 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" </B > will successfully load the configuration file.</P ><P ->Note that this is <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->NOT</I -></SPAN +>Note that this is <EM +>NOT</EM > a guarantee that the services specified in the configuration file will be available or will operate as expected. </P @@ -100,7 +95,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN32" +NAME="AEN31" ></A ><H2 >OPTIONS</H2 @@ -140,18 +135,6 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE" %L macro. </P ></DD ><DT ->-v</DT -><DD -><P ->If this option is specified, testparm - will also output all options that were not used in - <TT -CLASS="FILENAME" ->smb.conf</TT -> and are thus set to - their defaults.</P -></DD -><DT >configfilename</DT ><DD ><P @@ -209,7 +192,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN72" +NAME="AEN66" ></A ><H2 >FILES</H2 @@ -238,7 +221,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN81" +NAME="AEN75" ></A ><H2 >DIAGNOSTICS</H2 @@ -252,7 +235,7 @@ NAME="AEN81" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN84" +NAME="AEN78" ></A ><H2 >VERSION</H2 @@ -263,7 +246,7 @@ NAME="AEN84" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN87" +NAME="AEN81" ></A ><H2 >SEE ALSO</H2 @@ -289,7 +272,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN94" +NAME="AEN88" ></A ><H2 >AUTHOR</H2 diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/testprns.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/testprns.1.html index 0225aad9d5..4929415da0 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/testprns.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/testprns.1.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >testprns</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="TESTPRNS" -></A ->testprns</H1 +>testprns</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -164,11 +163,11 @@ NAME="AEN48" >DIAGNOSTICS</H2 ><P >If a printer is found to be valid, the message - "Printer name <printername> is valid" will be + "Printer name <printername> is valid" will be displayed. </P ><P >If a printer is found to be invalid, the message - "Printer name <printername> is not valid" will be + "Printer name <printername> is not valid" will be displayed. </P ><P >All messages that would normally be logged during diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/unix-permissions.html b/docs/htmldocs/unix-permissions.html deleted file mode 100644 index 5be1571532..0000000000 --- a/docs/htmldocs/unix-permissions.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,917 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> -<HTML -><HEAD -><TITLE ->UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</TITLE -><META -NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK -REL="HOME" -TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK -REL="PREVIOUS" -TITLE="Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba" -HREF="msdfs.html"><LINK -REL="NEXT" -TITLE="Printing Support in Samba 2.2.x" -HREF="printing.html"></HEAD -><BODY -CLASS="CHAPTER" -BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" -TEXT="#000000" -LINK="#0000FF" -VLINK="#840084" -ALINK="#0000FF" -><DIV -CLASS="NAVHEADER" -><TABLE -SUMMARY="Header navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TH -COLSPAN="3" -ALIGN="center" ->SAMBA Project Documentation</TH -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="msdfs.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="80%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="bottom" -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="10%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="bottom" -><A -HREF="printing.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -></TABLE -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="CHAPTER" -><H1 -><A -NAME="UNIX-PERMISSIONS" -></A ->Chapter 6. UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</H1 -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN722" -></A ->6.1. Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT - security dialogs</H1 -><P ->New in the Samba 2.0.4 release is the ability for Windows - NT clients to use their native security settings dialog box to - view and modify the underlying UNIX permissions.</P -><P ->Note that this ability is careful not to compromise - the security of the UNIX host Samba is running on, and - still obeys all the file permission rules that a Samba - administrator can set.</P -><P ->In Samba 2.0.4 and above the default value of the - parameter <A -HREF="smb.conf.5.html#NTACLSUPPORT" -TARGET="_top" -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I -> nt acl support</I -></TT -></A -> has been changed from - <TT -CLASS="CONSTANT" ->false</TT -> to <TT -CLASS="CONSTANT" ->true</TT ->, so - manipulation of permissions is turned on by default.</P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN731" -></A ->6.2. How to view file security on a Samba share</H1 -><P ->From an NT 4.0 client, single-click with the right - mouse button on any file or directory in a Samba mounted - drive letter or UNC path. When the menu pops-up, click - on the <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->Properties</I -></SPAN -> entry at the bottom of - the menu. This brings up the normal file properties dialog - box, but with Samba 2.0.4 this will have a new tab along the top - marked <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->Security</I -></SPAN ->. Click on this tab and you - will see three buttons, <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->Permissions</I -></SPAN ->, - <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->Auditing</I -></SPAN ->, and <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->Ownership</I -></SPAN ->. - The <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->Auditing</I -></SPAN -> button will cause either - an error message <SPAN -CLASS="ERRORNAME" ->A requested privilege is not held - by the client</SPAN -> to appear if the user is not the - NT Administrator, or a dialog which is intended to allow an - Administrator to add auditing requirements to a file if the - user is logged on as the NT Administrator. This dialog is - non-functional with a Samba share at this time, as the only - useful button, the <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->Add</B -> button will not currently - allow a list of users to be seen.</P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN742" -></A ->6.3. Viewing file ownership</H1 -><P ->Clicking on the <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"Ownership"</B -> button - brings up a dialog box telling you who owns the given file. The - owner name will be of the form :</P -><P -><B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"SERVER\user (Long name)"</B -></P -><P ->Where <TT -CLASS="REPLACEABLE" -><I ->SERVER</I -></TT -> is the NetBIOS name of - the Samba server, <TT -CLASS="REPLACEABLE" -><I ->user</I -></TT -> is the user name of - the UNIX user who owns the file, and <TT -CLASS="REPLACEABLE" -><I ->(Long name)</I -></TT -> - is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the - GECOS field of the UNIX password database). Click on the <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->Close - </B -> button to remove this dialog.</P -><P ->If the parameter <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->nt acl support</I -></TT -> - is set to <TT -CLASS="CONSTANT" ->false</TT -> then the file owner will - be shown as the NT user <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"Everyone"</B ->.</P -><P ->The <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->Take Ownership</B -> button will not allow - you to change the ownership of this file to yourself (clicking on - it will display a dialog box complaining that the user you are - currently logged onto the NT client cannot be found). The reason - for this is that changing the ownership of a file is a privileged - operation in UNIX, available only to the <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->root</I -></SPAN -> - user. As clicking on this button causes NT to attempt to change - the ownership of a file to the current user logged into the NT - client this will not work with Samba at this time.</P -><P ->There is an NT chown command that will work with Samba - and allow a user with Administrator privilege connected - to a Samba 2.0.4 server as root to change the ownership of - files on both a local NTFS filesystem or remote mounted NTFS - or Samba drive. This is available as part of the <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->Seclib - </I -></SPAN -> NT security library written by Jeremy Allison of - the Samba Team, available from the main Samba ftp site.</P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN762" -></A ->6.4. Viewing file or directory permissions</H1 -><P ->The third button is the <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"Permissions"</B -> - button. Clicking on this brings up a dialog box that shows both - the permissions and the UNIX owner of the file or directory. - The owner is displayed in the form :</P -><P -><B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"SERVER\user (Long name)"</B -></P -><P ->Where <TT -CLASS="REPLACEABLE" -><I ->SERVER</I -></TT -> is the NetBIOS name of - the Samba server, <TT -CLASS="REPLACEABLE" -><I ->user</I -></TT -> is the user name of - the UNIX user who owns the file, and <TT -CLASS="REPLACEABLE" -><I ->(Long name)</I -></TT -> - is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the - GECOS field of the UNIX password database).</P -><P ->If the parameter <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->nt acl support</I -></TT -> - is set to <TT -CLASS="CONSTANT" ->false</TT -> then the file owner will - be shown as the NT user <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"Everyone"</B -> and the - permissions will be shown as NT "Full Control".</P -><P ->The permissions field is displayed differently for files - and directories, so I'll describe the way file permissions - are displayed first.</P -><DIV -CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 -CLASS="SECT2" -><A -NAME="AEN777" -></A ->6.4.1. File Permissions</H2 -><P ->The standard UNIX user/group/world triple and - the corresponding "read", "write", "execute" permissions - triples are mapped by Samba into a three element NT ACL - with the 'r', 'w', and 'x' bits mapped into the corresponding - NT permissions. The UNIX world permissions are mapped into - the global NT group <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->Everyone</B ->, followed - by the list of permissions allowed for UNIX world. The UNIX - owner and group permissions are displayed as an NT - <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->user</B -> icon and an NT <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->local - group</B -> icon respectively followed by the list - of permissions allowed for the UNIX user and group.</P -><P ->As many UNIX permission sets don't map into common - NT names such as <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"read"</B ->, <B -CLASS="COMMAND" -> "change"</B -> or <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"full control"</B -> then - usually the permissions will be prefixed by the words <B -CLASS="COMMAND" -> "Special Access"</B -> in the NT display list.</P -><P ->But what happens if the file has no permissions allowed - for a particular UNIX user group or world component ? In order - to allow "no permissions" to be seen and modified then Samba - overloads the NT <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"Take Ownership"</B -> ACL attribute - (which has no meaning in UNIX) and reports a component with - no permissions as having the NT <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"O"</B -> bit set. - This was chosen of course to make it look like a zero, meaning - zero permissions. More details on the decision behind this will - be given below.</P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT2" -><H2 -CLASS="SECT2" -><A -NAME="AEN791" -></A ->6.4.2. Directory Permissions</H2 -><P ->Directories on an NT NTFS file system have two - different sets of permissions. The first set of permissions - is the ACL set on the directory itself, this is usually displayed - in the first set of parentheses in the normal <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"RW"</B -> - NT style. This first set of permissions is created by Samba in - exactly the same way as normal file permissions are, described - above, and is displayed in the same way.</P -><P ->The second set of directory permissions has no real meaning - in the UNIX permissions world and represents the <B -CLASS="COMMAND" -> "inherited"</B -> permissions that any file created within - this directory would inherit.</P -><P ->Samba synthesises these inherited permissions for NT by - returning as an NT ACL the UNIX permission mode that a new file - created by Samba on this share would receive.</P -></DIV -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN798" -></A ->6.5. Modifying file or directory permissions</H1 -><P ->Modifying file and directory permissions is as simple - as changing the displayed permissions in the dialog box, and - clicking the <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->OK</B -> button. However, there are - limitations that a user needs to be aware of, and also interactions - with the standard Samba permission masks and mapping of DOS - attributes that need to also be taken into account.</P -><P ->If the parameter <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->nt acl support</I -></TT -> - is set to <TT -CLASS="CONSTANT" ->false</TT -> then any attempt to set - security permissions will fail with an <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"Access Denied" - </B -> message.</P -><P ->The first thing to note is that the <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"Add"</B -> - button will not return a list of users in Samba 2.0.4 (it will give - an error message of <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"The remote procedure call failed - and did not execute"</B ->). This means that you can only - manipulate the current user/group/world permissions listed in - the dialog box. This actually works quite well as these are the - only permissions that UNIX actually has.</P -><P ->If a permission triple (either user, group, or world) - is removed from the list of permissions in the NT dialog box, - then when the <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"OK"</B -> button is pressed it will - be applied as "no permissions" on the UNIX side. If you then - view the permissions again the "no permissions" entry will appear - as the NT <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"O"</B -> flag, as described above. This - allows you to add permissions back to a file or directory once - you have removed them from a triple component.</P -><P ->As UNIX supports only the "r", "w" and "x" bits of - an NT ACL then if other NT security attributes such as "Delete - access" are selected then they will be ignored when applied on - the Samba server.</P -><P ->When setting permissions on a directory the second - set of permissions (in the second set of parentheses) is - by default applied to all files within that directory. If this - is not what you want you must uncheck the <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"Replace - permissions on existing files"</B -> checkbox in the NT - dialog before clicking <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"OK"</B ->.</P -><P ->If you wish to remove all permissions from a - user/group/world component then you may either highlight the - component and click the <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"Remove"</B -> button, - or set the component to only have the special <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"Take - Ownership"</B -> permission (displayed as <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"O" - </B ->) highlighted.</P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN820" -></A ->6.6. Interaction with the standard Samba create mask - parameters</H1 -><P ->Note that with Samba 2.0.5 there are four new parameters - to control this interaction. These are :</P -><P -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->security mask</I -></TT -></P -><P -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->force security mode</I -></TT -></P -><P -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->directory security mask</I -></TT -></P -><P -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->force directory security mode</I -></TT -></P -><P ->Once a user clicks <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"OK"</B -> to apply the - permissions Samba maps the given permissions into a user/group/world - r/w/x triple set, and then will check the changed permissions for a - file against the bits set in the <A -HREF="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYMASK" -TARGET="_top" -> - <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->security mask</I -></TT -></A -> parameter. Any bits that - were changed that are not set to '1' in this parameter are left alone - in the file permissions.</P -><P ->Essentially, zero bits in the <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->security mask</I -></TT -> - mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is <SPAN -CLASS="emphasis" -><I -CLASS="EMPHASIS" ->not</I -></SPAN -> - allowed to change, and one bits are those the user is allowed to change. - </P -><P ->If not set explicitly this parameter is set to the same value as - the <A -HREF="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" -TARGET="_top" -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->create mask - </I -></TT -></A -> parameter to provide compatibility with Samba 2.0.4 - where this permission change facility was introduced. To allow a user to - modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file, set this parameter - to 0777.</P -><P ->Next Samba checks the changed permissions for a file against - the bits set in the <A -HREF="smb.conf.5.html#FORCESECURITYMODE" -TARGET="_top" -> <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->force security mode</I -></TT -></A -> parameter. Any bits - that were changed that correspond to bits set to '1' in this parameter - are forced to be set.</P -><P ->Essentially, bits set in the <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->force security mode - </I -></TT -> parameter may be treated as a set of bits that, when - modifying security on a file, the user has always set to be 'on'.</P -><P ->If not set explicitly this parameter is set to the same value - as the <A -HREF="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE" -TARGET="_top" -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->force - create mode</I -></TT -></A -> parameter to provide compatibility - with Samba 2.0.4 where the permission change facility was introduced. - To allow a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file - with no restrictions set this parameter to 000.</P -><P ->The <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->security mask</I -></TT -> and <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->force - security mode</I -></TT -> parameters are applied to the change - request in that order.</P -><P ->For a directory Samba will perform the same operations as - described above for a file except using the parameter <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I -> directory security mask</I -></TT -> instead of <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->security - mask</I -></TT ->, and <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->force directory security mode - </I -></TT -> parameter instead of <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->force security mode - </I -></TT ->.</P -><P ->The <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->directory security mask</I -></TT -> parameter - by default is set to the same value as the <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->directory mask - </I -></TT -> parameter and the <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->force directory security - mode</I -></TT -> parameter by default is set to the same value as - the <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->force directory mode</I -></TT -> parameter to provide - compatibility with Samba 2.0.4 where the permission change facility - was introduced.</P -><P ->In this way Samba enforces the permission restrictions that - an administrator can set on a Samba share, whilst still allowing users - to modify the permission bits within that restriction.</P -><P ->If you want to set up a share that allows users full control - in modifying the permission bits on their files and directories and - doesn't force any particular bits to be set 'on', then set the following - parameters in the <A -HREF="smb.conf.5.html" -TARGET="_top" -><TT -CLASS="FILENAME" ->smb.conf(5) - </TT -></A -> file in that share specific section :</P -><P -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->security mask = 0777</I -></TT -></P -><P -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->force security mode = 0</I -></TT -></P -><P -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->directory security mask = 0777</I -></TT -></P -><P -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->force directory security mode = 0</I -></TT -></P -><P ->As described, in Samba 2.0.4 the parameters :</P -><P -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->create mask</I -></TT -></P -><P -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->force create mode</I -></TT -></P -><P -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->directory mask</I -></TT -></P -><P -><TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->force directory mode</I -></TT -></P -><P ->were used instead of the parameters discussed here.</P -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="SECT1" -><H1 -CLASS="SECT1" -><A -NAME="AEN884" -></A ->6.7. Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute - mapping</H1 -><P ->Samba maps some of the DOS attribute bits (such as "read - only") into the UNIX permissions of a file. This means there can - be a conflict between the permission bits set via the security - dialog and the permission bits set by the file attribute mapping. - </P -><P ->One way this can show up is if a file has no UNIX read access - for the owner it will show up as "read only" in the standard - file attributes tabbed dialog. Unfortunately this dialog is - the same one that contains the security info in another tab.</P -><P ->What this can mean is that if the owner changes the permissions - to allow themselves read access using the security dialog, clicks - <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"OK"</B -> to get back to the standard attributes tab - dialog, and then clicks <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"OK"</B -> on that dialog, then - NT will set the file permissions back to read-only (as that is what - the attributes still say in the dialog). This means that after setting - permissions and clicking <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"OK"</B -> to get back to the - attributes dialog you should always hit <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"Cancel"</B -> - rather than <B -CLASS="COMMAND" ->"OK"</B -> to ensure that your changes - are not overridden.</P -></DIV -></DIV -><DIV -CLASS="NAVFOOTER" -><HR -ALIGN="LEFT" -WIDTH="100%"><TABLE -SUMMARY="Footer navigation table" -WIDTH="100%" -BORDER="0" -CELLPADDING="0" -CELLSPACING="0" -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="msdfs.html" -ACCESSKEY="P" ->Prev</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" -ACCESSKEY="H" ->Home</A -></TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" -><A -HREF="printing.html" -ACCESSKEY="N" ->Next</A -></TD -></TR -><TR -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="left" -VALIGN="top" ->Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</TD -><TD -WIDTH="34%" -ALIGN="center" -VALIGN="top" -> </TD -><TD -WIDTH="33%" -ALIGN="right" -VALIGN="top" ->Printing Support in Samba 2.2.x</TD -></TR -></TABLE -></DIV -></BODY -></HTML ->
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/wbinfo.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/wbinfo.1.html index 26e098868e..fe218a8f67 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/wbinfo.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/wbinfo.1.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >wbinfo</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="WBINFO" -></A ->wbinfo</H1 +>wbinfo</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/winbind.html b/docs/htmldocs/winbind.html index 0d816ef052..cac9a70a6d 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/winbind.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/winbind.html @@ -5,10 +5,11 @@ >Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"><LINK +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+ +"><LINK REL="HOME" TITLE="SAMBA Project Documentation" -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html"><LINK +HREF="Samba-HOWTO.html"><LINK REL="PREVIOUS" TITLE="security = domain in Samba 2.x" HREF="domain-security.html"><LINK @@ -69,17 +70,13 @@ WIDTH="100%"></DIV CLASS="CHAPTER" ><H1 ><A -NAME="WINBIND" -></A ->Chapter 11. Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</H1 +NAME="WINBIND">Chapter 11. Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</H1 ><DIV CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1397" -></A ->11.1. Abstract</H1 +NAME="AEN1394">11.1. Abstract</H1 ><P >Integration of UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT through a unified logon has been considered a "holy grail" in heterogeneous @@ -104,9 +101,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1401" -></A ->11.2. Introduction</H1 +NAME="AEN1398">11.2. Introduction</H1 ><P >It is well known that UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT have different models for representing user and group information and @@ -158,9 +153,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1414" -></A ->11.3. What Winbind Provides</H1 +NAME="AEN1411">11.3. What Winbind Provides</H1 ><P >Winbind unifies UNIX and Windows NT account management by allowing a UNIX box to become a full member of a NT domain. Once @@ -200,9 +193,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1421" -></A ->11.3.1. Target Uses</H2 +NAME="AEN1418">11.3.1. Target Uses</H2 ><P >Winbind is targeted at organizations that have an existing NT based domain infrastructure into which they wish @@ -224,9 +215,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1425" -></A ->11.4. How Winbind Works</H1 +NAME="AEN1422">11.4. How Winbind Works</H1 ><P >The winbind system is designed around a client/server architecture. A long running <B @@ -244,9 +233,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1430" -></A ->11.4.1. Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</H2 +NAME="AEN1427">11.4.1. Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</H2 ><P >Over the last two years, efforts have been underway by various Samba Team members to decode various aspects of @@ -270,9 +257,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1434" -></A ->11.4.2. Name Service Switch</H2 +NAME="AEN1431">11.4.2. Name Service Switch</H2 ><P >The Name Service Switch, or NSS, is a feature that is present in many UNIX operating systems. It allows system @@ -350,9 +335,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1450" -></A ->11.4.3. Pluggable Authentication Modules</H2 +NAME="AEN1447">11.4.3. Pluggable Authentication Modules</H2 ><P >Pluggable Authentication Modules, also known as PAM, is a system for abstracting authentication and authorization @@ -399,9 +382,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1458" -></A ->11.4.4. User and Group ID Allocation</H2 +NAME="AEN1455">11.4.4. User and Group ID Allocation</H2 ><P >When a user or group is created under Windows NT is it allocated a numerical relative identifier (RID). This is @@ -425,9 +406,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1462" -></A ->11.4.5. Result Caching</H2 +NAME="AEN1459">11.4.5. Result Caching</H2 ><P >An active system can generate a lot of user and group name lookups. To reduce the network cost of these lookups winbind @@ -448,9 +427,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1465" -></A ->11.5. Installation and Configuration</H1 +NAME="AEN1462">11.5. Installation and Configuration</H1 ><P >Many thanks to John Trostel <A HREF="mailto:jtrostel@snapserver.com" @@ -475,9 +452,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1472" -></A ->11.5.1. Introduction</H2 +NAME="AEN1469">11.5.1. Introduction</H2 ><P >This HOWTO describes the procedures used to get winbind up and running on my RedHat 7.1 system. Winbind is capable of providing access @@ -534,9 +509,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1485" -></A ->11.5.2. Requirements</H2 +NAME="AEN1482">11.5.2. Requirements</H2 ><P >If you have a samba configuration file that you are currently using... <SPAN @@ -604,9 +577,7 @@ CLASS="SECT2" ><H2 CLASS="SECT2" ><A -NAME="AEN1499" -></A ->11.5.3. Testing Things Out</H2 +NAME="AEN1496">11.5.3. Testing Things Out</H2 ><P >Before starting, it is probably best to kill off all the SAMBA related daemons running on your server. Kill off all <B @@ -649,9 +620,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><H3 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN1510" -></A ->11.5.3.1. Configure and compile SAMBA</H3 +NAME="AEN1507">11.5.3.1. Configure and compile SAMBA</H3 ><P >The configuration and compilation of SAMBA is pretty straightforward. The first three steps may not be necessary depending upon @@ -715,9 +684,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><H3 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN1529" -></A ->11.5.3.2. Configure <TT +NAME="AEN1526">11.5.3.2. Configure <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >nsswitch.conf</TT > and the @@ -820,9 +787,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><H3 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN1562" -></A ->11.5.3.3. Configure smb.conf</H3 +NAME="AEN1559">11.5.3.3. Configure smb.conf</H3 ><P >Several parameters are needed in the smb.conf file to control the behavior of <B @@ -895,9 +860,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><H3 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN1578" -></A ->11.5.3.4. Join the SAMBA server to the PDC domain</H3 +NAME="AEN1575">11.5.3.4. Join the SAMBA server to the PDC domain</H3 ><P >Enter the following command to make the SAMBA server join the PDC domain, where <TT @@ -941,9 +904,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><H3 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN1589" -></A ->11.5.3.5. Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!</H3 +NAME="AEN1586">11.5.3.5. Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!</H3 ><P >Eventually, you will want to modify your smb startup script to automatically invoke the winbindd daemon when the other parts of @@ -1064,17 +1025,13 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><H3 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN1625" -></A ->11.5.3.6. Fix the init.d startup scripts</H3 +NAME="AEN1622">11.5.3.6. Fix the init.d startup scripts</H3 ><DIV CLASS="SECT4" ><H4 CLASS="SECT4" ><A -NAME="AEN1627" -></A ->11.5.3.6.1. Linux</H4 +NAME="AEN1624">11.5.3.6.1. Linux</H4 ><P >The <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -1168,9 +1125,7 @@ CLASS="SECT4" ><H4 CLASS="SECT4" ><A -NAME="AEN1644" -></A ->11.5.3.6.2. Solaris</H4 +NAME="AEN1641">11.5.3.6.2. Solaris</H4 ><P >On solaris, you need to modify the <TT @@ -1239,9 +1194,7 @@ CLASS="SECT4" ><H4 CLASS="SECT4" ><A -NAME="AEN1651" -></A ->11.5.3.6.3. Restarting</H4 +NAME="AEN1648">11.5.3.6.3. Restarting</H4 ><P >If you restart the <B CLASS="COMMAND" @@ -1263,9 +1216,7 @@ CLASS="SECT3" ><H3 CLASS="SECT3" ><A -NAME="AEN1657" -></A ->11.5.3.7. Configure Winbind and PAM</H3 +NAME="AEN1654">11.5.3.7. Configure Winbind and PAM</H3 ><P >If you have made it this far, you know that winbindd and samba are working together. If you want to use winbind to provide authentication for other @@ -1321,9 +1272,7 @@ CLASS="SECT4" ><H4 CLASS="SECT4" ><A -NAME="AEN1674" -></A ->11.5.3.7.1. Linux/FreeBSD-specific PAM configuration</H4 +NAME="AEN1671">11.5.3.7.1. Linux/FreeBSD-specific PAM configuration</H4 ><P >The <TT CLASS="FILENAME" @@ -1450,9 +1399,7 @@ CLASS="SECT4" ><H4 CLASS="SECT4" ><A -NAME="AEN1707" -></A ->11.5.3.7.2. Solaris-specific configuration</H4 +NAME="AEN1704">11.5.3.7.2. Solaris-specific configuration</H4 ><P >The /etc/pam.conf needs to be changed. I changed this file so that my Domain users can logon both locally as well as telnet.The following are the changes @@ -1537,9 +1484,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1714" -></A ->11.6. Limitations</H1 +NAME="AEN1711">11.6. Limitations</H1 ><P >Winbind has a number of limitations in its current released version that we hope to overcome in future @@ -1578,9 +1523,7 @@ CLASS="SECT1" ><H1 CLASS="SECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN1724" -></A ->11.7. Conclusion</H1 +NAME="AEN1721">11.7. Conclusion</H1 ><P >The winbind system, through the use of the Name Service Switch, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and appropriate @@ -1615,7 +1558,7 @@ WIDTH="34%" ALIGN="center" VALIGN="top" ><A -HREF="samba-project-documentation.html" +HREF="Samba-HOWTO.html" ACCESSKEY="H" >Home</A ></TD diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/winbindd.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/winbindd.8.html index 3aecf62509..1ecb08cdb4 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/winbindd.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/winbindd.8.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML ><HEAD ><TITLE >winbindd</TITLE ><META NAME="GENERATOR" -CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD +CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD ><BODY CLASS="REFENTRY" BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" @@ -16,8 +15,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF" ><H1 ><A NAME="WINBINDD" -></A ->winbindd</H1 +>winbindd</A +></H1 ><DIV CLASS="REFNAMEDIV" ><A @@ -38,7 +37,7 @@ NAME="AEN8" ><B CLASS="COMMAND" >winbindd</B -> [-i] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>]</P +> [-i] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>]</P ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" @@ -93,13 +92,13 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" >account</I ></TT > - module-types. The latter simply + module-types. The latter is simply performs a getpwnam() to verify that the system can obtain a uid for the user. If the <TT CLASS="FILENAME" >libnss_winbind</TT > library has been correctly - installed, this should always succeed. + installed, this should always suceed. </P ><P >The following nsswitch databases are implemented by @@ -171,11 +170,20 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > and then from the Windows NT server. </P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >passwd: files winbind group: files winbind </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >The following simple configuration in the @@ -279,130 +287,279 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" [global] section of smb.conf. </P ><P ></P -><UL -><LI +><DIV +CLASS="VARIABLELIST" +><DL +><DT +>winbind separator</DT +><DD ><P -><A -HREF="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR" -TARGET="_top" -> <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->winbind separator</I -></TT -></A +>The winbind separator option allows you + to specify how NT domain names and user names are combined + into unix user names when presented to users. By default, + <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>winbindd</B +> will use the traditional '\' + separator so that the unix user names look like + DOMAIN\username. In some cases this separator character may + cause problems as the '\' character has special meaning in + unix shells. In that case you can use the winbind separator + option to specify an alternative separator character. Good + alternatives may be '/' (although that conflicts + with the unix directory separator) or a '+ 'character. + The '+' character appears to be the best choice for 100% + compatibility with existing unix utilities, but may be an + aesthetically bad choice depending on your taste. </P +><P +>Default: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>winbind separator = \ </B +> + </P +><P +>Example: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>winbind separator = + </B ></P -></LI -><LI +></DD +><DT +>winbind uid</DT +><DD ><P -><A -HREF="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDUID" -TARGET="_top" -> <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->winbind uid</I -></TT -></A +>The winbind uid parameter specifies the + range of user ids that are allocated by the winbindd daemon. + This range of ids should have no existing local or NIS users + within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise. </P +><P +>Default: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>winbind uid = <empty string> + </B ></P -></LI -><LI ><P -><A -HREF="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDGID" -TARGET="_top" -> <TT +>Example: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>winbind uid = 10000-20000</B +></P +></DD +><DT +>winbind gid</DT +><DD +><P +>The winbind gid parameter specifies the + range of group ids that are allocated by the winbindd daemon. + This range of group ids should have no existing local or NIS + groups within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</P +><P +>Default: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>winbind gid = <empty string> + </B +></P +><P +>Example: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>winbind gid = 10000-20000 + </B +> </P +></DD +><DT +>winbind cache time</DT +><DD +><P +>This parameter specifies the number of + seconds the winbindd daemon will cache user and group information + before querying a Windows NT server again. When a item in the + cache is older than this time winbindd will ask the domain + controller for the sequence number of the server's account database. + If the sequence number has not changed then the cached item is + marked as valid for a further <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->winbind gid</I +>winbind cache time + </I ></TT -></A -></P -></LI -><LI -><P -><A -HREF="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDCACHETIME" -TARGET="_top" -> <TT +> seconds. Otherwise the item is fetched from the + server. This means that as long as the account database is not + actively changing winbindd will only have to send one sequence + number query packet every <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->winbind cache time</I +>winbind cache time + </I ></TT -></A -></P -></LI -><LI +> seconds. </P ><P -><A -HREF="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMUSERS" -TARGET="_top" -> <TT +>Default: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>winbind cache time = 15</B +> + </P +></DD +><DT +>winbind enum users</DT +><DD +><P +>On large installations it may be necessary + to suppress the enumeration of users through the <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +> setpwent()</B +>, <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>getpwent()</B +> and + <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>endpwent()</B +> group of system calls. If + the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I >winbind enum users</I ></TT -></A +> parameter is false, + calls to the <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>getpwent</B +> system call will not + return any data. </P +><P +><EM +>Warning:</EM +> Turning off user enumeration + may cause some programs to behave oddly. For example, the <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>finger</B +> + program relies on having access to the full user list when + searching for matching usernames. </P +><P +>Default: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>winbind enum users = yes </B ></P -></LI -><LI +></DD +><DT +>winbind enum groups</DT +><DD ><P -><A -HREF="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMGROUPS" -TARGET="_top" -> <TT +>On large installations it may be necessary + to suppress the enumeration of groups through the <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +> setgrent()</B +>, <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>getgrent()</B +> and + <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>endgrent()</B +> group of system calls. If + the <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I >winbind enum groups</I ></TT -></A -></P -></LI -><LI +> parameter is + false, calls to the <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>getgrent()</B +> system + call will not return any data. </P +><P +><EM +>Warning:</EM +> Turning off group + enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. + </P ><P -><A -HREF="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR" -TARGET="_top" -> <TT +>Default: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>winbind enum groups = no </B +> + </P +></DD +><DT +>template homedir</DT +><DD +><P +>When filling out the user information + for a Windows NT user, the <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>winbindd</B +> daemon + uses this parameter to fill in the home directory for that user. + If the string <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->template homedir</I +>%D</I ></TT -></A -></P -></LI -><LI -><P -><A -HREF="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATESHELL" -TARGET="_top" -> <TT +> is present it is + substituted with the user's Windows NT domain name. If the + string <TT CLASS="PARAMETER" ><I ->template shell</I +>%U</I ></TT -></A +> is present it is substituted + with the user's Windows NT user name. </P +><P +>Default: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>template homedir = /home/%D/%U </B +> + </P +></DD +><DT +>template shell</DT +><DD +><P +>When filling out the user information for + a Windows NT user, the <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>winbindd</B +> daemon + uses this parameter to fill in the shell for that user. + </P +><P +>Default: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>template shell = /bin/false </B +> + </P +></DD +><DT +>winbind use default domain</DT +><DD +><P +>This parameter specifies whether the <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>winbindd</B +> + daemon should operate on users without domain component in their username. + Users without a domain component are treated as is part of the winbindd server's + own domain. While this does not benifit Windows users, it makes SSH, FTP and e-mail + function in a way much closer to the way they would in a native unix system.</P +><P +>Default: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>winbind use default domain = <falseg> + </B ></P -></LI -><LI ><P -><A -HREF="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN" -TARGET="_top" -> <TT -CLASS="PARAMETER" -><I ->winbind use default domain</I -></TT -></A +>Example: <B +CLASS="COMMAND" +>winbind use default domain = true</B ></P -></LI -></UL +></DD +></DL +></DIV ></DIV ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN118" +NAME="AEN167" ></A ><H2 >EXAMPLE SETUP</H2 @@ -417,11 +574,20 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > put the following:</P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >passwd: files winbind group: files winbind </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >In <TT @@ -435,6 +601,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER" ></TT > lines with something like this: </P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >auth required /lib/security/pam_securetty.so @@ -442,6 +614,9 @@ auth required /lib/security/pam_nologin.so auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so auth required /lib/security/pam_pwdb.so use_first_pass shadow nullok </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Note in particular the use of the <TT @@ -522,6 +697,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" > containing directives like the following: </P ><P +><TABLE +BORDER="0" +BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0" +WIDTH="100%" +><TR +><TD ><PRE CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" >[global] @@ -535,6 +716,9 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING" security = domain password server = * </PRE +></TD +></TR +></TABLE ></P ><P >Now start winbindd and you should find that your user and @@ -553,7 +737,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN157" +NAME="AEN206" ></A ><H2 >NOTES</H2 @@ -611,7 +795,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN173" +NAME="AEN222" ></A ><H2 >SIGNALS</H2 @@ -662,7 +846,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN190" +NAME="AEN239" ></A ><H2 >FILES</H2 @@ -738,7 +922,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN219" +NAME="AEN268" ></A ><H2 >VERSION</H2 @@ -749,7 +933,7 @@ NAME="AEN219" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN222" +NAME="AEN271" ></A ><H2 >SEE ALSO</H2 @@ -777,7 +961,7 @@ TARGET="_top" ><DIV CLASS="REFSECT1" ><A -NAME="AEN229" +NAME="AEN278" ></A ><H2 >AUTHOR</H2 |